only for tutor mitchelle

profileshiva charan
assignments_combined.rar

assignments combined/assignment new/EVALUATION Instructions.doc

EVALUATION OF OTHER STUDENTS’ RESEARCH PROPOSALS:

You should read and analyse two research proposals of other students. Write a 1-2 pages analysis of the proposal.

In your report pay attention to issues such as:

· How is the proposal structured, is it logical ?

· How are literature sources used ?

· Is the method of referring correct ?

· Are the research objectives clearly stated?

· Is there enough of literature/theoretical data to support the choice of topic?

· What do you think about the choice of data collection ?

· Other possible comments

EVALUATION OF THESES:

You should read and analyse two theses of other students. Choose one thesis with qualitative research method and one with quantitative method. You can find the theses in the library as well as in Theseus electronical library. Write a 2-4 pages analysis of the thesis.

In your report pay attention to issues such as:

· How is the thesis structured, is it logical ?

· How are literature sources used ?

· Is the method of referring correct ?

· Are the research objectives clearly stated?

· Is there enough of literature/theoretical data to support the choice of topic?

· What do you think about the choice of data collection ?

· How would you evaluate the findings and conclusions of the thesis

· reliability ?

· validity ?

· possibilities for generalization ?

· connection with the theory (supportive/conflicting)?

· Other possible comments

assignments combined/assignment new/Master_Thesis_IT_Outsourcing_Research_Plan_Aki_Jokinen.pdf

Master's thesis – Research plan

International Business Management

2015

Aki Jokinen

IT OUTSOURCING OF ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING SYSTEM

– The promise delivery and the followed continuity, governance and management challenge

CONTENT

1 INTRODUCTION 3

1.1 Promise delivery 4

1.2 Continuity, governance and management challenge 4

1.3 Research Characteristics 6

2 PREVIOUS LITERATURE ON THE TOPIC 7

3 DATA COLLECTION METHOD 8

4 SCHEDULE OF WORK 9

REFERENCES (PRELIMINARY AND NOT YET UTILIZED) 10

3

TURKU UNIVERSITY OF APPLIED SCIENCES THESIS | Aki Jokinen

1 INTRODUCTION

The purpose of my thesis is to conduct research on IT outsourcing of Enterprise

Resource Planning (ERP) system’s Application Maintenance Services and Appli-

cation Development. Key focus areas are the association towards the promise

delivery and the followed continuity, governance and management challenge.

The research examines the related event chain and characteristics from both

sides, on a customer front as well as from service provider side. It tries to answer

the questions whether the above presented matters took place, which content

and by which means in certain companies on their IT outsourcing experience.

“IT outsourcing (as a part of an outsourcing definition) is the use of external ser-

vice providers to effectively deliver IT-enabled business process, application ser-

vice and infrastructure solutions for business outcomes.

Outsourcing, which also includes utility services, software as a service and cloud-

enabled outsourcing, helps clients to develop the right sourcing strategies and

vision, select the right IT service providers, structure the best possible contracts,

and govern deals for sustainable win-win relationships with external providers.

Outsourcing can enable enterprises to reduce costs, accelerate time to market,

and take advantage of external expertise, assets and/or intellectual property.”

(Gartner, [01.12.2014])

Many companies has outsourced some or majority of their IT functions to service

providers in recent years and the trend seem to continue ahead. This especially

in current economic climate that has continued quite some time now. However at

the same time there are also emerging trends that some companies are also in

the verge or already done insourcing for certain activities once outsourced, usu-

ally based on experiences and not being able to meet the promise of IT outsourc-

ing.

4

TURKU UNIVERSITY OF APPLIED SCIENCES THESIS | Aki Jokinen

1.1 Promise delivery

As mentioned, there are several gains that companies seek from an IT outsourc-

ing deal with IT vendor. One of the major ones is cut or better control over the IT

costs as companies seek to transfer their internal IT departments fixed cost into

a variable cost, bought as “on need basis” from the vendor. This also provides

companies means to reduce the labor cost associated over the IT staff, while they

can be also quite expensive or it is difficult to obtain skillful personnel. Latter is

referring to expectation that IT service provider is in better position to evaluate

the competencies, experience and qualifications of their employees since those

are their core business. To same note, it is expected that hardly problems are

new to them as they have most likely seen them on many occasions before thus

having better exposure and experience to them. Something which is hardly the

case for internal IT organization since most likely issues faced by them are on

first occurrence.

One of the promises are also the ability for the customer to direct full concentra-

tion on its own essential business domain, something which is hardly the case

towards its own IT department. This covers promises for improved efficiency and

competitiveness as company does not need to invest on IT related research and

development costs, addressing new technology implementations on their own

etc. These will reduce the risk for the customer as it is expected to be assumed

and managed by the service provider.

1.2 Continuity, governance and management challenge

While IT outsourcing is expected to deliver anticipated benefits for the customer,

it is also worthwhile noticing other matters that they need to manage instead.

Something which they did not need to address previously to such extent that they

are expected to manage after IT outsourcing.

5

TURKU UNIVERSITY OF APPLIED SCIENCES THESIS | Aki Jokinen

The key focus areas of continuity, governance and management are selected

due to fact that they are located mostly on the operative front of the IT outsourc-

ing.

For the continuity part, customer are obligated to realize that they do no longer

have dedicated resources just for them like they used to at the time of internal IT

organization. In practice this means that fluctuation of personnel is much higher

in this context as availability of specific resources on service provider on given

point of time alters. Customer might not get the resource they used to work last

time and which whom the interaction and understanding each other went

smoothly or who possessed thorough understanding of customer’s IT landscape.

Thus this also means that there is much more effort required from customer side

to steer the activities to the desired direction, sometimes over and over again.

Situation is especially challenging if customer does not possess resources any-

more to do this, whether result of headcount, competencies, understanding of

domain etc.

The governance of IT function also gets more pressure due to IT outsourcing as

customer loses certain amount of control to its function that may also provide

information on the company itself, like how it performs, develops etc. Companies

should evaluate are they willing reduce the control over these matters and how

these should be addressed through governance towards service provider. This

especially in regards to increasing complexity of multivendor set ups on which the

capability of adequate governance becomes very essential if not critical, that

should help the company manage performance, risk and compliance. At times,

companies tend to struggle of having talented and skillful people to operate on

this domain while many of the customer stakeholders might not have prior expe-

rience to this type of domain. All these mentioned matters are exponentially pre-

sent in the operative backbone of ERP system.

As for the last selected challenge, management of IT outsourcing deal success

is a tedious and demanding job while it is challenging to handle that holistically.

Like do we really measure the right type of things? Are those measures essential

for the company itself etc.? Quite often these are being measured against Service

6

TURKU UNIVERSITY OF APPLIED SCIENCES THESIS | Aki Jokinen

Level Agreements (SLA) fulfillment or price levels while almost all service provid-

ers are somewhat good level in regards to these measures on the basic services.

However customers usually expects more from the service provider than just

basic services and the challenge of management usually comes on those do-

mains. These often relate to areas of business management capability, innova-

tion, relationship, expectation etc. while different stakeholders on the customer

domain are most likely very different viewpoints to all of these aspects and how

they are being treated among them.

1.3 Research Characteristics

The research is conducted and executed independently and without any depend-

ency nor assignment from any of the companies researched as part of the case

studies. The potential value of research lies on the thorough analysis of charac-

teristics of IT outsourcing when the scope covers the ERP system and thus can

be applicable for other companies planning to do the same and maybe avoiding

certain challenges or obtaining the most suitable options for them to leverage

benefits associated.

7

TURKU UNIVERSITY OF APPLIED SCIENCES THESIS | Aki Jokinen

2 PREVIOUS LITERATURE ON THE TOPIC

There is extensive literature existing for this topic earlier and it has been heavily

researched area. The below abstract from an article of “A review of the IT out-

sourcing literature: Insights for practice” actually outlines these effectively on high

level.

“This paper reviews research studies of information technology outsourcing (ITO)

practice and provides substantial evidence that researchers have meaningfully

and significantly addressed the call for academics to produce knowledge relevant

to practitioners. Based on a review of 191 IT outsourcing articles, we extract the

insights for practice on six key ITO topics relevant to practitioners. The first three

topics relate to the early 1990s focus on determinants of IT outsourcing, IT out-

sourcing strategy, and mitigating IT outsourcing risks. A focus on best practices

and client and supplier capabilities developed from the mid-1990s and is traced

through to the late 2000s, while relationship management is shown to be a per-

ennial and challenging issue throughout the nearly 20 years under study. More

recently studies have developed around offshore outsourcing, business process

outsourcing and the rise, decline and resurrection of application service provision.

The paper concludes by pointing to future challenges and developments.” (Lacity,

Khan, Willcocks 2009, 130)

Based on preliminary research on literature for the subject, I have been able to

found a lot of very essential and interesting material for the topic, which just ex-

presses the extensive literature already existing on the subject. At the same time

I have been able to found some very good and key authors from the domain, like

for example Professor Ilan Oshri and his publications which can be found in his

web site at http://www.ilanoshri.com/.

8

TURKU UNIVERSITY OF APPLIED SCIENCES THESIS | Aki Jokinen

3 DATA COLLECTION METHOD

As for the data collection method I have planned to utilize qualitative methods

and especially case studies which are based on Finnish companies performing

the IT outsourcing. On preliminary basis I believe the research is going to be a

combination of all the three below mentioned case study types to certain extent.

• Descriptive case studies: where the objective is restricted to describing

current practice

• Experimental case studies: where the research examines the difficulties in

implementing new procedures and techniques in an organization and eval-

uating the benefits

• Explanatory case studies: where existing theory is used to understand and

explain what is happening

On majority basis, these will be obtained by authors own observation from the

matters and publicly available information, but could also be compensated on

certain scale with interviews both from customer and service provider angle.

9

TURKU UNIVERSITY OF APPLIED SCIENCES THESIS | Aki Jokinen

4 SCHEDULE OF WORK

The work will begin in the beginning of February 2015 by means of researching

the existing literature and addressing the theoretical part of the thesis. I would

expect this to take about 2 – 3 months. After this it would be followed by the

empirical part by selecting the case studies and addressing them by the means

of theoretical portion of the thesis. I would expect this phase to take about same

timing as the theoretical part. However this is still dependent largely by the “to-be

decided” approach for the empirical part.

10

TURKU UNIVERSITY OF APPLIED SCIENCES THESIS | Aki Jokinen

REFERENCES (PRELIMINARY AND NOT YET UTILIZED)

Literature

Aydin Mehmet N. (2013) Analysis of IT Multisourcing Practice in a Telecommuni-

cation Company. Journal of Outsourcing & Organizational Information Manage-

ment, Vol. 2012 (2012), Article ID 302312, 10 pages

Beulen Erik - Tiwari Vinay - van Heck Eric. (2011) Understanding transition per-

formance during offshore IT outsourcing. Strategic Outsourcing: An International

Journal, Vol. 4 Iss 3 pp. 204 – 227

Correia dos Santos Joao - Mira Da Silva Miguel (2012) Cost Management in IT

Outsourcing Contracts: The Path to Standardization. Journal of Outsourcing &

Organizational Information Management, Vol. 2012 (2012), Article ID 948731, 17

pages

Cullen, Sara – Seddon, Peter B. – Willcocks, Leslie P. (2005) IT outsourcing con-

figuration: Research into defining and designing outsourcing arrangements. The

Journal of Strategic Information Systems, Volume 14, Issue 4, Pages 357-387

Kern T. – Willcocks L. (2000) Exploring information technology outsourcing rela-

tionships: theory and practice. The Journal of Strategic Information Systems, Vol-

ume 9, Issue 4, Pages 321-350

Lacity, Mary C. – Khan, Shaji A. – Willcocks, Leslie P. (2009) A review of the IT outsourcing literature: Insights for practice. The Journal of Strategic Information Systems, Volume 18, Issue 3, Pages 130-146

Oshri, Ilan – Kotlarsky, Julia – Willcocks, Leslie P. (2011) The Handbook of Global Outsourcing and Offshoring. Second Edition.

11

TURKU UNIVERSITY OF APPLIED SCIENCES THESIS | Aki Jokinen

Electronic Sources

Gartner, IT Glossary – IT Outsourcing, referred to 01.12.2014 Available at web

at http://www.gartner.com/it-glossary/it-outsourcing

Halonen Sakari, Outsourcing in 21 jurisdictions worldwide (Finland), referred to

30.11.2014 Available at web at http://www.dittmar.fi/sites/default/files/publica-

tions/2013_12%20GTDT-Outsourcing-2014-DittmarIndrenius.pdf

Maliranta Mika, Rouvinen Petri and Airaksinen Aarno, IT Outsourcing in Finnish

Business, referred to 30.11.2014 Available at web at http://www.etla.fi/julka-

isut/dp1140-fi/

Rubin James, The Hidden Costs of Outsourcing, referred to 30.11.2014 Available

at web at http://www.forbes.com/sites/forbesinsights/2013/03/29/the-hidden-

costs-of-outsourcing/

Overby, Stephanie, The Hidden Costs of Offshore Outsourcing, referred to

30.11.2014 Available at web at http://www.cio.com/article/2442089/offshor-

ing/the-hidden-costs-of-offshore-outsourcing.html

Appendix 1

TURKU UNIVERSITY OF APPLIED SCIENCES THESIS | Aki Jokinen

Heading of the appendix

(Start to write the appendix body text here using the Normal text style. If you do

not include any appendices in your work, remove this page by following the in-

structions below.)

Removing an appendix page

First, remove the Section 3 Header: Move the cursor to the page from where you

want the appendix to be removed. Select Header / Edit header in the Insert tab

or double click on the Header area to activate it. Select the command ”Link to

previous” in the Header & Footer Tools tab and answer ”Yes”. The Section 3

header is now the same as in Section 2. Close Header and footer. Remove Sec-

tion 3 which contains the example of an appendix.

assignments combined/assignment new/Master_Thesis_Research_plan_Kimmo_Kaukonen (2).doc

Master's thesis plan

Master of Business Administration

International Business Management

Kimmo Kaukonen

born global companies in finland

– The interaction between born global companies and Team Finland, a survey study

image1.jpg image2.jpg

Content

3 1 Introduction

5 2 previous literature on the topic

7 3 Data Collection Method

8 4 Schedule of the work

9 References

1 Introduction

The purpose of my thesis is to conduct a research of the role of the Team Finland for the Finnish born global companies. The aim is to analyze how well-known the Team Finland is for born global companies and how do born global companies and Team Finland sees their roles in the interaction and co-operation between them. The topic is important, as according to my knowledge, there has not been such survey study from the role of Team Finland especially to born global companies. The other important point is that the Team Finland was established in 2012 and therefore it is quite new as an organization and it is interesting to research whether born global companies have reached any concrete help from the organization so far.

In the theoretical part of this thesis the following topics are discussed. What is the traditional way of internationalization? What does the term born global stand for and how these companies internationalize? What is the difference between these two ways? What is Team Finland?

In the practical part of this thesis the following topics are researched. How well-known the Team Finland is to born global companies? How do the born global companies see the co-operation with Team Finland? How does the Team Finland see the co-operation with born global companies?

Based on the topic chosen the research is a triangulation research combining qualitative and quantitative methods (Myers 2013, 9-11). The typical questions used in the qualitative method are what, why, how and when as seen also above (Myers 2013, 6). The questionnaires however represent a quantitative method and they will be analyzed statistically. Examples of possible questions can include ratings (how well does your company know Team Finland (rate 1-5)? If I then include the information of the company size and annual revenues I can obtain a statistical analysis of how well certain types of companies know Team Finland.

The research will be done using questionnaires to companies and to members of the Team Finland organization. The form of the questionnaires will be structured in which the respondents can complete them without direct interaction with the researcher (Rowley J., 2014, 308). According to Rowley it is much easier to get responses via questionnaires than from interviews and then a researcher will also obtain more responses. It is not yet decided whether interviews will also be used. If it turns out so that companies have benefited from the Team Finland then it would be worth research further to obtain concrete examples. The other option is to have interviews whether some general issues arise that needs further research.

There are several research limitations in this study. The first one is whether I will gain enough responses to be able to do a reliable analysis from the questionnaires. The second limitation is to find relevant companies representing different industries as this study is not limited to one sector. Also the needs of different types of industries may increase the limitations to draw conclusions.

The value of this research is to 1) spread the information of Team Finland to born global companies and 2) gather information for the Team Finland from the needs of the born global companies. The study will add understanding between Team Finland and the born global companies as it will address the possible problems seen today. The study will also give concrete suggestions of how these two parties can enhance their co-operation to achieve better results for companies.

2 previous literature on the topic

The area of internationalization is widely and thoroughly researched at the moment. In the academic database ProQuest there are 54163 results with the term internationalization and 1389867 results with the term born global. By combining these two phrases you will still end up with 4762 results. The problem is to find the most relevant ones for this thesis.

Here are some results from the research:

1. Johanson Jan – Vahlne Jan Erik (1977) The Internationalization Process of the Firm—A Model of Knowledge Development and Increasing Foreign Market Commitments. Journal of International Business Studies 8, 23–32.

Their study describes the traditional way of the company internationalization, later known as the Uppsala method. In this study they had an empirical study from few Swedish companies of how did they do their international business. They discovered that usually these companies develop their international operations in small steps. First they started to sell their products via an agent, then establish a sales subsidiary and in some cases they eventually start production in other countries.

2. Oviatt Benjamin M – McDougall Patricia Phillips (1994) Toward a theory of international new ventures. Journal of International Business Studies 25.1, 45-64.

Their study defines the international new venture which will later be called as born global companies. In this study they describe how the new international ventures differ from the large multinational enterprises (MNE) which have organized their internationalization in stages and they have grown from a large domestic company into MNE. The new international ventures however are international from inception and they begin with proactive international strategy.

3. Gabrielsson Mika – Kirpalani Manek V.H. – Dimitratos Pavlos – Solberg Carl Arthur – Zucchella Antonella (2008) Born Globals: Propositions to help advance the theory. International Business Review 17, 385 – 401.

The article clarifies the definition of the Born Global (BG) firm. It also describes the three phases that a Born Global firm goes through successfully in order to succeed. These phases are introductory, growth and accumulation and break-out to independent growth as a major player.

4. http://team.finland.fi/public/default.aspx?culture=en-US&contentlan=2

This is the Team Finland homepage in the internet. From their pages relevant information concerning the services, activities and news can be found. The pages also describe that Team Finland network promotes Finland and its interests abroad: Finland’s external economic relations, the internationalization of Finnish enterprises, investments in Finland and the country brand.

More relevant articles will be gathered, analyzed and presented for the thesis.

3 Data Collection Method

The data collection is implemented using questionnaires to born global companies and members of the Team Finland network. The questionnaires are then analyzed in order to get statistical graphs and data. Based on the questionnaires a semi-structured interview may be applied to get more information if important topics arise (e.g. How Team Finland could be better used from the company perspectives?). The method of questionnaires over interviews has been chosen as it is easier to get responses from larger number of companies and the data gathered may therefore be seen to generate findings that are more generalizable (Rowley J., 2014, 310).

The number of companies has not yet been identified for the research. It is also uncertain whether the research will focus only to South-West Finland or whether it will be expanded. The main idea is to have companies from several industry sectors (ICT, gaming, bio etc.) in order to have a broader view of the situation. It is also a target to find companies that are already performing in international level but it would also be good to find some early start-ups for the research.

4 Schedule of the work

The data collection starts immediately by familiarizing to previous scientific research materials concerning the step by step internationalization methods as well as to the theory of born global. The writing of the theoretical part starts simultaneously with the familiarizing period. The questionnaires should be ready during the upcoming early spring (2015). After that the questionnaires will be sending to companies and members of the Team Finland network. The evaluation of the questionnaires should be ready latest next summer and thesis should be ready early in the autumn 2015.

References

Literature

Myers, Michael D., (2013 2nd edition) Qualitative Research in Business and Management. London, SAGE Publications

Rowley Jenny (2014). Designing and using research questionnaires. Management research Review, Vol. 37 Iss 3 pp. 308-330

Johanson Jan – Vahlne Jan Erik (1977) The Internationalization Process of the Firm—A Model of Knowledge Development and Increasing Foreign Market Commitments. Journal of International Business Studies 8, 23–32.

Oviatt Benjamin M – McDougall Patricia Phillips (1994) Toward a theory of international new ventures. Journal of International Business Studies 25.1, 45-64.

Gabrielsson Mika – Kirpalani Manek V.H. – Dimitratos Pavlos – Solberg Carl Arthur – Zucchella Antonella (2008) Born Globals: Propositions to help advance the theory. International Business Review 17,385–401.

Electronic sources

Team Finland homepage (online, referred to 28.11.2014)

http://team.finland.fi/public/default.aspx?culture=en-US&contentlan=2

assignments combined/assignment new/Research_proposal_draft_v1 seppala.pdf

Master's thesis research plan

Master of Business Administration

International Business Management

Ludmila Orlova

INTERNATIONAL SALES TEAM IN AGILE SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COMPANY

- how to organize, manage and implement measurable efficiency criteria

CONTENT

1 INTRODUCTION 3

2 OBJECTIVES OF THE RESEARCH 5

3 PREVIOUS RESEARCH AND LITERATURE ON THE TOPIC 8

4 DATA COLLECTION METHOD 9

5 SCHEDULE OF THE WORK 10

REFERENCES 12

1 INTRODUCTION

Already since 1950’s software development companies started to look for a

methods to organize their work. In 2001 Agile manifesto (Beck and others,

2001) was published and since then there was a great number of research,

books and other material done by thousands of researches and enthusiasts.

Most of the business models in our days use OODA loop (Observe, Orient, De-

cide, Act), as a natural basis behind canvas (such as LEAN canvas as one ex-

ample) and strategic decision making. Commonly used term for such approach

is Agile, however definition of it is very complex and varies from the context.

The main areas where this approach is investigated and applied the most are

manufacturing and software development. Over the last ten years Agile Meth-

ods have reached the mainstream: according to a Forrester study, 35% of the

respondents stated that agile most closely reflect their development methods

(West & Grant 2010).

Picture 1 Process model of a Responsive Organization by Michael Hugos, 2008. Source (Hugos, 2009)

Discussions come related to scaling agile principles to the whole organization

and applying it for different disciplines. Definition of the company shifted from

structured by hierarchy unit to complex matrix type media, with no clear bor-

ders. A continuous learning environment fueled by round-the-clock customer

insight and feedback demands teams, environments, decision-making struc-

tures, and funding models that exhibit the true meaning of the word agility —

resilience, responsiveness, and learning (Gothelf 2014).

Basic principles of agile and scrum software development state that developers

should be able to be in close contact with the end customers. The role of prod-

uct owner, or in certain cases business owner, define a person who keeps close

contact with customer, collects information about needs and gives priority for

development tasks using different techniques. This fits perfectly the needs of

small companies, when there’s only a limited number of customers. Scaling of

agile principles for larger companies needs to include several scrum teams and

was researched thoroughly by many works related to computer science and

management of software development.

Picture 2 Example of simplified structure of agile software development. Source: https://www.cprime.com/resources/what-is-agile-what-is-scrum/

The main question I’d like to research in my work is how to manage the connec-

tion between the development and the sales teams, how to link software devel-

opment with sales operations and how to manage sales team with regard to

agile software processs in the company.

My case study is a company that operates globally and has an international

team handling sales and being in close touch with the clients and prospects,

while still having one product owner for each product in the portfolio and a typi-

cal agile software development structure.

2 OBJECTIVES OF THE RESEARCH

Agile development process expects to have connection with the business needs

through the person with the roles of “product owner” and “business owner”. In

case when business portfolio consists of several products, each targeted to dif-

ferent business segment, however interrelated technically with each other, it

becomes complicated. When business needs are driven by sales teams, the

question arises how to link knowledge about customers and needs accumulated

by sales team with product and business owners.

I’d like to focus on the connection between software development and sales

team, for company operating globally and having hundreds of customers. In this

case it is not possible to keep effective role of one person – product or business

owner who would be in touch with end clients. As well as in case of several

products in the portfolio the question arises how to manage it.

Big part of the research concerns management of sales networks. For the com-

pany operating globally, network would consist of own sales people, located in

the main office, own sales people located outside the main office, local partners

and agents. How to build such a network to ensure achievements of strategic

goals? What kind of operational structure is required to have measurable per-

formance criteria for such teams? Should each sales person have own area

where he or she would sell all the company’s products or should there be sepa-

rate persons in charge of one product and operating in crossing areas? Is it

possible to employ scrum work methods for sales activities? All these questions

need to be addressed and answered in the research work.

This topic is a part of agile/lean enterprise definition with the research focus on

management of sales team taking into account agile software development pro-

cess in the company. Lean thinking changes the focus of the management from

optimizing separate technologies, assets, and vertical departments to optimizing

the flow of products and services through entire value chains that flow horizon-

tally across technologies, products and departments to the customers.

Main research questions of this work are:

- define what does it mean – international sales team and net-

work

- how to build and manage such networks with regards to com-

pany’s overall strategy and strategic investments

- how to align sales team activities with agile software develop-

ment

- how to implement measurable characteristics of sales team per-

formance

- how to integrate sales network management into agile enter-

prise

Main objective of the research is: to explore connection of international sales

team to agile software development and ways to manage sales network with

measurable efficiency criteria.

Structure of the work presented in Table 1.

Analysis of the research would be based on strategic point of view and opera-

tional point of view. Parts of the strategic analysis would address how to align

strategy and sales network, how to ensure investments in local network to meet

strategic goals of the company, how to implement strategy and ensure sales are

driven by it. For the operational point of view following aspects need to be ex-

amined: knowledge management inside the company, operational processes of

the company, connections between software development and sales from agility

point of view, measurable performance control system for the sales network.

Limitations of this research are as follows:

Theoretical overview and analysis can only be applied for agile software devel-

opment SMEs, with B2B products, operating globally, and using consultative

value based selling methods.

Empirical part and findings applies for the particular company processes and

needs, since the research is done as a commissioning research work.

Introduction:

•background of the research and objectives

Previous study:

•literature overview, agile principles, agile software development, building and management of sales networks, measurable criteria for sales activities

Empirical case study:

•overview of the case company, comparisions with theoretical research

Findings:

•answers to research questions found, recomendations for case study

Conclusion:

•correspondence of the case with theory, suggstions for future study

3 PREVIOUS RESEARCH AND LITERATURE ON THE

TOPIC

There are great number of research works and books on both topics – agile

software development and management of sales teams. Topic of my research

is related to both with focus on international sales team management and is

closely connected with agile enterprise.

Following literature was preselected:

1. Wollan, R, Jain, N, & Heald, M 2013, Selling Through Someone Else : How to Use Sales Networks and Partners to Sell More, John Wiley & Sons, Somerset, NJ, USA.

The book present Agile selling model with emphasis on utilizing sales networks

and distribution ecosystem. It covers subjects of building sales networks, selling

strategy and core components of agile selling enterprise.

2. Jeffrey Pfeffer 2009. Incentive Problems in a Software company. Case study, Harvard business review.

Case study with focus on sales compensation system in software company in

b2b field and its impact to sales performance.

3. Ian I. Larkin 2011. Arck Systems. Case study, Harvard business review.

The cases illustrate the trade-offs inherent in incentive plans and presents a

framework for the design and management of incentive systems.

4. Palmatier, GE, & Crum, C 2002, Enterprise Sales and Operations Plan-

ning : Synchronizing Demand, Supply and Resources for Peak Perfor- mance, J. Ross Publishing, Incorporated, Boca Raton, FL, USA.

The book provides the business context of synchronized decision making and

an integrated business management process. It focuses on business process

as a main tool for management to achieve growth results.

5. Thamhain, HJ 2014, Managing Technology-Based Projects : Tools,

Techniques, People and Business Processes, John Wiley & Sons, Incor- porated, Somerset, NJ, USA.

Books address management and resource planning for technology-intensive

business environments. It contains good overview of project management tech-

niques, including agile methods, for projects, processes in the company, collab-

oration between teams, risks and uncertainty and knowledge mapping.

6. Maarit Laani, 2012. Agile methods in large-scale software development

organizations. Applicability and model for adoption. Academic disserta- tion, University of Oulu.

Work present thorough research of agile models and applicability of these for

organizations with focus on software development management. It would give

good source of information on how agile software development works and what

could be expected from agile background of the organization.

4 DATA COLLECTION METHOD

The research is qualitative, primary data will be collected via direct participant

observation, examination of available materials, such as company’s vision, mis-

sion, strategy, work instructions, minutes of meetings and other. Permission to

use this data on confidentiality basis is granted by senior management.

Main challenge in primary data connection concerns closeness to the organiza-

tion and process. It would require strict control over the data to exclude person-

al opinion and emotions. Probably the most important issue for insider re-

searchers, particularly when they want to remain and progress in the organiza-

tion, is managing organizational politics (Saunders 2009, 328).

The subject of this study matches with the situation where the case study ap-

proach is the most practical approach. The study investigates a contemporary

phenomenon with in its real-life context (Yin 1988).

Table 2 Advantages and disadvantages of participant observation. Source:

Saunders 2009 p.330.

Secondary data will be taken from yearly HR survey. HR survey present struc-

tured questionnaire concerning wide range of questions about wellbeing at

work, operational process issues and other topics. Data is collected yearly

company wide and for each department separately. It could reveal gaps in

company processes and areas for improvements.

5 SCHEDULE OF THE WORK

Work was started in October 2014 with selection of the topic and finding re-

search questions. Topic was discussed with the company and selected on the

basis of usefulness for the current challenges faced by the company. It fits one

of strategic themes – “improvement of sales and marketing process and man-

agement”.

Parallel with refining research questions and structure of the research, I will

make a review of available literature and collect data during January – May

2015. Collection of material will be done, mostly by observations, interviews and

analysis of secondary data received from HR survey.

Table 3 Time schedule of the research work

REFERENCES

Literature

Gothelf J., 2014. Bringing Agile to the Whole Organization. Harvard business review

Larkin Ian I. 2011. Arck Systems. Case study, Harvard business review.

Laani Maarit, 2012. Agile methods in large-scale software development organizations. Applica- bility and model for adoption. Academic dissertation, University of Oulu.

Saunders Mark, Philip Lewis & Adrian Thornhill 2009. Research methods for business students.

Palmatier, GE, & Crum, C 2002, Enterprise Sales and Operations Planning : Synchronizing Demand, Supply and Resources for Peak Performance, J. Ross Publishing, Incorporated, Boca Raton, FL, USA.

Pfeffer Jeffrey 2009. Incentive Problems in a Software company. Case study, Harvard business review.

Thamhain, HJ 2014, Managing Technology-Based Projects : Tools, Techniques, People and Business Processes, John Wiley & Sons, Incorporated, Somerset, NJ, USA.

West D. & J. Hammond 2010. The Forrester Wave: Agile Development Management tools. Forrester Research

Wollan, R, Jain, N, & Heald, M 2013, Selling Through Someone Else : How to Use Sales Net- works and Partners to Sell More, John Wiley & Sons, Somerset, NJ, USA.

Yin R. 1988 Case study research: design and methods. Sage Publications.

Electronic sources

Beck K. and others, 2001,Agile Manifesto [online, referenced 03.12.2014]. Available on the web at: http://agilemanifesto.org/

Hugos M. 2009. Strategically Focused, Tactically Responsive. SIM Chicago Chapter. Center for systems innovation. online, [referenced 03.12.2014]. Available on the web at http://www.sim- chicago.org/files/Strategically%20Focused%20Tactically%20Responsive.pdf

Example of simplified structure of agile software development online, [referenced 03.12.2014]. Available on the web at : https://www.cprime.com/resources/what-is-agile-what-is-scrum/

assignments combined/old assignment/Background reading Knowledge Management in organizations.pdf

Journal of Knowledge Management Knowledge management in organizations: examining the interaction between technologies, techniques, and people Ganesh D. Bhatt

Article information: To cite this document: Ganesh D. Bhatt, (2001),"Knowledge management in organizations: examining the interaction between technologies, techniques, and people", Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 5 Iss 1 pp. 68 - 75 Permanent link to this document: http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/13673270110384419

Downloaded on: 19 January 2016, At: 01:10 (PT) References: this document contains references to 20 other documents. To copy this document: [email protected] The fulltext of this document has been downloaded 18655 times since 2006*

Users who downloaded this article also downloaded: Andreas Riege, (2005),"Three-dozen knowledge-sharing barriers managers must consider", Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 9 Iss 3 pp. 18-35 http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/13673270510602746 Marina du Plessis, (2007),"The role of knowledge management in innovation", Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 11 Iss 4 pp. 20-29 http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/13673270710762684 Alberto Carneiro, (2000),"How does knowledge management influence innovation and competitiveness?", Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 4 Iss 2 pp. 87-98 http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/13673270010372242

Access to this document was granted through an Emerald subscription provided by emerald-srm:413916 []

For Authors If you would like to write for this, or any other Emerald publication, then please use our Emerald for Authors service information about how to choose which publication to write for and submission guidelines are available for all. Please visit www.emeraldinsight.com/authors for more information.

About Emerald www.emeraldinsight.com Emerald is a global publisher linking research and practice to the benefit of society. The company manages a portfolio of more than 290 journals and over 2,350 books and book series volumes, as well as providing an extensive range of online products and additional customer resources and services.

Emerald is both COUNTER 4 and TRANSFER compliant. The organization is a partner of the Committee on Publication Ethics (COPE) and also works with Portico and the LOCKSS initiative for digital archive preservation.

*Related content and download information correct at time of download.

D ow

nl oa

de d

by A

A L

T O

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

A t

01 :1

0 19

J an

ua ry

2 01

6 (P

T )

Knowledge management in organizations: examining the interaction between technologies, techniques, and people

Ganesh D. Bhatt

Introduction

In recent years, knowledge management has

become a critical subject of discussion in the

business literature. Both business and

academic communities believe that by

leveraging knowledge, an organization can

sustain its long-term competitive advantages.

The resource based view (RBV) of

organizations and competencies perspectives

highlight the reflection of this changing trend

in the business strategy arena (Nelson and

Winter, 1982). Although management is

aware of the potential that can be realized

from knowledge resources, there is not a

consensus about the characteristics of

knowledge and the ways these knowledge

resources should be used. Researchers and

academics have taken different perspectives

on knowledge management, ranging from

technological solutions to the communities of

practices, and the use of the best practices.

For example, a majority of business managers

believe in the power of computers and

communication technologies in knowledge

management, as they argue that information

technology (IT) can provide an edge in

harvesting knowledge from piles of old buried

data repositories, consisting of point of sales

(POS), customer credit cards, promotional

sales, and seasonal discount data. Some

others, however, contend that knowledge

resides in human minds and, therefore,

employee training and motivation are the key

factors to knowledge management.

This paper takes a comprehensive view on

knowledge and argues that defining

knowledge management through

technological or social systems alone

engenders the bias in overemphasizing one

aspect at the expense of the other. As we will

show later, technologies and social systems

are equally important in knowledge

management. The conversion between data

and information is efficiently handled through

information technologies, but IT is a poor

substitute for converting information into

knowledge. The conversion between

information and knowledge is best

accomplished through social actors, but social

actors are slow in converting data to

information. That is one of the reasons we

believe that knowledge management is best

carried out through the optimization of

technological and social subsystems. The

roots of this view can be found in the

sociotechnological perspective of the

The author

Ganesh D. Bhatt is an Assistant Professor in the

Department of Information Science and Systems, Morgan

State University, Baltimore, Maryland, USA.

Keywords

Information technology, Knowledge management,

Knowledge management systems, Knowledge workers,

Interaction

Abstract

Argues that the knowledge management process can be

categorized into knowledge creation, knowledge

validation, knowledge presentation, knowledge

distribution, and knowledge application activities. To

capitalize on knowledge, an organization must be swift in

balancing its knowledge management activities. In

general, such a balancing act requires changes in

organizational culture, technologies, and techniques. A

number of organizations believe that by focusing

exclusively on people, technologies, or techniques, they

can manage knowledge. However, that exclusive focus on

people, technologies, or techniques does not enable a

firm to sustain its competitive advantages. It is, rather,

the interaction between technology, techniques, and

people that allow an organization to manage its

knowledge effectively. By creating a nurturing and

`̀ learning-by-doing'' kind of environment, an organization

can sustain its competitive advantages.

Electronic access

The current issue and full text archive of this journal is

available at

http://www.emerald-library.com/ft

68

Journal of Knowledge Management

Volume 5 . Number 1 . 2001 . pp. 68±75

# MCB University Press . ISSN 1367-3270

D ow

nl oa

de d

by A

A L

T O

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

A t

01 :1

0 19

J an

ua ry

2 01

6 (P

T )

organization (Emery, 1959, 1967; Trist,

1981; Trist and Bamforth, 1951).

Despite the fact that a number of

researchers highlight the competitive

advantages of 3M, Hewlett-Packard,

Buckman Laboratories, Scandia AFS, and

Xerox as a result of knowledge management

projects, they do not clearly describe the

principles and procedures of knowledge

management. This paper clarifies the concept

of knowledge management and shows why

technological as well as social systems become

critical in knowledge management.

This paper makes important contributions

to academic and business circles. The

academic community is beginning to consider

organizations as repositories of knowledge.

The competitiveness of organizations is

determined by organizational capabilities and

core-competencies. By focusing on

knowledge management, we hope to

strengthen the knowledge-based view of the

firms. To managers, this research is important

for two reasons. First, while they have heard a

lot of discussion on knowledge management,

they are baffled with divergent perspectives

carried on knowledge management. Seeing

that, in the present time, most jobs are

becoming ever more information intensive,

and a majority of employees are moving to

these industries, this paper provides a

theoretical framework on knowledge

management. Second, by emphasizing the

capabilities of information technologies such

as Internet, intranet, and

telecommunications, and social systems such

as employee training and motivation, this

paper explains why an understanding of

knowledge management has become much

more important.

The outline of the paper follows. The paper

begins by describing data, information, and

knowledge. Next, we explain the concept of

knowledge management. Later, we describe

the importance of technological and social

systems in knowledge management. The

paper ends by describing the major

implications and the conclusion of the study.

Data, information, and knowledge

Defining data, information, and knowledge is

difficult. Only through external means or

from a user's perspectives, can one distinguish

between data, information, and knowledge.

In general, data are considered as raw facts,

information is regarded as an organized set of

data, and knowledge is perceived as

meaningful information.

This paper posits the idea that the

relationship between data, information, and

knowledge is recursive and depends on the

degree of the `̀ organization'' and the

`̀ interpretation'' as shown in Figure 1. Data

and information are distinguished based on

their `̀ organization'', and information and

knowledge are differentiated based on the

`̀ interpretation''.

To understand this difference, let us take an

example of a patient's visit to a doctor's office.

The doctor elicits a lot of `̀ information'' from

the patient. Some of this information

becomes relevant as the doctor considers it

important for the medical diagnosis of the

patient. Some of the information elicited by

the patient, however, is irrelevant for the

doctor and becomes `̀ data''. The doctor

quickly assimilates the acquired information

in his (her) `̀ knowledge base'', and after

finding a useful pattern in the information

prescribes medication to the patient. If the

doctor is unable to find a relevant pattern in

the information, the doctor may recommend

further lab-tests, and/or refer the patient to a

specialist, who may be in a better position to

find a useful pattern in the information.

Let us take the following possibilities now. If

the doctor recommends the patient for some

lab-tests, he (she) may try to elicit more

information from the patient and may find

some other pieces of information through the

lab-tests. The information acquired through

the lab-tests may confirm or disconfirm the

doctor's initial hypotheses about the diagnosis.

It may also happen that the preliminary

analysis of the `̀ data'' (which was insufficient

and incomplete without lab-tests) could be

Figure 1 The recursive relations between data

information and knowledge

69

Knowledge management in organizations

Ganesh D. Bhatt

Journal of Knowledge Management

Volume 5 . Number 1 . 2001 . 68±75

D ow

nl oa

de d

by A

A L

T O

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

A t

01 :1

0 19

J an

ua ry

2 01

6 (P

T )

quite relevant to the doctor for medical

diagnosis of the patient. The point is that the

doctor moves back and forth, recursively,

between data, information, and knowledge.

If the doctor recommends the patient to a

specialist, the specialist might elicit quite a

different sort of information. It could also

happen that the specialist may find some

pieces of information quite relevant, which

were earlier discarded by the doctor in making

his (her) preliminary diagnosis of the patient.

The point is that data, information, and

knowledge are relative, because `̀ data'' for the

doctor, in fact, become a critical part of the

`̀ information'' for the specialist, which in part

assists him (her) finding a useful pattern of

the medical diagnosis (knowledge).

Looking from the above perspective, it is

evident that `̀ knowledge base'' often dictates

the distinction between data, information,

and knowledge. This could be one of the

reasons that in the knowledge intensive

environment, many firms can sustain their

competitive advantages. It is because the prior

state of the knowledge base generates a

positive feedback to support the creation,

validation, presentation, and distribution of

knowledge. Cohen and Levinthal (1990)

explain this fact in arguing that knowledge

expansion is dependent on learning intensity,

and prior knowledge. In other words,

accumulated prior knowledge increases the

ability to accrue more knowledge and learn

subsequent concepts more easily.

Therefore, we argue that knowledge is an

organized combination of data, assimilated

with a set of rules, procedures, and operations

learnt through experience and practice. In a

sense, knowledge is a `̀ meaning'' made by the

mind (Marakas, 1999, p. 264). Without

meaning, knowledge is information or data. It

is only through meaning, that information

finds life and becomes knowledge (Bhatt,

2000a). Thus, the distinction between

information and knowledge depends on users'

perspectives. Knowledge is context

dependent, since `̀ meanings'' are interpreted

in reference to a particular paradigm

(Marakas, 1999, p. 264).

Nature of organizational knowledge

Individual knowledge is necessary for

developing the organizational knowledge

base; however, organizational knowledge is

not a simple sum of the individual knowledge

(Bhatt, 2000a). Organizational knowledge is

formed through unique patterns of

interactions between technologies,

techniques, and people, which cannot be

easily imitated by other organizations,

because these interactions are shaped by the

organization's unique history and culture.

The implication of the interactions between

technologies, techniques, and people has

profound consequences on knowledge

management. It is because the pattern of

interaction between technologies, techniques,

and people is unique to an organization that it

cannot be easily traded in the marketplace

and imitated by other organizations. In

general, organizations possess foreground

knowledge and background knowledge.

Foreground knowledge is much easier to

capture, codify, and imitate, while

background knowledge is tacit and sticky,

which makes it difficult to replicate and

imitate. It is dependent on organizational

history and its unique circumstances.

However, we believe it is not the intensity of

the background knowledge that enables a

company to achieve its superior performance.

It is, rather, the intensity of the symbiotic

relationship between foreground and

background knowledge that forms the core-

competencies of the organization and offers

sustainable advantages to the company, as

shown in Figure 2 (Prahalad and Hamel,

1990; Leonard-Barton, 1992). That is one of

the reasons that core-competencies cannot be

unbundled into the foreground knowledge or

the background knowledge (Bhatt, 2000a).

Figure 2 The interaction between background knowledge and foreground

knowledge

70

Knowledge management in organizations

Ganesh D. Bhatt

Journal of Knowledge Management

Volume 5 . Number 1 . 2001 . 68±75

D ow

nl oa

de d

by A

A L

T O

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

A t

01 :1

0 19

J an

ua ry

2 01

6 (P

T )

Knowledge management

We refer to knowledge management as a

process of knowledge creation, validation,

presentation, distribution, and application.

These five phases in knowledge management

allow an organization to learn, reflect, and

unlearn and relearn, usually considered

essential for building, maintaining, and

replenishing of core-competencies (see

Figure 3).

Knowledge creation

Knowledge creation refers to the ability of an

organization to develop novel and useful ideas

and solutions (Marakas, 1999, p. 440). By

reconfiguring and recombining foreground

and background knowledge through different

sets of interactions, an organization can create

new realities and meanings.

Knowledge creation is an emergent process

in which motivation, inspiration,

experimentation, and pure chance play an

important role (Lynn et al., 1996). The extent

to which knowledge is considered to be novel

depends if it solves existing problems more

proficiently and effectively or may lead to

innovations in the marketplace.

However, we do not recommend that, in

every situation, an organization should create

new knowledge from scratch. There are

several other ways that can be pursued in

combination with a `̀ fresh-start'' (Bhatt,

2000b). For example, a firm may reconfigure

and recombine existing pieces of knowledge,

along with the strategy of imitation,

replication, and substitution. In some cases,

an organization may develop its competence

by focusing on its capabilities and limiting its

shortcomings. By strengthening its research

and development (R&D) capabilities, by

scanning and monitoring external

environments, and by borrowing and

employing external technologies, a firm can

get a better perspective of its knowledge base

and may include new knowledge from the

outside (Bhatt, 2000b).

Some firms may choose to organize and

interpret existing information in a new light.

For example, an accounting firm may choose

to use existing accounting standards through

different methods, using different procedures

of discount, depreciation, and overhead costs.

On the other hand, some firms may choose

the process of `̀ probe and learn'', through a

series of experiments (Lynn et al., 1996). For

example, Corning's optical fiber program,

GE's CT scanner experience, Motorola's

cellular phone development, and Monsanto's

NutraSweet inventions were perfected

through a series of probing and learning

processes (Lynn et al., 1996).

Knowledge validation

Knowledge validation refers to the extent to

which a firm can reflect on knowledge and

evaluate its effectiveness for the existing

organizational environment. Because with

age, a part of knowledge may be obsolete that

needs to be reconfigured and refined to the

existing realities. Often, multiple and

continual interactions between technologies,

techniques, and people may be necessary to

test the validity of the knowledge (Bhatt,

2000b). For example, when an organization

employs new sets of tools and technologies,

and processes and procedures, it may need to

update or refine the skills of its employees so

that they can swiftly adapt to the new

competitive realities.

Knowledge validation is a painstaking

process of continually monitoring, testing,

and refining the knowledge base to suit the

existing or potential realities. As the realities

change, so does the need arise to convert the

parts of `̀ knowledge'' into `̀ information'', and

`̀ data'', which may finally be discarded. It is

because the development in a discipline may

often constitute new information, rules and

theories, and a part of the old rules and

theories become outdated. Therefore, for

organizations it becomes important that they

continually review, test, and validate their

knowledge base to keep up with the latest

Figure 3 Knowledge management process activities

71

Knowledge management in organizations

Ganesh D. Bhatt

Journal of Knowledge Management

Volume 5 . Number 1 . 2001 . 68±75

D ow

nl oa

de d

by A

A L

T O

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

A t

01 :1

0 19

J an

ua ry

2 01

6 (P

T )

knowledge in the discipline and discard the

outdated knowledge.

The question of knowledge obsolescence is

a paramount concern to shape the core-

competencies of the organization. The core-

competencies cannot be easily imitated; they

nevertheless become obsolete if not matched

with the existing development in the fields

(Nonaka and Takeuchi, 1995). For example,

a firm that is competing through bricks and

mortar cannot ignore the competition coming

from click and the mouse. The competition

between Amazon.com and Barnes & Noble

illustrates this point.

Knowledge presentation

Knowledge presentation refers to the ways

knowledge is displayed to the organizational

members. In general, an organization may

devise different procedures to format its

knowledge base. However, organizational

knowledge is distributed and scattered in

different locations, embedded into different

artifacts and procedures, and stored into

different mediums such as print, disks, and

optical media. Each of them requires different

means of knowledge presentation. Because of

these different presentation styles,

organizational members often find it difficult

to reconfigure, recombine, and integrate

knowledge from these distinct and disparate

sources. For example, there could be many

departments or divisions, which may be

processing data through their own devised

conventions, often creating redundancy and

incompatibility in data standards, formats,

and programs. Though organizational

members may find the relevant pieces of

information by organizing data into separate

databases, they will still find it difficult to

integrate and interpret information different

perspectives.

Organizational members work with a set of

styles. If they are required to learn different

sets of `̀ work-styles'', delays in integrating and

internalizing new knowledge are common.

Therefore, an organization may choose to

employ similar codification, standards, and

programming schemes or make use of

predefined templates and schema to present

data, information, and knowledge.

Knowledge distribution

Knowledge needs to be distributed and

shared throughout the organization, before it

can be exploited at the organizational level.

The interactions between organizational

technologies, techniques, and people can have

direct bearing on knowledge distribution. For

example, organizational structure, based on

traditional command and control, minimizes

the interactions between technologies,

techniques, and people, and thus reduces the

opportunities in knowledge distribution.

Similarly, knowledge distribution through

supervision and a predetermined channel will

minimize the interactions and consequently

reduce the opportunity to question the

validity of the transferred knowledge. On the

other hand, horizontal organizational

structure, empowerment, and open-door

policy speed up knowledge flow between

different participants and departments. The

application of e-mail, intranet, bulletin board,

and newsgroup can support the distribution

of knowledge throughout the organization

and allows organizational members to debate,

discuss, and interpret information through

multiple perspectives.

Knowledge application

In general, organizational knowledge needs to

be employed into a company's products,

processes, and services. If an organization

does not find it easy to locate the right kind of

knowledge in the right form, the firm may

find it difficult to sustain its competitive

advantage. When innovation and creativity

are the hallmark of the present competitive

arena, an organization should be swift in

finding the right kind of knowledge in the

right form from the organization.

There are a number of ways through which

an organization can employ its knowledge

resources. For example, it could repackage

available knowledge in a different context,

raise the internal measurement standard, train

and motivate its people to think creatively and

use their understanding in the company's

products, processes, or services. For example,

by comparing the practices of gas

compression in fields, a Chevron team

learned that it could save $20 million a year

by adopting the best practices in the field;

with its implementation of Lotus-Notes and

making a central group to capture and

distribute information throughout the

organization, PriceWaterhouse significantly

improved its documentation process (APQC,

1999).

Knowledge application means making

knowledge more active and relevant for the

72

Knowledge management in organizations

Ganesh D. Bhatt

Journal of Knowledge Management

Volume 5 . Number 1 . 2001 . 68±75

D ow

nl oa

de d

by A

A L

T O

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

A t

01 :1

0 19

J an

ua ry

2 01

6 (P

T )

firm in creating values. For example, Intel has

been on the forefront to upgrade and improve

the design and speed of its microprocessor

continuously. Similarly, by improving

continuously its position in the liquid-crystal-

display (LCD), Sharp has become a

dominant player in the LCD market. With a

different aim, AT&T is now beginning to

review its knowledge in multimedia (Collis

and Montgomery, 1995).

The criteria of evaluating the usefulness of

knowledge are not often readily apparent.

However, if a company believes in the

usefulness of knowledge in supporting its

practical, and day-to-day common activities,

management should provide sufficient

latitude to the communities of practice for

experimentation to assess the potential of the

knowledge. Certainly, a number of factors,

including time period of the completion of the

project, its cost, and uncertainty of benefits,

need a thorough evaluation. However, often

management's understanding of the scope

and potential of knowledge can have a

dramatic effect on the outcome of the

project's future.

Knowledge creating cultures

To direct individual knowledge for the

organizational purposes, an organization

should develop and nurture an environment

of knowledge sharing, transformation, and

integration between its members (Nonaka

and Takeuchi, 1995). The organization

should coach its people to coordinate their

interactions in a meaningful way. To expand

its `̀ collective knowledge'', an organization

should make every effort in developing

meaningful interactions between the

communities of practice. In brief, knowledge

management refers to changing corporate

culture and business procedures to make

sharing of information possible. It becomes as

much a feat of developing technological

solutions as working through the social and

culture subsystems.

In a dynamic environment, organizations

face a series of unexpected problems and

unforeseen situations, which are difficult to

control by one individual in the organization.

Yet by coordinating the pattern of interaction

between its members, technologies, and

culture, an organization can work with

complex and novel situations (Hutchins,

1991). Weick and Roberts (1993) refer to

these interaction patterns as the `̀ collective

mind'' of the organization. That also means

that none of the members in the organization

possesses all the relevant knowledge in

accomplishing complex tasks; however, it is

interaction between people, technologies, and

techniques that support an organization in

accomplishing complex and novel tasks.

Therefore, one of the critical tasks of the

management is to coordinate different packets

of knowledge through information exchange

and sharing.

The interaction between technologies and social systems

Certainly, as an organization becomes

efficient in data processing, it can generate

more information. The use of high-powered

computers and communication networks can

support an organization in data mining.

However, the problem of the interpretation

still remains, as only for a narrow range of

problems has IT successfully been used for

interpretation purposes. In a dynamic

business environment, where an organization

faces unexpected and novel problems, IT, at

best, can be used as an enabler to turn data

into information. It is only through people,

that information is interpreted and turned

into knowledge.

As argued earlier, the cycle between data,

information, and knowledge is recursive.

Therefore, an organization should be swift to

turn data into information and information

into knowledge. At the same time, the

organization should not be overly attached to

its knowledge base, so as to neglect the

process of (re) conversion from knowledge to

information and from information to data. In

other words, once a piece of knowledge no

longer fits to the existing context, the

organization should be swift to discard it from

its knowledge base.

In this sense, technical artifacts are enablers

to organize data into information, and people

are endowed with interpretative capabilities.

Therefore, to manage knowledge, an

organization will need to shape and redefine

interactions between its people, technology,

and techniques. The techniques employed by

the operators or the users will determine how

adroitly the technology is used and how the

meanings of information are comprehended.

73

Knowledge management in organizations

Ganesh D. Bhatt

Journal of Knowledge Management

Volume 5 . Number 1 . 2001 . 68±75

D ow

nl oa

de d

by A

A L

T O

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

A t

01 :1

0 19

J an

ua ry

2 01

6 (P

T )

By recognizing the criticality of the

interactions between technology, techniques,

and people, one can realize why there are

often multiple interpretations of the same

situation. For example, Orr (1996) discusses

how two experienced technicians exchange

quite different views regarding the

malfunction of a Xerox machine. One

technician interprets the error code from the

machine literally, while the other technician

considers the error code as a symptom of

some deep-rooted problems. However, by

exchanging their interpretations, technicians

build their own communities and share

efficient techniques of working through

different situations.

In brief, an organization is not an exclusive

artifact of a technological system, nor does it

represent a social system. It is a system of

personal experience, social relations, and

technologies. Technologies enable

coordination between communities of

practice by minimizing a number of human

and physical constraints. For example, IT

enables the searching, storing, manipulating,

and sharing of a huge amount of information

per unit of time, by minimizing the limitations

of time and space. However, the essence of

offering a `̀ meaning'' depends on individuals.

As individuals in organizations interact with

others (including technologies, and

techniques), they are likely to understand and

share their views of the same situation in a

different light. This interaction process is

helpful in developing a holistic view of the

realities, thereby facilitating the integration of

a diverse body of knowledge in the

organizations.

Implications

Knowledge management shapes the

interaction pattern between technologies,

techniques, and people. For instance, IT can

capture, store, and distribute information

quickly, but it has its limit on information

interpretation. Organizations which have

been successful in obtaining long-term

benefits from knowledge management, are

found to carefully coordinate their social

relations and technologies (Bhatt, 1998).

Technological solutions can be captured

and grafted. But to manage knowledge,

organizations need to construct an

environment of participation, coordination,

and knowledge sharing. According to Ernst &

Young, 56 per cent of executives believe

changing people's behavior is one of the

critical implementation problems in

knowledge management (Glasser, 1998),

because knowledge management projects

force a company to redefine its traditional

work procedures, power structures, and

technologies. Therefore, a company needs to

gradually assimilate the principles of

knowledge management over the company's

entrenched behavior.

In general, implementing knowledge

management programs requires a change in

organizational philosophy. For example,

traditionally a number of companies

collaborated on the basis of transaction cost

economics; however, a knowledge

management philosophy emphasizes learning

collaboratively so that they can add more

value to their products and services for the

customers.

Conclusion

This paper has shown that knowledge

management is not a simple question of

capturing, storing, and transferring

information, rather it requires interpretation

and organization of information from

multiple perspectives. Only by changing

organizational culture, can an organization

gradually change the pattern of interaction

between people, technologies, and

techniques, because the core-competencies of

an organization are entrenched deep into

organizational practice. When environment is

dynamic, and complex, it often becomes

essential for organizations that they

continually create, validate, and apply new

knowledge into their products, processes, and

services for value-addition.

In general, organizations may use

technologies or may take an informal

approach in knowledge management. But to

sustain long-term competitive advantage, a

firm needs to create a fit between its

technological and social systems.

Technologies can be used to increase the

efficiency of the people and enhance the

information flow within the organization,

while social systems such as communities of

practice improve on interpretations, by

bringing multiple views on the information.

74

Knowledge management in organizations

Ganesh D. Bhatt

Journal of Knowledge Management

Volume 5 . Number 1 . 2001 . 68±75

D ow

nl oa

de d

by A

A L

T O

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

A t

01 :1

0 19

J an

ua ry

2 01

6 (P

T )

Knowledge management is a

comprehensive process of knowledge

creation, knowledge validation, knowledge

presentation, knowledge distribution, and

knowledge application. The coordination of

these phases is critical, because short-

circuiting any of the above phases may result

in less than optimum outcome of the

knowledge management.

If management is serious about making

knowledge management as a priority in the

organization, it will require reconsidering and

analyzing the balance between technological

and social facet of the organization. Putting

too much emphasis on people or technologies

is not sufficient; rather, management must

revisit the interaction pattern between

technologies, people, and the techniques

people employ in using these technologies.

Only by changing the interaction pattern in

their favor, will managers be able to leverage

knowledge for the competitive advantages of

the organizations.

References

APQC (1999), Knowledge Management: Consortium Benchmark Study, Houston, TX, pp. 1-9.

Bhatt, G. (1998), `̀ Managing knowledge through people'',

Knowledge and Process Management: Journal of Business Transformation, Vol. 5 No. 3, pp. 165-71.

Bhatt, G. (2000a), `̀ A resource-based perspective of

developing organizational capabilities for business

transformation'', Knowledge and Process Management, Vol. 7 No. 2, pp. 119-29.

Bhatt, G. (2000b), `̀ Organizing knowledge in the

knowledge development cycle'', Journal of Knowledge Management: Journal of Business Transformation, Vol. 4 No. 1, pp. 15-26.

Cohen, W.M. and Levinthal, D.A. (1990), `̀ Absorptive

capacity: a new perspective on learning and

innovation'', Administrative Science Quarterly, Vol. 35, pp. 128-52.

Collis, D.J. and Montgomery, C.A. (1995), `̀ Competing on resources: strategy in the 1990s'', Harvard Business Review, Vol. 73 No. 4, pp. 118-28.

Emery, F.E. (1959), Characteristics of Socio-technical Systems (Document No. 527), Tavistock Institute of Human Relations, London.

Emery, F.E. (1967), `̀ The next thirty years: concepts, methods and anticipations'', Human Relations, Vol. 20, pp. 199-237.

Glasser, P. (1998), `̀ The knowledge factor'', CIO, 15 December, pp. 1-9.

Hutchins, E. (1991), `̀ The social organization of distributed cognition'', in Resnick, L.B., Levine, J.M. and Teasley, S.D. (Eds), Perspectives On Socially Shared Cognition, American Psychological Association, Washington, DC, pp. 283-307.

Leonard-Barton, D. (1992), `̀ Core capabilities and core rigidities: a paradox in managing new product development'', Strategic Management Journal, Vol. 13, pp. 111-25.

Lynn, G.S., Morone, J.G. and Paulson, A.S. (1996), `̀ Marketing and discontinuous innovation: the probe and learn process'', California Management Review, Vol. 38, pp. 8-37.

Marakas, G.M. (1999), Decision Support Systems in the Twenty-first Century, Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ.

Nelson, R.R. and Winter, S.G. (1982), An Evolutionary Theory of Economic Changes, Belknap Press of Harvard University, Cambridge, MA.

Nonaka, I. and Takeuchi, H. (1995), The Knowledge Creating Company ± How Japanese Companies Create the Dynamics of Innovation, Oxford University Press, Oxford.

Orr, J.E. (1996), Talking about Machines: An Ethnography of a Modern Job, ILR Press, Ithaca, NY.

Prahalad, C.K. and Hamel, G. (1990), `̀ The core competence of the corporation'', Harvard Business Review, Vol. 68 No. 3, pp. 79-93.

Trist, E.L. (1981), `̀ The evolution of socio-technical systems: a conceptual framework and action research program'' (Occasional paper No. 2), Ontario Quality of Working Life Centre, Ontario.

Trist, E.L. and Bamforth, K. (1951), `̀ Social and psychological consequences of long wall coal mining'', Human Relations, Vol. 4, pp. 3-38.

Weick, K.E. and Roberts, K.H. (1993), `̀ Collective mind in organizations: heedful interrelating on flight decks'', Administrative Science Quarterly, Vol. 38, pp. 357-81.

75

Knowledge management in organizations

Ganesh D. Bhatt

Journal of Knowledge Management

Volume 5 . Number 1 . 2001 . 68±75

D ow

nl oa

de d

by A

A L

T O

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

A t

01 :1

0 19

J an

ua ry

2 01

6 (P

T )

This article has been cited by:

1. Jinwon Hong, One-Ki (Daniel) Lee, Woojong Suh. 2016. Creating knowledge within a team: a socio-technical interaction perspective. Knowledge Management Research & Practice . [CrossRef]

2. Stacey Peterson, Lisa Steelman. 2015. Repatriate Knowledge Sharing Environment. Journal of Information & Knowledge Management 1550031. [CrossRef]

3. Som Sekhar Bhattacharyya, Sumi Jha, Christo Fernandes. 2015. Determinants of speed to market in the context of the emerging Indian market. Asia Pacific Journal of Marketing and Logistics 27:5, 784-800. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

4. Ignacio Cepeda-Carrion, Antonio G. Leal-Millán, Silvia Martelo-Landroguez, Antonio L. Leal-Rodriguez. 2015. Absorptive capacity and value in the banking industry: A multiple mediation model. Journal of Business Research . [CrossRef]

5. NAHEED AHMED, RUPALI J. LIMAYE, SARAH V. HARLAN. 2015. A multilevel approach to knowledge sharing: Improving health services for families and children. Annals of Anthropological Practice 39:10.1111/napa.2015.39.issue-2, 192-204. [CrossRef]

6. Vincenzo Cavaliere, Sara Lombardi, Luca Giustiniano. 2015. Knowledge sharing in knowledge-intensive manufacturing firms. An empirical study of its enablers. Journal of Knowledge Management 19:6, 1124-1145. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

7. Andreas Diedrich, Gustavo Guzman. 2015. From implementation to appropriation: understanding knowledge management system development and introduction as a process of translation. Journal of Knowledge Management 19:6, 1273-1294. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

8. Corinne Janicot, Sophie Mignon, Elisabeth Walliser. 2015. Information Process and Value Creation: an Experimental Study. Journal of the Knowledge Economy . [CrossRef]

9. Bibliography 291-304. [CrossRef] 10. Ayşe Günsel. 2015. Research on Effectiveness of Technology Transfer from a Knowledge Based Perspective. Procedia - Social

and Behavioral Sciences 207, 777-785. [CrossRef] 11. A. M. S. Al-Raqadi, A. Abdul Rahim, M. Masrom, B. S. N. Al-Riyami. 2015. Sustainability of knowledge and competencies

management on the perceptions of improving ships’ upkeep performance. International Journal of System Assurance Engineering and Management . [CrossRef]

12. Houshang Taghizadeh, Abdolhossein Shokri. 2015. Relationship Among the Dimensions of Knowledge Management from the Viewpoint of Social Capital Based on Interpretive Structural Modelling (A Case Study). Journal of Information & Knowledge Management 14, 1550024. [CrossRef]

13. H. Ping Tserng, Meng-Hsueh Lee, Shang-Hsien Hsieh, Hsiang-Ling Liu. 2015. The measurement factor of employee participation for Knowledge Management System in engineering consulting firms. Journal of Civil Engineering and Management 1-14. [CrossRef]

14. Encarnación García-Sánchez, Víctor Jesús García-Morales, María Teresa Bolívar-Ramos. 2015. The influence of top management support for ICTs on organisational performance through knowledge acquisition, transfer, and utilisation. Review of Managerial Science . [CrossRef]

15. T. M. Sullivan, R. J. Limaye, V. Mitchell, M. D'Adamo, Z. Baquet. 2015. Leveraging the Power of Knowledge Management to Transform Global Health and Development. Global Health: Science and Practice 3, 150-162. [CrossRef]

16. Christina Ling-hsing Chang, Tung-Ching Lin. 2015. The role of organizational culture in the knowledge management process. Journal of Knowledge Management 19:3, 433-455. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

17. Alexander Serenko, John Dumay. 2015. Citation classics published in knowledge management journals. Part I: articles and their characteristics. Journal of Knowledge Management 19:2, 401-431. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

18. Mohammed Tubigi, Sarmad Alshawi. 2015. The impact of knowledge management processes on organisational performance. Journal of Enterprise Information Management 28:2, 167-185. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

19. A. Anand, R. Kant, D. P. Patel, M. D. Singh. 2015. Knowledge Management Implementation: A Predictive Model Using an Analytical Hierarchical Process. Journal of the Knowledge Economy 6, 48-71. [CrossRef]

20. Mariano García-Fernández. 2015. How to measure knowledge management: dimensions and model. VINE 45:1, 107-125. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

21. Aib Abdelatif, Chaib Rachid, Aib Smain, Verzea Ion. 2015. Promoting a sustainable organizational culture in a company: The National Railway Transport Company. Journal of Rail Transport Planning & Management . [CrossRef]

22. Jason F. Cohen, Karen Olsen. 2015. Knowledge management capabilities and firm performance: A test of universalistic, contingency and complementarity perspectives. Expert Systems with Applications 42, 1178-1188. [CrossRef]

23. Nadine Newman, Dunstan Newman. 2015. Learning and knowledge: a dream or nightmare for employees. The Learning Organization 22:1, 58-71. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

D ow

nl oa

de d

by A

A L

T O

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

A t

01 :1

0 19

J an

ua ry

2 01

6 (P

T )

24. Luís Valentim, João Veríssimo Lisboa, Mário Franco. 2015. Knowledge management practices and absorptive capacity in small and medium-sized enterprises: is there really a linkage?. R&D Management n/a-n/a. [CrossRef]

25. Kawa Amin. 2015. Replacing Paper with Digital Recording. Journal of Stroke and Cerebrovascular Diseases 24, 144-147. [CrossRef]

26. Ahmed Anashri Alnashri. 2015. Application Reality of Knowledge Management Processes Practice in Leaning Resources Centres: Case Study of Learning Resources Centres in Makkah al-Mukarramah Schools in Saudi Arabia. Procedia Computer Science 65, 192-202. [CrossRef]

27. Ming Li, Mengyue Yuan, Haitao Xiong. 2015. An Approach to the Construction of Personalized Knowledge Map Based on Collaborative Tagging. International Journal of Knowledge Engineering 1, 209-213. [CrossRef]

28. Zahra Marzieh Hassanian, Mohammad Reza Ahanchian, Hossein Karimi-Moonaghi. 2015. Can Knowledge Management Be Implemented in the Teaching of Medical Sciences?. Acta Facultatis Medicae Naissensis 32. . [CrossRef]

29. D. Oehme, R. Riedel, E. MullerModular, building blocks — Based approach for information and documentation management in planning projects 428-432. [CrossRef]

30. Muhammad Sabbir Rahman, Abdul Highe Khan, Md. Mahabub Alam, Norizah Mustamil, Chin Wei Chong. 2014. A comparative study of knowledge sharing pattern among the undergraduate and postgraduate students of private universities in Bangladesh. Library Review 63:8/9, 653-669. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

31. Elisabeth Eleanor Bennett, Rochell R. McWhorterVirtual HRD 567-589. [CrossRef] 32. Hossein Karimi Moonaghi, Mohammad Reza Ahanchian, Zahra Marzieh Hassanian. 2014. A Qualitative Content Analysis

of Knowledge Storage in Nursing Education System. Iranian Red Crescent Medical Journal 16. . [CrossRef] 33. Rita Scully, Jason Underwood, Farzad Khosrowshahi. 2014. Accelerating the Implementation of BIM by Integrating

the Developments Made in Knowledge Management. International Journal of 3-D Information Modeling 1:10.4018/ IJ3DIM.20121001, 29-39. [CrossRef]

34. Susana Schmitz, Teresa Rebelo, Francisco J. Gracia, Inés Tomás. 2014. Learning culture and knowledge management processes: To what extent are they effectively related?. Revista de Psicología del Trabajo y de las Organizaciones 30, 113-121. [CrossRef]

35. Päivi Haapalainen, Kirsi Pusa. 2014. Knowledge Management Processes. International Journal of Information Systems in the Service Sector 4:10.4018/IJISSS.20120701, 29-39. [CrossRef]

36. Rusli Abdullah, Salfarina Abdullah, Mcxin TeeWeb-based knowledge management model for managing and sharing green knowledge of software development in community of practice 210-215. [CrossRef]

37. Daekil Kim. 2014. The Perceived Information Quality in Accounting Information System: Effects on Trust and Risk. Journal of the Korea Industrial Information System Society 19, 119-131. [CrossRef]

38. Peyman Akhavan, Mohammad Reza Zahedi, Seyed Hosein Hosein. 2014. A conceptual framework to address barriers to knowledge management in project-based organizations. Education, Business and Society: Contemporary Middle Eastern Issues 7:2/3, 98-119. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

39. Shiful Islam, Susumu Kunifuji, Tessai Hayama, Motoki Miura. 2014. An Adoption Model for E-Learning and Knowledge Management Systems. International Journal of Knowledge and Systems Science 3:10.4018/IJKSS.20120401, 51-66. [CrossRef]

40. Kelly J. Fadel, Alexandra Durcikova. 2014. If it's fair, I’ll share: The effect of perceived knowledge validation justice on contributions to an organizational knowledge repository. Information & Management 51, 511-519. [CrossRef]

41. Isabel D.W. Rechberg, Jawad Syed. 2014. Appropriation or participation of the individual in knowledge management. Management Decision 52:3, 426-445. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

42. Silvia Martelo-Landroguez, Juan-Gabriel Cegarra-Navarro. 2014. Linking knowledge corridors to customer value through knowledge processes. Journal of Knowledge Management 18:2, 342-365. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

43. Clifford Paul Hallwood. 2014. Governing knowledge and the scope of the firm. International Journal of Organizational Analysis 22:1, 2-13. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

44. Alain Yee-Loong Chong, Keng-Boon Ooi, Haijun Bao, Binshan Lin. 2014. Can e-business adoption be influenced by knowledge management? An empirical analysis of Malaysian SMEs. Journal of Knowledge Management 18:1, 121-136. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

45. Liviu Moldovan. 2014. QFD Employment for a New Product Design in a Mineral Water Company. Procedia Technology 12, 462-468. [CrossRef]

46. Eugenia Y. Huang, Travis K. Huang. 2013. Exploring the effect of boundary objects on knowledge interaction. Decision Support Systems 56, 140-147. [CrossRef]

47. Kalsom Salleh, Siong Choy Chong, Syed Noh Syed Ahmad, Syed Omar Sharifuddin Syed Ikhsan. 2013. The extent of influence of learning factors on tacit knowledge sharing among public sector accountants. VINE 43:4, 424-441. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

D ow

nl oa

de d

by A

A L

T O

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

A t

01 :1

0 19

J an

ua ry

2 01

6 (P

T )

48. Jack S. Goulding, Eric C.W. Lou. 2013. E-readiness in construction: an incongruous paradigm of variables. Architectural Engineering and Design Management 9, 265-280. [CrossRef]

49. Alemayehu Molla. 2013. Identifying IT sustainability performance drivers: Instrument development and validation. Information Systems Frontiers 15, 705-723. [CrossRef]

50. Anna Wiewiora, Bambang Trigunarsyah, Glen Murphy, Vaughan Coffey. 2013. Organizational culture and willingness to share knowledge: A competing values perspective in Australian context. International Journal of Project Management 31, 1163-1174. [CrossRef]

51. Setiawan Assegaff, Ab Razak Che HussinDevelopment and validation of instrument for knowledge contributor acceptance in KMS 594-599. [CrossRef]

52. Svetlana Sajeva. 2013. Towards a Conceptual Knowledge Management System Based on Systems Thinking and Sociotechnical Thinking. International Journal of Sociotechnology and Knowledge Development 3:10.4018/jskd.20110701, 40-55. [CrossRef]

53. Shadi Ebrahimi Mehrabani, Maziar ShajariKnowledge Management Practices and Implementation of E-Insurance 186-190. [CrossRef]

54. Pinkie Anggia, Dana Indra Sensuse, Yudho Giri Sucahyo, Siti RohajawatiIdentifying Critical Success Factors for knowledge management implementation in organization: A survey paper 83-88. [CrossRef]

55. Sharmila Jayasingam, Mahfooz A Ansari, T Ramayah, Muhamad Jantan. 2013. Knowledge management practices and performance: are they truly linked?†. Knowledge Management Research & Practice 11, 255-264. [CrossRef]

56. R. Arteaga Sánchez, A. Duarte Hueros, M. García Ordaz. 2013. E‐learning and the University of Huelva: a study of WebCT and the technological acceptance model. Campus-Wide Information Systems 30:2, 135-160. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

57. References 273-295. [CrossRef] 58. Dursun Delen, Halil Zaim, Cemil Kuzey, Selim Zaim. 2013. A comparative analysis of machine learning systems for measuring

the impact of knowledge management practices. Decision Support Systems 54, 1150-1160. [CrossRef] 59. Mariye Yigzaw, Marie-Claude Boudreau, Monica Garfield, Mulugeta LibsieIndigenous Techniques of Knowledge Creation

in Qinea Schools of Ethiopia 3375-3385. [CrossRef] 60. Bejan David Analoui, Clair Hannah Doloriert, Sally Sambrook. 2012. Leadership and knowledge management in UK ICT

organisations. Journal of Management Development 32:1, 4-17. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF] 61. Justo de Jorge Moreno. 2012. Using Social Network and Dropbox in Blended Learning: an Application to University

Education. Business, Management and Education 10, 220-231. [CrossRef] 62. Joyline Makani. 2012. Revisiting Knowledge Management Systems: Exploring Factors Influencing the Choices of Knowledge

Management Systems in Knowledge-Intensive Organisations. Journal of Information & Knowledge Management 11, 1250024. [CrossRef]

63. Ovi Novianto, Dewi Puspasari. 2012. Knowledge Management System's Implementation in a Company with Different Generations: A Case Study. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences 65, 942-947. [CrossRef]

64. Esmaei Shaabani, Heidar Ahmadi, HamidReza Yazdani. 2012. Do interactions among elements of knowledge management lead to acquiring core competencies?. Business Strategy Series 13:6, 307-322. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

65. Susan Squires, Michael L. Van De VanterCommunities of Practice 289-310. [CrossRef] 66. Trevor A. Smith, Annette M. Mills, Paul Dion. 2012. Linking Business Strategy and Knowledge Management Capabilities

for Organizational Effectiveness. International Journal of Knowledge Management 6:10.4018/jkm.20100701, 22-43. [CrossRef] 67. Surapong Boonyarith. 2012. The Effect of HRM Practices on MNC Subsidiaries' Knowledge Transfer in Thailand. Journal

of Information & Knowledge Management 11, 1250019. [CrossRef] 68. Hepu Deng. 2012. A Conceptual Framework for Effective Knowledge Management Using Information and Communication

Technologies. International Journal of Knowledge and Systems Science 1:10.4018/ijkss.20100401, 49-61. [CrossRef] 69. Edgar Serna M.. 2012. Maturity model of Knowledge Management in the interpretativist perspective. International Journal

of Information Management 32, 365-371. [CrossRef] 70. Tatiana Andreeva, Aino Kianto. 2012. Does knowledge management really matter? Linking knowledge management practices,

competitiveness and economic performance. Journal of Knowledge Management 16:4, 617-636. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF] 71. James M. Bloodgood. 2012. Organizational routine breach response and knowledge management. Business Process Management

Journal 18:3, 376-399. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF] 72. Abdulwahab Funsho Atanda, Dhanapal Durai. Dominic, Ahmad Kamil B. MahmoodTheoretical framework for multi-agent

collaborative knowledge sharing for competitiveness of institutions of higher learning (IHL) in Malaysia 31-36. [CrossRef] 73. Sajjad M Jasimuddin, Nigel Connell, Jonathan H Klein. 2012. Knowledge transfer frameworks: an extension incorporating

knowledge repositories and knowledge administration. Information Systems Journal 22:10.1111/isj.2012.22.issue-3, 195-209. [CrossRef]

D ow

nl oa

de d

by A

A L

T O

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

A t

01 :1

0 19

J an

ua ry

2 01

6 (P

T )

74. Setiawan Assegaff, Ab Razak Che Hussin, Halina Mohamed DahlanPre-adoption of KMS: User acceptance from knowledge worker perspectives 591-596. [CrossRef]

75. Susana Pérez‐López, Joaquin Alegre. 2012. Information technology competency, knowledge processes and firm performance. Industrial Management & Data Systems 112:4, 644-662. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

76. Carlos Macías Gelabert, Allan Aguilera Martinez. 2012. Contribución de la gestión de recursos humanos a la gestión del conocimiento. Estudios Gerenciales 28, 133-148. [CrossRef]

77. Isabel Pinho, Arménio Rego, Miguel Pina e Cunha. 2012. Improving knowledge management processes: a hybrid positive approach. Journal of Knowledge Management 16:2, 215-242. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

78. Krishna Venkitachalam, Peter Busch. 2012. Tacit knowledge: review and possible research directions. Journal of Knowledge Management 16:2, 357-372. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

79. Fariza H. Rusly, James L. Corner, Peter Sun. 2012. Positioning change readiness in knowledge management research. Journal of Knowledge Management 16:2, 329-355. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

80. Ronel Erwee, Barbara Skadiang, Banjo Roxas. 2012. Knowledge management culture, strategy and process in Malaysian firms. Knowledge Management Research & Practice 10, 89-98. [CrossRef]

81. Li‐An Ho, Tsung‐Hsien Kuo, Binshan Lin. 2012. How social identification and trust influence organizational online knowledge sharing. Internet Research 22:1, 4-28. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

82. Stanislaus Roque Lobo, Kenan M. Matawie, Premaratne Samaranayake. 2012. Assessment and improvement of quality management capabilities for manufacturing industries in Australia. Total Quality Management & Business Excellence 23, 103-121. [CrossRef]

83. Alexandra Durcikova, Kelly J. FadelIt's Not "Just" Validation: The Effect of Organizational Justice on Contributions to a Knowledge Repository 3959-3968. [CrossRef]

84. Setiawan Assegaff, Ab Razak Che Hussin, Halina Mohamed DahlanPerceived benefit of knowledge sharing: Adapting TAM model 1-6. [CrossRef]

85. Tatiana Andreeva, Aino Kianto. 2011. Knowledge processes, knowledge‐intensity and innovation: a moderated mediation analysis. Journal of Knowledge Management 15:6, 1016-1034. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

86. Kelly J. Fadel, Alexandra Durcikova, Hoon S. Cha. 2011. Information Influence in Mediated Knowledge Transfer. International Journal of Knowledge Management 5:10.4018/ijkm.20091001, 26-42. [CrossRef]

87. Heresh Beyadar, Khaland GardaliKnowledge management in organizations 1-4. [CrossRef] 88. Herish Beyadar, Khalnd GardaliKnowledge management in organizations 1-4. [CrossRef] 89. Hyang-Soo Lee. 2011. A Study of Human Resource Practices Affecting Knowledge Sharing and Utilization in Public

Organization. Journal of the Korean Society for information Management 28, 239-256. [CrossRef] 90. Hsiu-Fen Lin. 2011. The effects of employee motivation, social interaction, and knowledge management strategy on KM

implementation level. Knowledge Management Research & Practice 9, 263-275. [CrossRef] 91. Silvia Martelo Landroguez, Carmen Barroso Castro, Gabriel Cepeda‐Carrión. 2011. Creating dynamic capabilities to increase

customer value. Management Decision 49:7, 1141-1159. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF] 92. Muhammad Najib Razali, David Martin Juanil. 2011. A study on knowledge management implementation in property

management companies in Malaysia. Facilities 29:9/10, 368-390. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF] 93. Gangcheol Yun, Dohyoung Shin, Hansoo Kim, Sangyoub Lee. 2011. Knowledge‐mapping model for construction project

organizations. Journal of Knowledge Management 15:3, 528-548. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF] 94. Martelo Landroguez Silvia, Barroso Castro Carmen, Cepeda Carrión Gabriel. 2011. CREANDO CAPACIDADES QUE

AUMENTEN EL VALOR PARA EL CLIENTE. Investigaciones Europeas de Dirección y Economía de la Empresa 17, 69-87. [CrossRef]

95. David Martens, Christine Vanhoutte, Sophie De Winne, Bart Baesens, Luc Sels, Christophe Mues. 2011. Identifying financially successful start-up profiles with data mining. Expert Systems with Applications 38, 5794-5800. [CrossRef]

96. Metin ATAK. 2011. Örgütsel Bilginin Yönetimi Ve Öğrenen Organizasyon Yazınındaki Yeri. ISGUC, The Journal of Industrial Relations and Human Resources 13:10.4026/1303-2860, 155-176. [CrossRef]

97. Annette M. Mills, Trevor A. Smith. 2011. Knowledge management and organizational performance: a decomposed view. Journal of Knowledge Management 15:1, 156-171. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

98. Hai Nam Nguyen, Sherif Mohamed. 2011. Leadership behaviors, organizational culture and knowledge management practices. Journal of Management Development 30:2, 206-221. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

99. M. A. Mottalib, Kazi Shamsul Arefin, Mohammad Majharul Islam, Md. Arif Rahman, SabbeerAhmed Abeer. 2011. Performance Analysis of Distributed Association Rule Mining with Apriori Algorithm. International Journal of Computer Theory and Engineering 484-488. [CrossRef]

D ow

nl oa

de d

by A

A L

T O

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

A t

01 :1

0 19

J an

ua ry

2 01

6 (P

T )

100. Yu-chu Yeh, Ling-yi Huang, Yi-ling Yeh. 2011. Knowledge management in blended learning: Effects on professional development in creativity instruction. Computers & Education 56, 146-156. [CrossRef]

101. R Mitch Casselman, Danny SamsonInternal, Collaborative and Competitive Knowledge Capability 1-10. [CrossRef] 102. Eugenia Y Huang, Travis K HuangAntecedents and Outcomes of Boundary Objects in Knowledge Interaction in the Context

of Software Systems Analysis 1-9. [CrossRef] 103. Li-An Ho, Binshan LinThe Antecedents and Outcomes of Online Knowledge-Sourcing Behavior 93-124. [CrossRef] 104. Moon-Seo Park, You-Jin Jang, Hyun-Soo Lee, You-Sang Yoon. 2010. Integrated Knowledge Management System based on

Construction Portal. Korean Journal of Construction Engineering and Management 11, 12-21. [CrossRef] 105. LI-AN HO, TSUNG-HSIEN KUO, CHINHO LIN, BINSHAN LIN. 2010. THE MEDIATE EFFECT OF TRUST

ON ORGANIZATIONAL ONLINE KNOWLEDGE SHARING: AN EMPIRICAL STUDY. International Journal of Information Technology & Decision Making 09, 625-644. [CrossRef]

106. Emad M. Kamhawi. 2010. The three tiers architecture of knowledge flow and management activities. Information and Organization 20, 169-186. [CrossRef]

107. Yuhong GuanA study on the Internal Control of accounting information system 203-206. [CrossRef] 108. Somnuk Aujirapongpan, Pakpachong Vadhanasindhu, Achara Chandrachai, Pracob Cooparat. 2010. Indicators of knowledge

management capability for KM effectiveness. VINE 40:2, 183-203. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF] 109. Norita Ahmad, Abdelkader Daghfous. 2010. Knowledge sharing through inter‐organizational knowledge networks. European

Business Review 22:2, 153-174. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF] 110. References 171-185. [CrossRef] 111. Michael Zack, James McKeen, Satyendra Singh. 2009. Knowledge management and organizational performance: an

exploratory analysis. Journal of Knowledge Management 13:6, 392-409. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF] 112. Lyn Courtney, Neil Anderson. 2009. Knowledge transfer between Australia and China. Journal of Knowledge-based Innovation

in China 1:3, 206-225. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF] 113. Paulo FerreiraLinking Knowledge Management and Leadership through Knowledge Mapping 1-4. [CrossRef] 114. Philip Hancock, Robert Raeside. 2009. Analyzing Communication in a Complex Service Process: An Application of

Triangulation in a Case Study of the Scottish Prison Service. Journal of Applied Security Research 4, 291-308. [CrossRef] 115. Murali Sambasivan, Siew-Phaik Loke, Zainal Abidin-Mohamed. 2009. Impact of knowledge management in supply chain

management: A study in Malaysian manufacturing companies. Knowledge and Process Management 16:10.1002/kpm.v16:3, 111-123. [CrossRef]

116. Nigel Martin, John Rice. 2009. Concept maps: a technique for assessing knowledge manager learning needs. Knowledge Management Research & Practice 7, 152-161. [CrossRef]

117. Mostafa Jafari, Peyman Akhavan, Elham Nouranipour. 2009. Developing an architecture model for enterprise knowledge. Management Decision 47:5, 730-759. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

118. Aihie Osarenkhoe. 2009. An integrated framework for understanding the driving forces behind non‐sequential process of internationalisation among firms. Business Process Management Journal 15:2, 286-316. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

119. Keng‐Boon Ooi, Pei‐Lee Teh, Alain Yee‐Loong Chong. 2009. Developing an integrated model of TQM and HRM on KM activities. Management Research News 32:5, 477-490. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

120. Kostas Metaxiotis. 2009. Exploring the rationales for ERP and knowledge management integration in SMEs. Journal of Enterprise Information Management 22:1/2, 51-62. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

121. J.J. Tarí Guilló, M. García Fernández. 2009. DIMENSIONES DE LA GESTIÓN DEL CONOCIMIENTO Y DE LA GESTIÓN DE LA CALIDAD: UNA REVISIÓN DE LA LITERATURA. Investigaciones Europeas de Dirección y Economía de la Empresa 15, 135-148. [CrossRef]

122. Mariyam Suzy Adam, Cathy Urquhart. 2009. No man is an island: Social and human capital in IT capacity building in the Maldives. Information and Organization 19, 1-21. [CrossRef]

123. Shiaw‐Wen Tien, Chiu‐Yen Liu, Yi‐Chan Chung, Chih‐Hung Tsai, Ching‐Piao Chen. 2008. Research on Current Execution of Knowledge Management in Taiwan’s Medical Organizations. Asian Journal on Quality 9:3, 29-56. [Abstract] [PDF]

124. Yeo-Jin Kang, Seok-Eun Kim, Gee-Weon Chang. 2008. The Impact of Knowledge Sharing on Work Performance: An Empirical Analysis of the Public Employees' Perceptions in South Korea. International Journal of Public Administration 31, 1548-1568. [CrossRef]

125. Robert J. Harris. 2008. Developing a collaborative learning environment through technology enhanced education (TE3) support. Education + Training 50:8/9, 674-686. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

126. P. Arun Prasad, T. J. Kamalanabhan. 2008. Evaluation of Knowledge Strategies in the Indian Software Industry. Journal of Transnational Management 13, 148-170. [CrossRef]

D ow

nl oa

de d

by A

A L

T O

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

A t

01 :1

0 19

J an

ua ry

2 01

6 (P

T )

127. Veli Denizhan Kalkan. 2008. An overall view of knowledge management challenges for global business. Business Process Management Journal 14:3, 390-400. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

128. Monika Mittal. 2008. Personal Knowledge Management: A Study of Knowledge Behaviour of Academicians. Journal of Information & Knowledge Management 07, 93-100. [CrossRef]

129. Runchana SinthavalaiKnowledge management practice and the selection of approaches: A Thailand study 1-5. [CrossRef] 130. Jo Rhodes, Richard Hung, Peter Lok, Bella Ya‐Hui Lien, Chi‐Min Wu. 2008. Factors influencing organizational knowledge

transfer: implication for corporate performance. Journal of Knowledge Management 12:3, 84-100. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF] 131. Sajjad M. Jasimuddin. 2008. A holistic view of knowledge management strategy. Journal of Knowledge Management 12:2,

57-66. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF] 132. Dilek Zamantılı Nayır, Ülkü Uzunçarşılı. 2008. A cultural perspective on knowledge management: the success story of

Sarkuysan company. Journal of Knowledge Management 12:2, 141-155. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF] 133. Stephen McLaughlin, Robert A. Paton. 2008. Defining a knowledge strategy framework for process aligned organizations:

an IBM case. Knowledge and Process Management 15:10.1002/kpm.v15:2, 126-139. [CrossRef] 134. Kelly J. Fadel, Alexandra Durcikova, Hoon S. ChaElaboration Likelihood in Knowledge Management: A Model and

Experimental Test 359-359. [CrossRef] 135. Yi-Chan Chung, Chih-Hung Tsai, Yau-Wen Hsu. 2007. Research on the Correlation Among Critical Success Factors,

of Knowledge Management, Executive Degree of Knowledge Management Activities and New Product Development Performance in Taiwan's High-Tech Firms. Journal of Information & Knowledge Management 06, 261-270. [CrossRef]

136. Halil Zaim, Ekrem Tatoglu, Selim Zaim. 2007. Performance of knowledge management practices: a causal analysis. Journal of Knowledge Management 11:6, 54-67. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

137. Finn Olav Sveen, Eliot Rich, Matthew Jager. 2007. Overcoming organizational challenges to secure knowledge management. Information Systems Frontiers 9, 481-492. [CrossRef]

138. Mariyam Suzy Adam, Cathy Urquhart. 2007. IT capacity building in developing countries: A model of the Maldivian tourism sector. Information Technology for Development 13, 315-335. [CrossRef]

139. Abbas Monavvarian, Mitra Kasaei. 2007. A KM model for public administration: the case of Labour Ministry. VINE 37:3, 348-367. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

140. Mostafa Jafari, Peyman Akhavan, Jalal Rezaee Nour, Mehdi N. Fesharaki. 2007. Knowledge management in Iran aerospace industries: a study on critical factors. Aircraft Engineering and Aerospace Technology 79:4, 375-389. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

141. Bente Skattor, Bente Skattor, Bente Skattor, Bente Skattor, Bente Skattor, Bente Skattor, Bente Skattor, Bente Skattor, Bente SkattorDesign of Mobile Services Supporting Knowledge Processes on Building Sites 10-10. [CrossRef]

142. Ivan Svetlik, Eleni Stavrou‐Costea. 2007. Connecting human resources management and knowledge management. International Journal of Manpower 28:3/4, 197-206. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

143. Yücel Yilmaz. 2007. Pre‐analysis process for knowledge management. VINE 37:1, 74-82. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF] 144. Maria Teresa Borges Tiago, João Pedro Almeida Couto, Flávio Gomes Tiago, António Cabral Vieira. 2007. Knowledge

management. Management Research News 30:2, 100-114. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF] 145. Jon Pemberton, Sharon Mavin, Brenda Stalker. 2007. Scratching beneath the surface of communities of (mal)practice. The

Learning Organization 14:1, 62-73. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF] 146. Hai Chen Tan, Patricia M. Carrillo, Chimay J. Anumba, Nasreddine (Dino) Bouchlaghem, John M. Kamara, Chika E.

Udeaja. 2007. Development of a Methodology for Live Capture and Reuse of Project Knowledge in Construction. Journal of Management in Engineering 23, 18-26. [CrossRef]

147. Wai Fong Boh. 2007. Mechanisms for sharing knowledge in project-based organizations. Information and Organization 17, 27-58. [CrossRef]

148. References 191-205. [CrossRef] 149. Bibliography 319-344. [CrossRef] 150. Shuojia Guo, Chengen Wang, Xiaochuan Luo, Ming Qi, Nini Cao, Chunqing Li, Lida XuDeploy Knowledge Management

and ERP Concurrently in Extended Enterprise Environment 395-400. [CrossRef] 151. Stephen McLaughlin, Robert A. Paton, Douglas K. Macbeth. 2006. Managing change within IBM's complex supply chain.

Management Decision 44:8, 1002-1019. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF] 152. Samo Pavlin. 2006. Community of practice in a small research institute. Journal of Knowledge Management 10:4, 136-144.

[Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF] 153. Alex Bennet, M. Shane Tomblin. 2006. A learning network framework for modern organizations. VINE 36:3, 289-303.

[Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

D ow

nl oa

de d

by A

A L

T O

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

A t

01 :1

0 19

J an

ua ry

2 01

6 (P

T )

154. Siong Choy Chong. 2006. KM critical success factors. The Learning Organization 13:3, 230-256. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF] 155. Hai Chen Tan, Pat Carrillo, Chimay Anumba, John M Kamara, Dino Bouchlaghem, Chika Udeaja. 2006. Live capture

and reuse of project knowledge in construction organisations. Knowledge Management Research & Practice 4, 149-161. [CrossRef]

156. Lida Xu, Chengen Wang, Xiaochuan Luo, Zhongzhi Shi. 2006. Integrating knowledge management and ERP in enterprise information systems. Systems Research and Behavioral Science 23, 147-156. [CrossRef]

157. Siong Choy Chong. 2006. KM Implementation and Its Influence on Performance: An Empirical Evidence from Malaysian Multimedia Super Corridor (MSC) Companies. Journal of Information & Knowledge Management 05, 21-37. [CrossRef]

158. Steve Eldridge, Mohammed Balubaid, Kevin D. Barber. 2006. Using a knowledge management approach to support quality costing. International Journal of Quality & Reliability Management 23:1, 81-101. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

159. John Psarras. 2006. Education and training in the knowledge‐based economy. VINE 36:1, 85-96. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

160. Priti Jain. 2006. Empowering Africa's development using ICT in a knowledge management approach. The Electronic Library 24:1, 51-67. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

161. Patricia Carrillo, Paul Chinowsky. 2006. Exploiting Knowledge Management: The Engineering and Construction Perspective. Journal of Management in Engineering 22, 2-10. [CrossRef]

162. J.D. McKeen, M.H. Zack, S. SinghKnowledge Management and Organizational Performance: An Exploratory Survey 152b-152b. [CrossRef]

163. Liao Shu-mei, Xu Sheng-huaThe Road Map to KM Evaluation in Organization: A Holistic Framework 1393-1398. [CrossRef] 164. Halit Keskin, Ali E. Akgün, Ayşe Günsel, Salih Zeki İmamoğlu. 2005. The Relationships Between Adhocracy and Clan

Cultures and Tacit Oriented KM Strategy. Journal of Transnational Management 10, 39-53. [CrossRef] 165. Rajesh K. Pillania. 2005. Information Technology Strategy for Knowledge Management in Indian Industry. Journal of

Information & Knowledge Management 04, 167-178. [CrossRef] 166. Toufic Mezher, M. Asem Abdul-Malak, Ibrahim Ghosn, Maher Ajam. 2005. Knowledge Management in Mechanical and

Industrial Engineering Consulting: A Case Study. Journal of Management in Engineering 21, 138-147. [CrossRef] 167. Chinho Lin, Chuni Wu. 2005. A knowledge creation model for ISO 9001#2000. Total Quality Management & Business

Excellence 16, 657-670. [CrossRef] 168. Kostas Metaxiotis, Kostas Ergazakis, John Psarras. 2005. Exploring the world of knowledge management: agreements and

disagreements in the academic/practitioner community. Journal of Knowledge Management 9:2, 6-18. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

169. Cevat Celep, Buket Çetin. 2005. Teachers' perception about the behaviours of school leaders with regard to knowledge management. International Journal of Educational Management 19:2, 102-117. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

170. Ahmed A. S. Seleim, Ahmed S. Ashour, Omar E. M. Khalil. 2005. Knowledge Documentation and Application in Egyptian Software Firms. Journal of Information & Knowledge Management 04, 47-59. [CrossRef]

171. Konstantinos Ergazakis, Konstantinos Karnezis, Konstantinos Metaxiotis, Ioannis Psarras. 2005. Knowledge management in enterprises: a research agenda. Intelligent Systems in Accounting, Finance and Management 13:10.1002/isaf.v13:1, 17-26. [CrossRef]

172. Yu‐Chung Hung, Shi‐Ming Huang, Quo‐Pin Lin, Mei‐Ling ‐Tsai. 2005. Critical factors in adopting a knowledge management system for the pharmaceutical industry. Industrial Management & Data Systems 105:2, 164-183. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

173. Sajjad M. Jasimuddin, Con Connell, Jonathan H. Klein. 2005. The challenges of navigating a topic to a prospective researcher: the case of knowledge management research. Management Research News 28:1, 62-76. [Abstract] [PDF]

174. Meliha Handzic, Albert Z. ZhouAn integrated view of KM 3-15. [CrossRef] 175. Emanuele Lettieri, Francesca Borga, Alberto Savoldelli. 2004. Knowledge management in non‐profit organizations. Journal

of Knowledge Management 8:6, 16-30. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF] 176. Susana Pérez López, José Manuel Montes Peón, Camilo José Vázquez Ordás. 2004. Managing knowledge: the link between

culture and organizational learning. Journal of Knowledge Management 8:6, 93-104. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF] 177. Kuan Yew Wong, Elaine Aspinwall. 2004. Characterizing knowledge management in the small business environment. Journal

of Knowledge Management 8:3, 44-61. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF] 178. Mirghani Mohamed, Michael Stankosky, Arthur Murray. 2004. Applying knowledge management principles to enhance

cross‐functional team performance. Journal of Knowledge Management 8:3, 127-142. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF] 179. Lisa Beesley. 2004. Multi‐level complexity in the management of knowledge networks. Journal of Knowledge Management

8:3, 71-100. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

D ow

nl oa

de d

by A

A L

T O

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

A t

01 :1

0 19

J an

ua ry

2 01

6 (P

T )

180. Kuan Yew Wong, Elaine Aspinwall. 2004. A Fundamental Framework for Knowledge Management Implementation in SMEs. Journal of Information & Knowledge Management 03, 155-166. [CrossRef]

181. Mohamad Hisyam Selamat, Jyoti Choudrie. 2004. The diffusion of tacit knowledge and its implications on information systems: the role of meta‐abilities. Journal of Knowledge Management 8:2, 128-139. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

182. Yoav Gal. 2004. The reward effect: a case study of failing to manage knowledge. Journal of Knowledge Management 8:2, 73-83. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

183. Michael Stollberg, Anna V. Zhdanova, Dieter Fensel. 2004. h-TechSight — A Next Generation Knowledge Management Platform. Journal of Information & Knowledge Management 03, 45-66. [CrossRef]

184. Jennifer Rowley. 2003. Knowledge management – the new librarianship? From custodians of history to gatekeepers to the future. Library Management 24:8/9, 433-440. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

185. Kostas Metaxiotis, John Psarras. 2003. Applying Knowledge Management in Higher Education: The Creation of a Learning Organisation. Journal of Information & Knowledge Management 02, 353-359. [CrossRef]

186. David Mason, David J. Pauleen. 2003. Perceptions of knowledge management: a qualitative analysis. Journal of Knowledge Management 7:4, 38-48. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

187. Pieris Chourides, David Longbottom, William Murphy. 2003. Excellence in knowledge management: an empirical study to identify critical factors and performance measures. Measuring Business Excellence 7:2, 29-45. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

188. Alton Chua. 2003. A Framework for Knowledge Management Implementation. Journal of Information & Knowledge Management 02, 79-86. [CrossRef]

189. Salleh Yahya, Wee‐Keat Goh. 2002. Managing human resources toward achieving knowledge management. Journal of Knowledge Management 6:5, 457-468. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

190. Iñaki Peña. 2002. Knowledge networks as part of an integrated knowledge management approach. Journal of Knowledge Management 6:5, 469-478. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

191. Johanna Lammintakanen, Kaija Saranto, Tuula Kivinen, Juha Kinnunen. 2002. The digital portfolio: a tool for human resource management in health care?. Journal of Nursing Management 10, 321-328. [CrossRef]

192. Suzie Allard. 2002. Digital libraries and organizations for international collaboration and knowledge creation. The Electronic Library 20:5, 369-381. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

193. Kostas Metaxiotis, John Psarras, Stefanos Papastefanatos. 2002. Knowledge and information management in e‐learning environments; the user agent architecture. Information Management & Computer Security 10:4, 165-170. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

194. Manuela Pérez Pérez, Angel Martínez Sánchez, Ma Pilar de Luis Carnicer, Ma José Vela Jiménez. 2002. Knowledge tasks and teleworking: a taxonomy model of feasibility adoption. Journal of Knowledge Management 6:3, 272-284. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

195. Ganesh D. Bhatt. 2002. Management strategies for individual knowledge and organizational knowledge. Journal of Knowledge Management 6:1, 31-39. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

196. David G. Wastell. 2001. Barriers to effective knowledge management: Action research meets grounded theory. Journal of Systems and Information Technology 5:2, 21-36. [Abstract] [PDF]

197. Stavros Ponis, Epaminondas KoronisManaging the Risk of Knowledge Transfer in Outsourcing Organizations 239-262. [CrossRef]

198. Salwa AlhamoudiKnowledge Management Strategies: 857-867. [CrossRef] 199. Svetlana SajevaTowards a Conceptual Knowledge Management System Based on Systems Thinking and Sociotechnical

Thinking 115-130. [CrossRef] 200. Viju MathewKnowledge Management Approach as Business Model 73-96. [CrossRef] 201. M. A. BejjarInformation and Communication Technology a Catalyst to Total Quality Management (TQM) 5074-5083.

[CrossRef] 202. Kelly J. Fadel, Alexandra Durcikova, Hoon S. ChaAn Experiment of Information Elaboration in Mediated Knowledge

Transfer 311-328. [CrossRef] 203. Pei-Di Shen, Tsang-Hsiung Lee, Chia-Wen Tsai, Yi-Fen ChenThe Implementation of Knowledge Management in Service

Businesses 160-176. [CrossRef] 204. Knowledge Management 94-117. [CrossRef] 205. Hepu DengA Conceptual Framework for Effective Knowledge Management Using Information and Communication

Technologies 587-599. [CrossRef] 206. Hepu DengA Conceptual Framework for Effective Knowledge Management Using Information and Communication

Technologies 117-130. [CrossRef]

D ow

nl oa

de d

by A

A L

T O

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

A t

01 :1

0 19

J an

ua ry

2 01

6 (P

T )

207. Nathaniel O. AgolaCreating Knowledge Society for Economic and Social Growth in Africa: 135-154. [CrossRef] 208. Pei-Di Shen, Tsang-Hsiung Lee, Chia-Wen Tsai, Yi-Fen ChenThe Different Key Processes in the Implementation of

Knowledge Management Among IC Designers, Distributors and Manufacturers 362-377. [CrossRef] 209. Stephen McLaughlinDeveloping an effective Knowledge Management System 222-240. [CrossRef] 210. Neeta BaporikarKnowledge Management in Small and Medium Enterprises 1-20. [CrossRef] 211. Mosad Zineldin, Valentina VasichevaTotal Relationship Management of Knowledge and Information Technology for

Innovation: 192-208. [CrossRef] 212. Dimitris Bibikas, Iraklis Paraskakis, Alexandros G. Psychogios, Ana C. VasconcelosThe Potential of Enterprise Social Software

in Integrating Exploitative and Explorative Knowledge Strategies 285-297. [CrossRef] 213. Salwa AlhamoudiKnowledge Management Strategies: 184-194. [CrossRef] 214. Jan CarrellAn Epistemology of Intellectual Capital and its Transition to a Practical Application 17-43. [CrossRef] 215. Elisabeth E. Bennett, Rebecca D. Blanchard, Gladys L. FernandezKnowledge Sharing in Academic Medical Centers 212-232.

[CrossRef] 216. Stephen McLaughlinDeveloping an effective Knowledge Management System 477-494. [CrossRef] 217. Trevor A. Smith, Annette M. Mills, Paul DionLinking Business Strategy and Knowledge Management Capabilities for

Organizational Effectiveness 186-207. [CrossRef] 218. Neeta BaporikarOrganizational Barriers and Facilitators in Embedding Knowledge Strategy 149-173. [CrossRef] 219. I.Y.L. Chen, A. Su, J. Huang, Blue Lan, Yen-Shih ShenUbiquitous Collaborative Learning in Knowledge-Aware Virtual

Communities 84-89. [CrossRef] 220. M. Richards, J. SchiffelA Distance Learning Framework for Automatic Instructor Replies: Articulable Tacit Knowledge Used

for Feedback upon Request 611-620. [CrossRef] 221. S.M. JasimuddinStorage of Transferred Knowledge or Transfer of Stored Knowledge: Which Direction? If Both, Then How?

27a-27a. [CrossRef] 222. Neeta BaporikarOrganizational Barriers and Facilitators in Embedding Knowledge Strategy 1585-1610. [CrossRef]

D ow

nl oa

de d

by A

A L

T O

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

A t

01 :1

0 19

J an

ua ry

2 01

6 (P

T )

assignments combined/old assignment/How to measure knowledge management.pdf

VINE How to measure knowledge management: dimensions and model Mariano García-Fernández

Article information: To cite this document: Mariano García-Fernández , (2015),"How to measure knowledge management: dimensions and model", VINE, Vol. 45 Iss 1 pp. 107 - 125 Permanent link to this document: http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/VINE-10-2013-0063

Downloaded on: 08 June 2016, At: 00:32 (PT) References: this document contains references to 94 other documents. To copy this document: [email protected] The fulltext of this document has been downloaded 606 times since 2015*

Users who downloaded this article also downloaded: (2014),"An evaluation of knowledge management tools: Part 1 – managing knowledge resources", Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 18 Iss 6 pp. 1075-1100 http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/ JKM-11-2013-0449 (2014),"An evaluation of knowledge management tools: Part 2 – managing knowledge flows and enablers", Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 18 Iss 6 pp. 1101-1126 http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/ JKM-03-2014-0084 (2015),"The impact of knowledge management practices on organizational performance: A balanced scorecard approach", Journal of Enterprise Information Management, Vol. 28 Iss 1 pp. 131-159 http:// dx.doi.org/10.1108/JEIM-09-2013-0066

Access to this document was granted through an Emerald subscription provided by emerald- srm:449525 []

For Authors If you would like to write for this, or any other Emerald publication, then please use our Emerald for Authors service information about how to choose which publication to write for and submission guidelines are available for all. Please visit www.emeraldinsight.com/authors for more information.

About Emerald www.emeraldinsight.com Emerald is a global publisher linking research and practice to the benefit of society. The company manages a portfolio of more than 290 journals and over 2,350 books and book series volumes, as well as providing an extensive range of online products and additional customer resources and services.

Emerald is both COUNTER 4 and TRANSFER compliant. The organization is a partner of the Committee on Publication Ethics (COPE) and also works with Portico and the LOCKSS initiative for digital archive preservation.

*Related content and download information correct at time of download.

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:3 2

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

How to measure knowledge management: dimensions

and model Mariano García-Fernández

Department of Business Management, University of Alicante, Alicante, Spain

Abstract Purpose – The aims of this paper are: to identify the dimensions of knowledge management (KM), and to propose a model for KM that will be useful for future researchers in carrying out KM measurement. Design/methodology/approach – The paper is based on a literature review of theoretical and empirical contributions to KM. Findings – The results obtained show that the creation, transfer and storage, and implementation and use are dimensions of the concept of KM. On the basis of these dimensions, this study proposes a model integrating these dimensions and operationalizes it using selected items, so that future researchers may carry out measurements using the proposed model. Practical implications – The study implies that companies and researchers use a smaller time in theoretical checks and can devote to measurements which develop improvements. Originality/value – The present model differs from other, previous models in that it integrates various approaches to the study of KM.

Keywords Learning organization, Organizational learning, Knowledge management models, Organizational knowledge

Paper type Literature review

Introduction Knowledge management (KM) has been studied from a number of perspectives (Baskerville and Dulipovici, 2006), including organizational learning (Crossan et al., 1999), knowledge organization (Spender, 1996) and learning organization (Senge, 1990). This indicates that previous studies that analyze KM have usually examined only one aspect of the KM process. For instance, Nonaka and Takeuchi (1995) develop their knowledge spiral from the point of view of knowledge creation, but no application to firms can be observed. For their part, Crossan et al. (1999) develop their model on the basis of knowledge flows, feed-forward (exploration) and feed-back (exploitation), but it is not explained how this is measured, nor how it may be applied to a firm. Senge (1990) proposes an application to firms, but in a prescriptive way, which he calls “Learning organization”. Senge does not clarify where the knowledge comes from, and does not propose an operational framework measuring its application to an organization. All these works, which are the major references for KM, differ in the way they study KM.

In addition, there are a number of studies dealing with KM based on different theoretical frameworks (Senge, 1990; Nonaka and Takeuchi, 1995; Crossan et al., 1999; Moreno-Luzón et al., 2000). This situation has made it difficult to identify and measure dimensions with clarity. There are few studies that integrate the literature on KM, and there is no consensus on the dimensions that should be measured and nobody has

The current issue and full text archive of this journal is available on Emerald Insight at: www.emeraldinsight.com/0305-5728.htm

Knowledge management

107

Received 20 October 2013 Revised 30 May 2014

1 August 2014 17 October 2014

Accepted 28 November 2014

VINE Vol. 45 No. 1, 2015

pp. 107-125 © Emerald Group Publishing Limited

0305-5728 DOI 10.1108/VINE-10-2013-0063

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:3 2

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

developed an integrated model. These shortcomings in the current literature highlight the need for the present research.

The purpose of this paper is to identify the dimensions and items of KM and to propose an integrated model which can help researchers to measure this type of management in future studies.

The paper starts with an explanation of the methodology used in the research. This is followed by a definition of the concepts of KM and the relationships between them. Next, dimensions are proposed. Then, a model for KM is proposed. The paper finishes with the main conclusions, limitations and suggestions for future research.

Methodology To carry out this research, a number of secondary sources have been used. For the selection of the sources, an adaptation has been made of the method proposed by Jasimuddin et al. (2005). Following the sources proposed by those authors, a literature review protocol was developed, as follows:

• Reading journals in the subject matter chosen (e.g. Academy Management Journal, The Academy of Management Review, Organization Science and Management Learning, VINE: The Journal of Information and Knowledge Management Systems and Journal of Knowledge Management).

• Observing how the topic studied has been defined in different conferences, and what the keywords were in the papers presented. For example, some of the conferences studied were ACEDE (Scientific Association of Economics and Business Management) and IBIMA (International Business Information Management Association); all the conferences coincided in labelling the subject matter as “Knowledge Management”. The most widely used keywords were knowledge management, organizational learning and learning organization.

• Deciding which terms were most suitable for the systematic literature search. The decision was taken to carry out the search using the following keywords: knowledge management, learning organization and organizational learning.

• Conducting a review in three databases: Elsevier, ABI Inform and Emerald, using the three keywords suggested in the third step in the protocol, and discarding those articles identified which, after a first reading, clearly did not match the purposes of the present study.

• Considering the bibliographical references in the papers which might be more valuable for our research, either due to the relative weight of the journal, or due to other parameters such as relevance of the paper, whether the paper explains a model, or whether the contribution proposes dimensions for measurement.

• Analyzing journals which do not specialize in the subject matter, but have devoted a specific issue to it (e.g. Journal of Operations Management and Strategic Management Journal).

• Analyzing books referring to the subject matter.

On this basis, 78 valid references were obtained (relating only to the following themes) and they were divided into five conceptual areas according to the nature of the phenomenon being studied:

VINE 45,1

108

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:3 2

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

(1) Knowledge creation (29). (2) Storage and transfer of knowledge (16). (3) Application and use of knowledge (11). (4) KM processes (7). (5) KM models (15).

In the first three areas, in general, the key words were representative of the concepts presented, namely, organizational learning, knowledge management and learning organizations.

Addressing one of the principal controversies in the literature, it became clear that these concepts could themselves be seen as part of a process. By way of demonstration that there was a focus on process, seven valid references were found for KM processes. Starting from this foundation, it was possible to propose the dimensions that are most commonly used in the literature. Finally, from the literature it was possible to identify 15 valid references to KM models. On the basis of the literature search that had been conducted and its results, a theoretical model was constructed.

KM concepts The analysis of the literature carried out indicates that the most widely studied concepts are: knowledge creation (Nonaka and Takeuchi, 1995; Crossan et al., 1999), knowledge transfer and storage (Nonaka and Takeuchi, 1995) and application and use of knowledge (Senge, 1990).

Knowledge creation Theoretical studies define knowledge creation as the detection and correction of error (Nelson and Winter, 1982; Shrivastava, 1983), the elimination of obsolete knowledge and the creation of new knowledge (Hedberg, 1981), adaptation (March and Olsen, 1982; Nelson and Winter, 1982), change (Nelson and Winter, 1982; Simon, 1991; Walsh and Ungson, 1991; Cyert and March, 1992; Swieringa and Wierdsma, 1995; Crossan et al., 1999; Balbastre, 2001), creation of learning (Kolb, 1984; Senge, 1990; Cook and Yanow, 1993; Dodgson, 1993; Kim, 1993; Schein, 1993; Pérez et al., 2004; Andreu et al., 2005), knowledge exchange processes from the individual level to the collective or group level (Easterby-Smith et al., 2000) and knowledge development (Fiol and Lyles, 1985; Levinthal and March, 1993; Barnett, 1994; Slater and Narver, 1995; Moreno-Luzón et al., 2000; Lloria, 2001; Martínez and Ruiz, 2004; Halliday and Johnsson, 2009), socialization, articulation, internalization and combination (Nonaka and Takeuchi, 1995, Nonaka and Konno, 1998, Nonaka et al., 2000; Nonaka and Toyama, 2003), with strategic implications (Cecez-Kecmanovic, 2004). Given this review, knowledge creation can be understood as the dynamic process consisting of collecting data, transforming it into information, which is then turned into knowledge, through the various levels of learning.

Storage and transfer knowledge The literature studies knowledge storage and transfer as a set of capabilities (Cohen and Levinthal, 1990; Lloria, 2001), knowledge transfer (Shrivastava, 1983; Spender, 1996; Nonaka and Takeuchi, 1995; Ghobadi and Daneshrg, 2010; Michailova and Sidorova, 2011), collection, storage and distribution of knowledge (Davenport et al., 1998;

109

Knowledge management

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:3 2

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

O’Dell and Grayson, 1998; Bhatt, 2001; Bounfour, 2003; Pérez et al., 2004; Maqsood and Walker, 2007), organizational memory (Walsh and Ungson, 1991), absorptive capacity (Alavi and Leidner, 2001; Venkatraman and Tanriverdi, 2004). From this, it can be said storage and transfer is considered to be the mechanism which stores the knowledge created and transfers it within the firm, and between firms, after a knowledge creation process. In this respect, knowledge can be stored and/or transferred; if it is transferred, it may create new knowledge.

Application and use knowledge Various studies have identified the application and use of knowledge in firms (Argyris and Schön, 1978; Senge, 1990; Leonard-Barton, 1992 and 1995; Garvin, 1993; Mayo and Lank, 1994; Swieringa and Wierdsma, 1995; Nevis et al., 1996; Spender, 1996; Argyris, 2004; Maqsood and Walker, 2007), understood as a process of applying and using knowledge, exploiting and exploring resources, adapting to and changing the environment, learning and developing learning so that it can be transformed into new knowledge.

The three concepts analyzed in this section (knowledge creation, storage and transfer of knowledge and application and use knowledge) may help to understand the model and the dimensions of KM.

KM process After analyzing the various terms studied, on the basis of a reading of the literature, KM is a process that consists of different stages, as has been pointed out by various scholars (Baskerville and Dulipovici, 2006). For example, these stages may include capturing, elaborating, transferring, storing and sharing knowledge (Arostegui, 2004), or capturing, storing, sharing and distributing knowledge, according to Baptista et al. (2006). Other authors have seen KM as a process of identification and capture, creation, classification and storage, circulation and distribution and application of knowledge (Tikhomirova et al., 2008), or creation, normalization and application of knowledge (Sheffield, 2008). For their part, Fugate et al. (2009), describe KM as a process of generation, dissemination, sharing and interpretation of knowledge. The term has also been defined as creation, storage, distribution and utilization of knowledge (Huang and Shih, 2009).

Considering the three previous sections, and the differences in the interpretation of the KM process, in this paper, KM will be defined as the dynamic process whereby knowledge is created, stored, transferred, applied and used.

Dimensions of KM Based on the ideas suggested in the previous section, the variables that make up the dimensions of KM, as taken from the literature, are presented in Tables I and II. Table I shows the theoretical studies that analyze KM. This table shows authors who measure KM using types of knowledge (Marquardt, 2002; Choo et al., 2007), learning organization disciplines (Senge, 1990) and facilitators of organizational learning (Chiva and Camisón, 2003; Andreu et al., 2005).

Similarly, the empirical literature has identified a number of dimensions measuring KM, as shown in Table II. These empirical studies operationalize concepts which are very similar to those discussed in the theoretical research studied.

VINE 45,1

110

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:3 2

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

The dimensions identified in the theoretical and in the empirical studies are similar, although authors may study any of the dimensions analyzed without establishing any connection between them. On the basis of Tables I and II, the dimensions most commonly used by the studies analyzed are identified, as shown in Table III.

This review of the literature (Table III) makes it possible to identify the following dimensions of KM, which are most commonly used by various authors: creation, storage and transfer, and application and use. In addition, some sub-dimensions are identified which may facilitate the measurement of KM. Knowledge creation may be measured through the sub-dimensions of acquisition of information, dissemination of information

Table I. Theoretical dimensions

according to the literature

Studies Theoretical dimensions

Knowledge creation Nonaka and Takeuchi (1995)a Socialization, externalization, combination, internalization Slater and Narver (1995) Acquisition of information, information dissemination, shared

interpretation Crossan et al. (1999) Intuiting, interpreting, integrating, institutionalizing Benavides and Escriá (2001) Teamwork, organizational relationships Escriá and Roig (2002) Teamwork Marquardt (2002) Dynamic learning, transfer of the organization, empowerment,

knowledge management and increased technology Chiva and Camisó (2003) Experimentation, new ideas, continuous improvement, rewards,

openness to change, observation, openness and interaction with the environment, acceptance of error and risk, heterogeneity, diversity, dialogue, communication and social construction, training, delegation and participation, teamwork, importance of the group, collective spirit, collaboration, workers wanting to learn, committed leadership, organizational and management structure and hierarchical bit flexible, knowledge of organizational objectives and strategies, and information accessibility, sense of humour, improvisation and creativity

Andreu et al. (2005) Commitment to learning, shared vision and mindset of openness

Choo et al. (2007) Exploitation learning, exploration learning, tacit and explicit knowledge

Knowledge transfer and storage Guadamillas (2001) To create, store, distribute, apply Nonaka and Takeuchi (1995)a Socialization, externalization, combination, internalization

Application and use of knowledge Garvin (1993) Solving problems systematically, experimentation, learning

from past experience, learning from others, transfer of knowledge

Slater and Narver (1995) Entrepreneurship, market orientation, organic structure, facilitative leadership, decentralized strategic planning

Terziovski et al. (2000) Mental models, personal mastery, team learning, systems idea, shared vision

Note: a Nonaka and Takeuchi (1995) establish in their model the creation and transfer of knowledge

111

Knowledge management

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:3 2

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

Table II. Empirical dimensions according to the literature

Studies Empirical dimensions

Knowledge creation Goh and Richards (1997) Clarity of purpose and mission, leadership commitment and empowerment,

experimentation and rewards, transfer of knowledge, teamwork and group problem-solving

Balbastre (2001) Accumulation of experience, knowledge articulation and codification of knowledge

Calantone et al. (2002) Commitment to learning, shared vision, open mindedness, intraorganizational knowledge sharing

Bontis et al. (2002) Stocks of individual learning, learning stocks group levels, stocks of learning at the organizational level, the flow of feed-forward learning flows, feed-back learning

Tippins and Sohi (2003) Information acquisition, information dissemination, shared interpretation, declarative memory and procedural memory

Pérez et al. (2004) Internal acquisition of knowledge, external acquisition of knowledge, knowledge distribution, knowledge interpretation, organizational memory

Martínez and Ruiz (2004) Learning capability, organizational structure, organizational culture Prieto and Revilla (2004) Flows of learning, learning climate Jerez-Gómez et al. (2005) Management commitment, vision system, openness and experimentation,

knowledge transfer and integration for an organization to learn

Knowledge transfer and storage Prieto and Revilla (2004) Stocks of knowledge Molina et al. (2007) Internal knowledge, suppliers knowledge and customers knowledge

Application and use of knowledge Senge (1990) Systems thinking, personal mastery, mental models, building a shared

vision and team learning Hult and Ferell (1997) Information acquisition, information dissemination, customer orientation,

participative openness, reflective openness, centralization, formalization

Table III. Proposed dimensions and sub-dimensions of knowledge management

Dimensions of knowledge management Theoretical studies Empirical studies Total

Knowledge creation Acquisition of information 1,2,7,8,10,11 18,19,21 9 Information dissemination 1,6,9,10,11 18,19,21 8 Shared understanding 1,7,8,10,11 18,19,21 8

Knowledge transfer and storage Knowledge storage 10,11 17,22 4 Knowledge transfer in the organization 1,3,6,10,11,12 15,16,17,18,19,20,23 13

Application and use of knowledge Teamwork 4,5,7,10,14 15,26,27 8 Empowerment 6,7,11,14 27 5 Commitment to knowledge 2,4,6,7,8,9,11,13,14 15,16,20,23,26,27 15

VINE 45,1

112

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:3 2

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

and shared interpretation. Knowledge storage and transfer is formed by the dimensions storing knowledge and transferring knowledge in the organization. Finally, knowledge application and use has the following sub-dimensions: teamwork, empowerment and commitment to knowledge. Other dimensions have been identified, such as exploitation of learning, social construction or experimentation, which are not included in Table III because they only appeared in a few of the studies analyzed. As a result, the dimensions in Table III may be used in future research for the measurement of practices of KM, since they are the ones most commonly used. Also, based on this literature review, the Appendix lists the items identified for each dimension.

KM model KM models according to the literature The literature shows KM models from different perspectives. For example, Kim (1993) offers a detailed model of how knowledge is created, but only observes that knowledge is created by individuals; the model does not establish how firms can learn, or how knowledge can be stored and transferred in an organization. Nonaka and Takeuchi (1995) take a step further in their research on KM and propose one of the most famous models in the literature, the “knowledge spiral”. This model explains how knowledge is created and how it is transferred, but it does not focus on explaining precursors or conditions that support knowledge creation, where such knowledge comes from, nor do they explain how it may be applied and used within a firm. Another of the models most cited in the literature is that of Crossan et al. (1999), which shows how learning may be created, and states that knowledge may be exploited and explored, but it does not outline the mechanisms for a suitable exploitation and implementation of the model. Finally, Senge (1990) puts forward a model of how a firm must learn: “the learning organization”. In this model, he observes five disciplines that must be present in a firm so that it may become a learning organization. However, the main criticism of this model is that it does not address how such disciplines may be attained, which is why an operationalization of the variables is required to measure them.

On the basis of this review, it can be concluded that there is great interest in the literature in knowledge models (Table IV) and, to a lesser extent, in learning models and models integrating the two notions.

KM model proposed On the basis of the dimensions identified in Table III, and supported by other models analyzed (see Table IV), a model is proposed that integrates different perspectives on KM. The model is described and elaborated in terms of the input devised by or obtained by the firm. Such input is transformed into information through an input transformation process. In turn, the information is transformed into knowledge by means of a learning process (Rivero, 2000). In this way, the knowledge can be stored or transferred. If it is transferred, it may create new learning, and in turn new knowledge (Kakabadse et al., 2003). Both learning and knowledge may be outputs, although the model established is based on the learning inputs (Figure 1).

Figure 1 shows that the knowledge creation process (Carayannis, 1999; Koh et al., 2005; Lee et al., 2005; Anantatmula, 2008; Ho, 2009) may be measured through three dimensions: information acquisition, information dissemination and shared

113

Knowledge management

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:3 2

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

Table IV. Models of knowledge management

Author Model

Nonaka and Takeuchi (1995) There are four types of knowledge conversion: socialization, exteriorization, combination and interiorization. Knowledge conversion takes place in a tacit or explicit way and there are four types of content: socialized knowledge, conceptual knowledge, operational knowledge and systemic knowledge

Kim (1993) Kim proposes individual learning through the OADI cycle (Observe, Assess, Design and Implement) as a previous step towards organizational learning. Such concepts integrate what is known as conceptual knowledge or know-why, that is, the physical ability to produce some action. The proposal also establishes mental models and organizational routines

Wiig (1993) Based on three pillars representing the three basic foundations of knowledge management: knowledge explored and its application, value of knowledge assets and managing knowledge activities. The model develops a working framework which distinguishes between industry, organic structure and culture

Hedlund (1994) The N-form model distinguishes between articulated knowledge and tacit knowledge. It also differentiates four knowledge agents: individual, group, organization and interorganization. The model allows for a distinction between storage, transfer and transformation, on the basis of three concepts:

Articulation (from tacit to explicit knowledge) and internalization (from explicit to tacit knowledge) Extension (individual-group-organization and interorganizational) and appropriation of knowledge (interorganizational-organizational-group-individual) Assimilation and dissemination of knowledge (knowledge which is imported from and exported to the environment)

Carayannis (1999) The Organizational Cognition Spiral (OCS) model establishes various knowledge states, determined by two dimensions: knowledge and metaknowledge. This leads to successive knowledge cycles, where the individual or the organization may go through eight levels within the process of knowledge management: identifying, capturing, selecting, storing, sharing, applying, creating and selling

Schwandt (1997)a Proposes a system of learning exchange by means of four interdependent subsystems: the environmental interface, action- reflection, dissemination/diffusion or structuration and the meaning and memory subsystem

Crossan et al. (1999) There are four levels of knowledge: intuition, interpretation, integration and institutionalization. New knowledge is assimilated by means of a feed-forward flow for its exploration, and the learning already obtained is used through a feed-back flow for its exploitation

Despres and Chavel (2000) A meta-model based on four dimensions: time, type, level and context. Also, it is based on two types of knowledge, tacit and explicit, and it suggests three levels of social aggregation of knowledge: individual, group and organization

(continued)

VINE 45,1

114

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:3 2

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

interpretation. Such dimensions summarize an organization’s knowledge creation process.

In this respect, the acquisition of information is secured by means of the construction of data which may be interpreted or be consistent for a firm. Once the data have a communicative and informative structure, information has been acquired. In turn, this information may be disseminated, inside or outside the organization. For example, in a work team, department, unit or section there might be a shared interpretation by the members who have received such information, exclusively aimed at obtaining the information which is valid for the firm. After this, it may be said that the firm has undergone a knowledge creation process. In this way, it may happen that the knowledge created from the learning process is a positive one or, on the contrary, may not be valid, either because it was not what was expected, or because there is nowhere it can be stored or transferred to.

In this context, knowledge creation may be endogenous or exogenous; it is described as endogenous when the knowledge is created from within the firm, whereas is described as exogenous when the creation occurs between firms and organizations.

Table IV.

Author Model

Moreno-Luzón et al. (2000) Transfer takes place through four ontological levels (individual, group, organizational and interorganizational); four knowledge conversion modes (socialization, externalization, combination and internalization); two types of learning (single-loop and double-loop) and two learning flows (feed-back and feed-forward)

Lee and Cole (2003) Community-based model, which proposes an alternative to Nonaka’s SECI model. Knowledge is proper to each individual, who contributes to such knowledge

Oinas-kukkonen (2004) The 7C model is developed in order to gain a better understanding of knowledge creation through connection, concurrency, comprehension, communication, conceptualization, collaboration and collective intelligence. Also, the model describes different contexts: technology, language and organizational contexts

Heinrichs and Lim (2005) A combination between Nonaka’s SECI (1995) and Oinas- kukkonen’s (2004) models, distinguishing four knowledge creation factors: pattern discovery, strategic appraisal, solution formulation and insight generation

Koh et al. (2005) The model distinguishes, within personal knowledge, between tacit, explicit and culture knowledge. It also allocates roles to these types of knowledge from a management point of view: acquisition, utilisation, adaptation and distribution

Uotila et al. (2005) An extension of Nonaka’s SECI model. It identifies two additional modes of tacit knowledge conversion by means of self-trascending: visualization and potentialization

Casey and Goldman (2010)a The model defines individuals and organizations as learning systems, and uses diagnostic questions related to adaptation, goal attainment, integration, and pattern maintenance to identify individual and organizational learning needs

Note: a Based on the theoretical framework developed by Parsons (1951)

115

Knowledge management

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:3 2

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

The knowledge creation process may be developed at four different levels: individual, group or collective, organizational and interorganizational levels. Individual knowledge creation is that obtained by one individual. Group or collective knowledge creation is carried out by means of a group of individuals, on the basis of the dissemination of this information, for example, in a research team and/or working group. Organizational knowledge creation is that obtained by a firm. Finally, interorganizational knowledge creation is carried out between various firms cooperating together, by means of institutionalization.

Given the knowledge created, and from an epistemological perspective (Bueno, 2004, Ilkka, 2011), knowledge may be tacit and/or explicit (Nonaka and Takeuchi, 1995). A simple differentiation is based on the fact that tacit knowledge is that which is not expressed in words, whereas explicit knowledge is expressed in that way. In turn, tacit knowledge may be divided into two different types (Lloria, 2001):

(1) Tacit technical knowledge, which includes the abilities or skills captured in the notion of know-howl.

(2) Cognitive technical knowledge, which consists of patterns, mental models, beliefs and perceptions.

The knowledge created (individual, collective and organizational), of a tacit nature (see Figure 1), may be stored or transferred (Lee et al., 2005; Ho, 2009). Firstly, it is stored in the organization through individual and/or collective memory, depending on whether the storage occurs at the individual or organizational level, respectively. At an

Figure 1. Model of KM proposed

VINE 45,1

116

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:3 2

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

individual level, storage takes place by means of mental models (Kim, 1993) through a cognitive process. However, at the organizational level, the storage process takes place by means of organizational patterns such as, for example, a procedures manual, a quality manual, organizational design or databases. This storage within the firm is described in the literature through the notions of knowledge stocks (Nonaka and Takeuchi, 1995) and/or organizational memory (Kim, 1993; Crossan et al., 1999).

Knowledge is not only transferred by means of individual flows (Casey and Goldman, 2010) but also by means of groups, organizations and between organizations, through the intuition developed by individuals. This is the development of any technique, process or set of ideas that an individual may develop, such as, for example, the intuitive use of software through trial and error. Then, individual knowledge creation may be extended to a group by means of interpretation, which must be developed to reach typification. Thus, interpretation may be achieved through meetings, working groups, training and/or dialogue. Also, this knowledge creation process is integrated within the organization, from the group to the organizational level, through databases and files. Finally, it is institutionalized at an organizational level through routines and the organizational culture, beliefs and values.

Knowledge may undergo a transformation in its typology, and thus become individual knowledge, collective or group knowledge, organizational knowledge and interorganizational knowledge, by means of socialization (tacit–tacit), externalization (tacit– explicit), combination (explicit– explicit) and internalization (explicit–tacit), respectively (see Figure 1). Thus, socialization is the process whereby experiences and abilities are shared through tacit knowledge. Exteriorization codifies certain forms of knowledge based on the experience accumulated by individuals or groups (Nonaka and Takeuchi, 1995). Combination transforms formally codified knowledge from one person to another; it is the process whereby concepts are systematized into a knowledge system (Moreno-Luzón et al., 2000). This type of knowledge transformation implies the combination of different forms of explicit knowledge. Conversely, interiorization is the transformation of explicit into tacit knowledge; individuals or working groups acquire knowledge which may be socialized at a higher level, and thus become part of the organizational culture.

In this context, there is an upward flow from the individual to the organizational level, or even up to the interorganizational level (where there is cooperation with other firms), called exploration or feed-forward. On the other hand, there is also a reverse flow in the exploitation of knowledge, also called feed-back, which exploits the knowledge transferred (March, 1991), from the interorganizational and organizational levels to the individual level. Also, such transfer may take place through different channels, such as training, dialogue, reports, research and/or work teams, amongst others. If knowledge is transferred, it may create new knowledge. Therefore, this is a dynamic knowledge conversion process (Moreno-Luzón et al., 2000), which improves organizational knowledge.

Once knowledge has been created in an organization and stored and/or transferred, the third pillar of KM appears: the application and use of knowledge (Lee et al., 2005; Ho, 2009). In this respect, there are three main ways knowledge may be applied: through empowerment, through teamwork and through a commitment to knowledge (see Figure 1).

117

Knowledge management

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:3 2

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

These practices have been developed because they may be used at various levels within the firm. For example, at an individual level, knowledge may be applied by increasing employees’ empowerment, which requires greater employee autonomy both at the decision-making and at the process levels. On the other hand, at the group level, knowledge may be encouraged by means of teamwork, through quality circles, periodic departmental meetings or work teams. Finally, at the organizational and interorganizational level knowledge results may improve through a greater orientation towards knowledge, based on greater commitment to knowledge. This commitment may be developed by means of training, motivation or leadership. However, all the various practices proposed may be used at the different levels: individual, group, organizational and interorganizational.

Conclusions This study is based on a review of the literature about KM, which identified the most widely used dimensions of KM, and operationalizes them by means of items (Appendix) for measurement. On the basis of this review, this paper proposes the following dimensions and sub-dimensions of KM:

• knowledge creation: acquisition of information, dissemination of information and shared interpretation;

• knowledge transfer and storage: storing knowledge and transferring knowledge; and

• application and use of knowledge: teamwork, empowerment and commitment to knowledge.

Building on these foundations, a model is proposed, integrating the literature on KM. The model aims to unify certain parts of the literature which have been ignored to some extent, and to act as a measurement framework for future studies by researchers and firms.

The model proposed makes a number of contributions. The model unifies and relates different concepts in the literature, such as knowledge creation, transfer and storage of knowledge, and application and use of knowledge, which, as can be seen in Table III, had been studied less in an integrated way, and proposes an integrated model. In this respect, the model starts from the creation of knowledge and follows through to its practical application in a firm, which makes it quite distinct from other models presented in Table IV. Those models only present parts of KM, such as creation or transfer, as isolated processes. Likewise, the study standardizes the theoretical framework to achieve greater and better empirical research that can not only measure KM as a part of the process, but as a whole. In addition, the research gives a most organizes vision concept KM.

On the other hand, the study implies that companies and researchers use a smaller time in theoretical checks and can devote to measurements which develop improvements. This can lead to a theoretical framework more robust and move towards other improvements such as the integration between the KM and the quality management and the KM and innovation. Finally, future research might analyze the reliability and validity of these dimensions and sub-dimensions, using a wide sample of firms. Also, the dimensions could be measured directly, since they are part of a whole. This would allow us to compare different studies on KM.

VINE 45,1

118

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:3 2

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

Nevertheless, we could also measure and compare, for example, the creation of knowledge in an organization, according to the yardstick of knowledge creation and its different items dimension.

References Alavi, M. and Leidner, D.E. (2001), “Review: knowledge management and knowledge

management systems: conceptual foundations and research issues”, Mis Quarterly, Vol. 25 No. 1, pp. 107-136.

Anantatmula, V.S. (2008), “Leadership role in making effective use of KM”, VINE: The Journal of Information and Knowledge Management Systems, Vol. 38 No. 4, pp. 445-460.

Andreu, J., López, Ma., Belbeze, P. and Rossano, E. (2005), “La relación entre la orientación al aprendizaje y la orientación al mercado”, XV Annual Congress of ACEDE, San Cristóbal de la Laguna (Tenerife), 25-27 September.

Argyris, C. (2004), Reasons and Rationalizations: The Limits to Organizacional Knowledge, Oxford University Press, Oxford, New York, NY.

Argyris, C. and Schön, D. (1978), Organizational Learning: A Theory of Action Perspective, Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA.

Arostegui, A. (2004), “La gestión del conocimiento en la gestión pública. Compartir, cooperar y competir”, Cuadernos de Gestión, Vol. 4 No. 2, pp. 121-124.

Balbastre, F. (2001), “La autoevaluación según los modelos de gestión de calidad total y el aprendizaje en la organización: una investigación de carácter exploratorio”, Doctoral thesis, University of Valencia, Valencia.

Baptista, M., Annansingh, F., Eaglestone, B. and Wakefield, R. (2006), “Knowledge management issues in knowledge-intensive SMEs”, Journal of Documentation, Vol. 62 No. 1, pp. 101-119.

Barnett, C.K. (1994), “Organizational learning and continuous quality improvement in an automotive manufacturing organization”, Doctoral thesis, University of Michigan, Michigan.

Baskerville, R. and Dulipovici, A. (2006), “The theoretical foundations of knowledge management”, Knowledge Management Research & Practice, Vol. 4 No. 1, pp. 83-105.

Benavides, M.M. and Escribá, M.A. (2001), “La dirección y el trabajo en equipo como impulsores del aprendizaje organizativo”, Electronic review CEPADE, Vol. 26 No. 1, pp. 34-41.

Bhatt, G.D. (2001), “Knowledge management in organisations: examining the interaction between technologies, techniques”, Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 5 No. 1, pp. 68-75.

Bontis, N., Crossan, M. and Hulland, J. (2002), “Managing an organizational learning system by aligning stocks and flows”, Journal of Management Studies, Vol. 39 No. 4, pp. 437-469.

Bounfour (2003), The Management of Intangibles: The Organisation’s Most Valuable Assets, Routledge, London.

Bueno, E. (2004), “Fundamentos epistemológicos de dirección del conocimiento organizativo: desarrollo, medición y gestión de intangibles”, Economía Industrial, Vol. 35 No. 7, pp. 13-26.

Calantone, R., Cavusgil, S.T. and Zhao, Y. (2002), “Learning orientation, firm innovation capability, and firm performance”, Industrial Marketing Management, Vol. 31 No. 6, pp. 515-524.

Carayannis, E.G. (1999), “Fostering synergies between information technology and managerial and organizational cognition: the role of knowledge management”, Technovation, Vol. 19 No. 1, pp. 219-231.

119

Knowledge management

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:3 2

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

Casey, A.J. and Goldman, E.F. (2010), “Enhancing the ability to think strategically: a learning model”, Management Learning, Vol. 41 No. 2, pp. 167-185.

Cecez-Kecmanovic, D. (2004), “A sensemaking model of knowledge in organisations: a way of understanding knowledge management and the role of information technologies”, Knowledge Management Research & Practice, Vol. 2 No. 3, pp. 155-168.

Chiva, R. and Camisón, C. (2003), “Aprendizaje organizativo: implicaciones en la gestión estratégica de los recursos humanos”, Revista Dirección y Organización, Vol. 29 No. 1, pp. 42-49.

Choo, A., Linderman, K. and Schoroeder, R. (2007), “Method and context perspectives on learning and knowledge creation in quality management”, Journal of Operations Management, Vol. 25 No. 4, pp. 918-931.

Cohen, W.M. and Levinthal, D.A. (1990), “Absorptive capacity: a new perspective on learning and innovation”, Administrative Science Quarterly, Vol. 35 No. 1, pp. 128-152.

Cook, S.D. and Yanow, D. (1993), “Culture and organizational learning”, Journal of Management Inquiry, Vol. 2 No. 4, pp. 373-390.

Crossan, M., Lane, H. and White, R. (1999), “An organizational learning framework: from intuition to institution”, Academy of Management Review, Vol. 24 No. 3, pp. 522-537.

Cyert, R.M. and March, J.G. (1992), A Behavioral Theory of the Firm, Englewood Cliffs, 2nd ed., Prentice–Hall, NJ.

Davenport, T.H., De long, D.W. and Beers, M.C. (1998), “Successful knowledge management projects”, Sloan Management Review, Vol. 39 No. 2, pp. 43-57.

Despres, C. and Chavel, D. (2000), “A thematic analysis of the thinking in knowledge management”, in Despres, C. and Chavel, D. (Eds), Knowledge Horizons: The Present and the Promise of Knowledge Management, Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford.

Dodgson, M. (1993), “Organizational learning: a review of some literatures”, Organization Studies, Vol. 14 No. 3, pp. 375-394.

Easterby-Smith, M., Crossan, M. and Nicolini, D. (2000), “Organisational learning: debates past, present and future”, Journal of Management Studies, Vol. 37 No. 6, pp. 783-796.

Escribá, Ma.A. and Roig, S. (2002), “La influencia de los equipos en el aprendizaje organizativo”, Working Paper, R.E. 56197, University of Valencia, Valencia.

Fiol, M. and Lyles, M.A. (1985), “Organizational learning”, The Academy of Management Review (AMR), Vol. 10 No. 4, pp. 803-813.

Fugate, B.S., Stank, T.P. and Mentzer, J.T. (2009), “Linking improved knowledge management to operational and organizational performance”, Journal of Operations Management, Vol. 27 No. 3, pp. 247-264.

Garvin, D.A. (1993), “Building a learning organization”, Harvard Business Review, Vol. 96 No. 4, pp. 78-91.

Ghobadi, S. and Daneshrg, F. (2010), “A conceptual model for managing incompatible impacts of organisational structures on awareness levels”, Knowledge Management Research & Practice, Vol. 8 No. 3, pp. 256-264.

Goh, S.C. and Richards, G. (1997), “Benchmarking the learning capability of organizations”, European Management Journal, Vol. 15 No. 5, pp. 575-583.

Guadañillas, F. (2001), La gestión del conocimiento como recurso estratégico en un proceso de mejora continua, Vol. 217, Alta Dirección, Barcelona, pp. 199-209.

Halliday, J. and Johnsson, M. (2009), “A Maclntyrian perspective on organizational learning”, Management Learning, Vol. 41 No. 1, pp. 37-51.

VINE 45,1

120

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:3 2

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

Hedberg, B. (1981), “How organizations learn and unlearn?”, in Nystrom, P.C. and Starbuck, W.H. (Eds), Handbook of Organizational Design, Vol. 1, Oxford University Press, London, pp. 3-27.

Hedlund, G. (1994), “A model of knowledge management and the N-form corporation”, Strategic Mangement Journal, Vol. 15 No. 15, pp. 73-90.

Heinrichs, J. and Lim, J. (2005), “Model for organizacional knowledge creation and strategic use of information”, Journal of the American Society for Information Science and Technology, Vol. 56 No. 6, pp. 620-629.

Ho, C.T. (2009), “The relationship between knowledge management enablers and performance”, Industrial Management & Data Systems, Vol. 109 No. 1, pp. 98-117.

Huang, P.S. and Shih, L.H. (2009), “Effective environmental management through environmental knowledge management”, International Journal of Environmental Science and Technology, Vol. 6 No. 1, pp. 35-50.

Hult, G. and Ferell, O.C. (1997), “A global learning organization structure and market information processing”, Journal of Business Research, Vol. 40 No. 2, pp. 155-166.

Ilkka, V. (2011), “Externalization of tacit knowledge implies a simplified theory of cognition”, Journal of Knowledge Management Practice, Vol. 12 No. 3.

Jasimuddin, S.M., Conell, C. and Klein, H. (2005), “The challenges of navigating a topic to a prospective researcher: the case of knowledge mangement research”, Management Research News, Vol. 28 No. 1, pp. 62-76.

Jerez-Gómez, P., Céspedes-Lorente, J. and Valle-Cabrera, R. (2005), “Organizacional learning capability: a proposal of measurament”, Journal of Business Research, Vol. 58 No. 6, pp. 715-725.

Kakabadse, N.K., Kakabadse, A. and Kouzmin, A. (2003), “Reviewing the knowledge management literature: towards a taxonomy”, Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 7 No. 4, pp. 75-91.

Kim, D.H. (1993), “The link between individual and organizational learning”, Sloan Management Review, Vol. 35 No. 1, pp. 37-50.

Koh, S.C.L., Gunasekaran, A., Thomas, A. and Arunachalan, S. (2005), “The application of knowledge management in call centres”, Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 9 No. 4, pp. 56-69.

Kolb, D.A. (1984), Experimental Learning: Experience as the Source of Learning and Development, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ.

Lee, G. and Cole, R. (2003), “From a firm-based to a community-based model of knowledge creation”, Organization Science, Vol. 14 No. 4, pp. 633-649.

Lee, K.C., Lee, S. and Kang, I.W. (2005), “KMPI measuring knowledge management strategy”, Knowledge and Process Management, Vol. 6 No. 1, pp. 469-482.

Leonard-Barton, D. (1992), “The factory as a learning laboratory”, Sloan Management Review, Vol. 34 No. 1, pp. 23-38.

Leonard-Barton, D. (1995), Wellspring of Knowledge: Building and Sustaining the Sources of Innovation, Harvard Business School Press, Boston, MA.

Levinthal, D.A. and March, J.G. (1993), “The myopia of learning”, Strategic Management Journal, Vol. 14 No. 1, pp. 95-112.

Lloria, Ma.B. (2001), “Conocimiento, memoria e información: una muestra de su limitación conceptual y sus interrelaciones”, Working Paper R.E. 55094, University of Valencia, Valencia.

121

Knowledge management

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:3 2

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

Maqsood, T. and Walker, D. (2007), “Extending the knowledge advantage: creating learnig chains”, The Learning Organization, Vol. 14 No. 2, pp. 123-141.

March, J.G. (1991), “Exploration and exploitation in organizational learning”, Organization Science, Vol. 2 No. 1, pp. 71-87.

March, J.G. and Olsen, J.P. (1982), “Organizational learning and the ambiguity of the past”, in March, J.G. and Olsen, J.P. (Eds), Ambiguity and Choice in Organizations, Universitetsforlaget, Oslo, pp. 54-68.

Marquardt, M. (2002), “Five elements of learning”, Executive Excellence, Vol. 19 No. 9, p. 15. Martínez, I. and Ruiz, J. (2004), “Medida de aprendizaje en las organizaciones y su influencia en los

resultados”, XIV National Congress of ACEDE, Murcia.

Mayo, A. and Lank, E. (1994), “The power of learning, Institute of personnel and development, Londres”, Traduced in Spanish: Las Organizaciones que Aprenden: Una Guía Para Ganar Ventaja Competitiva 2000, AEDIPE, Barcelona.

Michailova, S. and Sidorova, E. (2011), “From group-based work to organisational learning: the role of communication forms and knowledge sharing”, Knowledge Management Research & Practice, Vol. 9 No. 1, pp. 73-83.

Molina, L.M., LLorens-Montes, J. and Ruiz-Moreno, A. (2007), “Relationship between quality management practices and knowledge transfer”, Journal of Operations Management, Vol. 25 No. 3, pp. 682-701.

Moreno-Luzón, M.D., Balbastre, F., Escribá, Ma.B., Martínez, J.F., Méndez, M., Oltra, V. and Peris, F.J. (2000), “Los niveles de aprendizaje individual, grupal y organizativo y sus interacciones: un modelo de generación de conocimiento”, X National Congress of ACEDE, Oviedo.

Nelson, R. and Winter, S.G. (1982), An Evolutionary Theory of Economic Change, Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, Cambridge.

Nevis, E.C., Dibella, A.J. and Gould, J.M. (1996), “Understanding organizational learning capability”, Journal of Management Studies, Vol. 33 No. 3, pp. 361-379.

Nonaka, I. and Konno, N. (1998), “The concept of ‘ba’: building a foundation for knowledge creation”, CA Management Review, Vol. 40 No. 3, pp. 40-54.

Nonaka, I. and Takeuchi, H. (1995), The Knowledge-Creating Company: How Japanese Companies Create the Dynamics of Innovation, Oxford University Press, New York, NY.

Nonaka, I. and Toyama, R. (2003), “Knowledge-creating theory revisited”, Knowledge Management Research and Practice, Vol. 1 No. 1, p. 2.

Nonaka, I., Toyama, R. and Konno, N. (2000), “SECI, ba and leadership: a unified model of dynamic knowledge creation”, Long Range Planning, Vol. 33 No. 1, pp. 5-34.

O’Dell, I. and Grayson, C.J. (1998), If Only We Know, The Free Press, New York, NY. Oinas-Kukkonen, H. (2004), “The 7C model for organisational knowledge creation and

management”, Procedings of the 5th European Conference on Organizational Knowledge, Learning and Capabilities, Innsbruck.

Parsons, T. (1951), The Social System, The Free Press, Glencoe, IL. Pérez, S., Montes, J.M. and Vázquez, C.J. (2004), “Managing knowledge: the link between culture

and organizational learning”, Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 8 No. 6, pp. 93-104. Prieto, I.Ma. and Revilla, E. (2004), “Una investigación de las iniciativas de gestión del

conocimiento para el desarrollo de la capacidad de aprendizaje”, Working Paper, University of Valencia, Valencia.

VINE 45,1

122

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:3 2

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

Rivero, S. (2000), “Gestión del conocimiento: una vía hacia la ventaja competitive”, DYNA, Vol. 75 No. 3, pp. 6-15.

Schein, E.H. (1993), “How can organizations learn faster? The challenge of entering the green room”, Sloan Management Review, Vol. 34 No. 2, pp. 85-92.

Schwandt, D.R. (1997), “Integrating strategy and organisational learning”, in Shrivastava, P., Huff, A.S. and Dutton, J.E. (Series) and Walsh, J.P., Huff, A.S. (Volume) (Eds), Advances in Strategic Management,Organisational Learning and Strategic Management, JAI Press, Greenwich, CT, Vol. 14, pp. 337-359.

Senge, P.M. (1990), The Fifth Discipline: The Art and Practice of the Learning Organization, Doubleday/Currency, New York, NY.

Sheffield, J. (2008), “Inquiry in health knowledge management”, Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 12 No. 4, pp. 160-172.

Shrivastava, P. (1983), “A typology of organizational learning systems”, Journal of Management Studies, Vol. 20 No. 1, pp. 7-29.

Simon, H.A. (1991), “Bounded rationality an organizational learning”, Organization Science, Vol. 2 No. 1, pp. 125-134.

Slater, S.F. and Narver, J.C. (1995), “Market orientation and the learning organization”, Journal of Marketing, Vol. 59 No. 3, pp. 63-74.

Spender, J.C. (1996), “Making knowledge the basis of a dynamic theory of the firm”, Strategic Management Journal, Vol. 17 No. 1, pp. 45-62.

Swieringa, J. and Wierdsma, A.F. (1995), “La organización que aprende. Iberoamericana, Estados Unidos, Addison-Wesley”, Traduced of the book: Becoming a Learning Organizations: beyond the learning curve 1992, Addison-Wesley, MA.

Terziovski, M., Howel, A., Sohal, A. and Morrison, M. (2000), “Establishing mutual dependence between TQM and the learning organization: a multiple case analysis”, The Learning Organization, Vol. 7 No. 1, p. 23.

Tikhomirova, N., Gritsenko, A. and Pechenkin, A. (2008), “Executive interview university approach to knowledge management”, VINE: The Journal of Information and Knowledge Management Systems, Vol. 38 No. 1, pp. 16-21.

Tippins, M. and Sohi, R. (2003), “It competency and firm performance: is organizational learning a missing link?”, Strategic Management Journal, Vol. 24 No. 8, pp. 745-761.

Uotila, T., Melvas, H. and Harmaakorpi, V. (2005), “Incorporating futures research into regional knowledge creation and management”, Futures, Vol. 37 No. 8, pp. 849-866.

Venkatraman, N. and Tanriverdi, H. (2004), “Reflecting ‘knowledge’ in strategy research: conceptual issues and methodological challenges”, in Ketchen, D.J. and Bergh, D.D. (Eds), Research Methodology in Strategy and Management, Elsevier, Boston, MA, Vol. 1, pp. 33-66.

Walsh, J.P. and Ungson, G.R. (1991), “Organizational memory”, The Academy of Management Review (AMR), Vol. 16 No. 1, pp. 57-92.

Wiig, K.M. (1993), “Knowledge management foundations: thinking about thinking”, How People and Organizations Create, Represent and Use Knowledge, Schema Press, Arlington, TX.

Further reading Levitt, B. and March, J. (1988), “Organizational learning”, Annual Review of Sociology, Vol. 14

No. 1, pp. 319-340.

123

Knowledge management

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:3 2

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

Appendix

KM Items Knowledge creation

(1) Acquisition of information: • Information is collected from employees on a regular basis.

• Information is collected from customers on a regular basis.

• The firm performs market research.

• The firm’s records and databases provide the information necessary for the work to be carried out.

(2) Information dissemination:

• Formal information is shared frequently and without obstacles within the firm.

• Informal information is shared frequently and without obstacles within the firm.

• The firm periodically produces reports which are handed out to its employees, informing them about any advances made by the firm.

• The information systems make it easier for individuals to share information.

(3) Shared interpretation:

• Managers usually agree with the way any new information affects the firm.

• Employees have a common understanding of the issues related to the unit they work at.

• The firm is capable of discarding obsolete information and searching for new alternatives.

• There is some industrial order or protocol for the performance of organizational functions.

Knowledge transfer and storage (1) Knowledge storage:

• The employees tend to monopolize knowledge as a source of power and are reluctant to share it with other employees.

• Staff turnover does not imply a loss of important knowledge or skills for the firm.

• The firm has procedures for the collection of proposals from employees, which are then incorporated as knowledge by the fir.

• The firm has databases storing experiences and knowledge for later use.

(2) Knowledge transfer:

• The firm possesses formal mechanisms ensuring that the best practices are shared.

• There are procedures in the firm for the distribution of employees’ proposals, once they have been assessed and/or designed.

• The organization’s databases and documents can be accessed through some kind of computer network.

• Knowledge is scattered around the organization. Application and use of knowledge

(1) Teamwork: • The management promotes teamwork.

• Frequent usage is made of interfunctional working groups and teams.

• Our firm usually solves problems through teamwork.

VINE 45,1

124

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:3 2

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

• The teams propose innovative solutions by means of dialogue to issues affecting the whole of the organization.

• The organization adopts the recommendations made by the groups. • There are periodic meetings where all the employees are informed about any new

developments in the firm. (2) Empowerment:

• The people in our organization help to redefine the firm’s strategy. • The employees control, and are responsible for, their work. • There has been an increase in employees’ autonomy in decision-making. • There has been an increase in employees’ suggestions.

(3) Commitment to knowledge: • External networks and alliances are established with other firms to promote knowledge. • Cooperation agreements are reached with universities or technological centres for the

promotion of knowledge. • It is often the case that customers’ suggestions are incorporated into products or

services. • There are mechanisms or tools promoting knowledge within the organization. • The management provides sufficient training and guidance to employees so that their

aims are reached. • Real opportunities are offered so that members of the organization may improve their

skills and knowledge. • There is a strategic purpose, intention or guidance expressing the firm’s main aim. • Databases, where applicable, are continuously updated. • Organizational processes are documented through handbooks, standards or quality

norms, amongst others.

Corresponding author Mariano García-Fernández can be contacted at: [email protected]

For instructions on how to order reprints of this article, please visit our website: www.emeraldgrouppublishing.com/licensing/reprints.htm Or contact us for further details: [email protected]

125

Knowledge management

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:3 2

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

  • How to measure knowledge management: dimensions and model
    • Introduction
    • Methodology
    • KM concepts
    • Knowledge creation
    • Storage and transfer knowledge
    • Application and use knowledge
    • KM process
    • Dimensions of KM
    • KM model
      • KM models according to the literature
    • KM model proposed
    • Conclusions
    • References
    • Appendix

assignments combined/old assignment/Knowledge Management and Organizational Performance 1.pdf

147 ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS REVIEW | VOL. 14 | No. 2 | 2012 | 147–168

THE IMPACT OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT ON ORGANISATIONAL PERFORMANCE jeLena RašULa1 vesna BosiLj vUkšić2 Mojca inDiHaR šteMBeRGeR3

a B st R ac t: Knowledge management is a process that transforms individual knowledge into organisational knowledge. The aim of this paper is to show that through creating, accumulating, organising and utilising knowledge, organisations can enhance organisa- tional performance. The impact of knowledge management practices on performance was empirically tested through structural equation modelling. The sample included 329 com- panies both in Slovenia and Croatia with more than 50 employees. The results show that knowledge management practices measured through. information technology, organisa- tion and knowledge positively affect organisational performance.

keywords: knowledge management maturity, information technology, organisational performance, structural equation modelling, survey research.

1. intRoDUction

For many companies, the time of rapid technological change is also the time of incessant struggle for maintaining a competitive advantage. It is obvious that knowledge is slowly becoming the most important factor of production, next to labour, land and capital [39]. Even though some forms of intellectual capital are transferable, internal knowledge is not easily copied. This means that the knowledge anchored in employees’ minds can get lost if they decide to leave the organisation. Therefore, the key objective of management is to improve the processes of acquisition, integration and usage of knowledge, which is exactly what knowledge management (KM) is all about [21].

KM is a process that through creating, accumulating, organising and utilising knowl- edge helps achieve objectives and enhance organisational performance. KM also consists

1 University of Ljubljana, Faculty of Economics, Ljubljana, Slovenia 2 University of Zagreb, Faculty of Economics, Zagreb, Croatia 3 University of Ljubljana, Faculty of Economics, Ljubljana, Slovenia, e-mail: [email protected]

ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS REVIEW | VOL. 14 | No. 2 | 2012148

of strategy, cultural values and workflow [9]. In order to maximise its value a change in strategies, processes, organisational structures and technologies needs to be made [17, 21].

The literature review shows there is a great number of critical success factors for KM. This paper contributes to the knowledge management research field through understanding those factors, their interrelation and the role of information technology in achieving a better business performance.

One of the key benefits of introducing KM practices in organisations is its positive impact on organisational performance. The research conducted in Croatia suggests that KM positively affects organisational outcomes of company innovation, product improvement and employee improvement [19]. According to Fugate et al. [16], results collected in a logistics operations context prove the existence of a strong positive relationship between a KM process and operational and organisational perform- ance. Still, it is not well understood how different KM strategies affect organisational performance. Choi et al. [11] show that combining the tacit-internal-oriented and explicit-external-oriented KM strategies indicates a complementary relationship, which implies synergistic effects of KM strategies on performance. The results of the study conducted by Zheng et al. [45] suggest that KM fully mediates the impact of organisational culture on organisational effectiveness, and partially mediates the impact of organisational structure and strategy on organisational effectiveness. Fi- nally, the results of numerous researches [1, 13, 26, 27, 42] show that KM affects or- ganisational performance in a positive manner, but this relationship is very difficult to prove.

Researchers often imply this positive effect of knowledge management on organisational performance. However, the researches that empirically prove the existing link are very rare. The aim of this paper is to present a different knowledge management maturity model and to explain and test the hypothesis about impact of knowledge management practices on organisational performance. The model was empirically tested through structural equation modelling on a sample of 329 Slovenian and Croatian companies with 50 or more employees.

The paper is divided into five main parts. First, the theoretical background on compo- nents and elements of KM and organisational performance is presented. Second, the hypotheses and the conceptual model are shown. Third, the research methodology is described. Fourth, data analysis results are presented. Finally, implications and direc- tions for future research are outlined.

2. LiteRatURe RevieW anD HYPotHeses DeveLoPMent

The methodology of measuring knowledge management maturity is complex. By com- bining a set of critical success factors with a set of measurable knowledge management

J. RAŠULA, V. BOSILJ VUKŠIĆ, M. INDIHAR ŠTEMBERGER | THE IMPACT OF KNOWLEDGE ... 149

factors, an intersection was made to define a new set of measurable key elements of KM. Those elements were united into three categories [36]: (1) information technology (the ability of technology to capture knowledge and usage of information systems), (2) organisation (people, organisational climate and processes) and (3) knowledge (knowl- edge accumulation, utilisation, sharing practices and knowledge ownership identifica- tion).

The understanding of these knowledge management factors, acts as a basis in determin- ing the type of knowledge management strategies and initiatives for an organisation. The review of literature used to develop the questionnaire is stated below:

1. INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

The value that knowledge management adds, lies in increasing individual, team and or- ganisational efficiency through the use of knowledge management tools (information technology). • Capturing knowledge: the higher the level of capturing knowledge (explicit or tacit)

with information technology tools, the better the KM result [24, 11, 25]; • Usage of IT tools: the higher the quality of tools, quality of information, user satisfac-

tion, usage and accessibility, the greater the KM effect on organisational performance [2, 5, 39, 24, 29, 23, 40].

2. ORGANISATION

Organizational culture has a great contribution to knowledge management due to the fact that culture determines the basic beliefs, values, and norms regarding the why and how of knowledge generation, sharing, and utilization in an organisation. An organiza- tion can achieve a competitive edge by creating and using knowledge about its’ processes and by integrating its’ knowledge into business processes. • People & Organisational climate: the KM success relies heavily upon the trust, crea-

tivity, team work and collaboration among employees [24, 29, 37, 23]; • Processes: the integration of the KM activities into organisational processes has a

positive effect on KM results [29, 23].

3. KNOWLEDGE

Successful knowledge management applies a set of approaches to organisational knowl- edge—including its accumulation, utilisation, sharing and ownership. • Accumulation: the higher the effectiveness of knowledge accumulation (internal, ex-

ternal; through internalisation or externalisation) in an organisation, the greater the KM effect [11, 2, 24, 25];

• Utilisation: the higher the effectiveness of utilising the (existing) knowledge in an organisation, the better the KM result [23];

• Sharing: the improvement of sharing of knowledge (formal or informal) effects the KM positively [25, 23];

ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS REVIEW | VOL. 14 | No. 2 | 2012150

• Ownership: the better the accessibility of knowledge, the greater the KM success [2, 24].

The items used in the questionnaire are further explained and discussed in Sections 2.1-2.3.

2.1. Information Technology

According to literature and the analysis of critical success factors of KM, information technology (IT) is one of three components of KM [29, 39].

Some authors [29] say that the most dominant KM paradigms are about IT. Results of research [38] show that 70 % of papers on KM stress the importance of IT systems, de- veloped to manage explicit knowledge. Even authors, whose main field of KM research is not about the importance of IT, state that information technology is crucial for success- ful knowledge management [2, 5, 20, 30, 40].

Based on research [36], two elements form the IT component of KM: the first element is the ability of IT to capture knowledge and the second element is usage of IT tools.

First, the importance of IT systems designed to capture and store tacit or explicit knowl- edge will be stressed. Formalising knowledge and storing it into applications [23, 25, 34] allows us to start the knowledge transformation cycle and the process of reshaping tacit knowledge into explicit knowledge [32, 33]. Secondly, the usage and quality of IT tools, the quality of information, user satisfaction, rate of usage, efficiency and accessibility, are also very important for managing knowledge [23, 34, 39].

When it comes to judging the influence of those two elements on the KM construct, it is believed that the level of capturing both explicit and tacit knowledge with IT tools af- fects KM in a positive manner [25]. It is the same with the usage of IT tools. The higher the quality of tools, quality of information, user satisfaction, usage and accessibility, the greater the positive influence on KM [2, 5, 40].

However, the compelling need for KM in organisations is fuelled by a host of social eco- nomic and technological factors and only when used in tandem with an appropriate KM strategy, IT is a powerful enabler of organisational success [12].

2.2. Organisation

Organisational elements are considered to be the second component of KM [36] as or- ganisation itself is important for establishing any form of new activities and processes for managing knowledge. Organisation is a multi-dimensional construct that is defined differently throughout literature. For the purpose of this research the construct was de- fined as a set of several key indicators, focused strictly on organisational climate ele-

J. RAŠULA, V. BOSILJ VUKŠIĆ, M. INDIHAR ŠTEMBERGER | THE IMPACT OF KNOWLEDGE ... 151

ments (such as motivation and collaboration) and on organisational processes. People and the organisational climate, as the first element of organisation, include values, trust, motivation, creativity, teamwork, collaboration, role of employees and managers in de- cision-making, development of innovative culture, and other important factors [4, 5, 8, 30, 41]. On the other hand, organisational processes, as the second element, with their execution, re-engineering and integration, are also found to be important for successful KM [23, 34].

Organisation, as a combination of those two elements, also affects KM practices in a positive manner. For the first element, people and organisational climate, it is believed that the better and higher the trust, creativity, teamwork and collaboration among em- ployees, the greater the positive influence on KM. Also, the more the KM activities are integrated into processes, the greater the positive influence on KM [23, 37].

2.3. Knowledge

The third key component of KM is knowledge [36]. Defined as a component of four ele- ments it consists of knowledge accumulation, utilisation and knowledge sharing prac- tices, and knowledge ownership identification [2, 20].

Knowledge accumulation can be internal or external, occasional or intended. Knowledge can be accumulated through externalisation or internalisation. The term knowledge uti- lisation covers individual and group knowledge, learning from experience or innovative solutions. Knowledge sharing can also be both formal and informal. The ownership of knowledge, as the last element of this construct, can be used to describe knowledge as an individual or group identity and to point at specialist or general sources of knowledge in a given organisation.

The research again shows that all four elements have a positive impact on overall knowl- edge management practices. It is believed for knowledge accumulation that the higher the effectiveness of knowledge accumulation (internal, external, through internalisa- tion or externalisation) in an organisation, the greater the positive impact on KM [2, 25]. Secondly, the higher the effectiveness of utilising knowledge in organisations, the greater the positive impact on KM [23]. Thirdly, the study shows that the higher the ef- fectiveness of sharing of formal or informal knowledge, the greater the positive impact on KM [23]. Lastly, the better the accessibility of knowledge and the practices of defining ownership of knowledge in an organisation, the greater the positive impact on overall KM practices [2].

2.4. Elements of Organisational Performance

When assessing the relationship between knowledge management and organisational performance, it is important to know that the results depend on the used research meth-

ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS REVIEW | VOL. 14 | No. 2 | 2012152

odology [40]. Organisational performance alone could be gauged in many different ways, with financial or non-financial indicators.

There are several approaches to organisational performance measurement which include different stakeholders’ perspectives. The Balanced Scorecard (BSC) is a performance management tool for measuring whether small-scale operational activities of a company are aligned with its large-scale objectives in terms of vision and strategy [10] and in- cludes four perspectives: financial, customer, internal process and innovation and learn- ing perspective.

The financial perspective examines if company’s implementation and execution of its strategy contributes to bottom-line improvement [37]. Some of the commonly used fi- nancial measures are economic value added, revenue growth, costs, profit margins, cash flow, net operating income etc. The customer perspective defines the value proposition that an organisation will apply to satisfy customers and generate more sales to the most desired customer groups [10, 37]. The measures should cover both the value that is de- livered to the customer which may involve time, quality, performance and service, and the outcomes that arise as a result of this value proposition, such as customer satisfaction and market share. The internal process perspective focuses on all the activities and key processes required in order for the company to excel at providing the value expected by the customers [37]. The clusters for the internal process perspective are operations man- agement (by improving asset utilisation, supply chain management), customer manage- ment (by expanding and deepening relations), innovation (by new products and services) and regulatory & social (by establishing good relations with external stakeholders). The innovation and learning perspective focuses on the intangible assets of an organisation, mainly on the internal skills and capabilities that are required to support the value- creating internal processes [37].

In addition to these four perspectives, some researchers [43] include the supplier per- spective, which is also important in assessing non-financial performance.

3. ReseaRcH HYPotHeses anD MoDeL concePtUaLisation

According to literature and our experience from business practice, we believe that strong relations between organisational elements, information technology and knowledge management can be established. Besides, our intention is to investigate and prove the existence of a positive impact of knowledge management on organisa- tional performance. Therefore the findings from literature and our assumptions are systemised and structured in a form of hypotheses and examined by the empirical research.

Research shows that the better the collaboration and trust among employees, the bet- ter the processes of creating knowledge [24] and the better the organisational climate, the better the transfer of knowledge [41]. Moreover, organisational climate directly

J. RAŠULA, V. BOSILJ VUKŠIĆ, M. INDIHAR ŠTEMBERGER | THE IMPACT OF KNOWLEDGE ... 153

affects knowledge management practices [30]. Therefore, we propose the following hy- potheses:

H1. Organisational elements (such as culture, climate and collaboration) have a positive impact on elements of knowledge in the context of knowledge management.

The connection between IT and elements of knowledge was also researched in the past and the results show that the better the use of IT tools, the better the knowledge creat- ing processes [24]. Not only that, extensive use of IT tools has a positive relationship with the performance of knowledge transfer and the creation of knowledge assets [41]. Furthermore, technological infrastructure directly affects the knowledge management practices [30]. The survey conducted by Kruger and Johnson [22] shows that information and communication technology and information management are prerequisites to, and enablers of KM.

Some researchers cannot find proof of direct impact of IT elements on knowledge. On the other hand, others empirically prove that IT affects organisational elements such as organisational learning and organisational culture [42]. According to Benbya et al. [7] it has become largely agreed that KM activities should be integrated within business processes to ensure continual process improvement and facilitate learning and gradu- al development of “organisational memory”. The results of the research conducted by Chen and Huang [9] show that organisational climate works its beneficial effects on KM through increasing trust and communication between employees. Besides, organisa- tional structure can improve social interaction, and in turn, results in a higher degree of knowledge sharing and application. Consequently, it can be concluded that social interaction plays a mediating role in the relationship between organisational structure and KM. Aligned with the results of literature review, the following research hypothesis is proposed:

H2. There is a positive indirect effect of IT application on knowledge management adop- tion through organisational elements.

Many authors assessed the influence of KM elements on organisational performance whilst some say that the impact is hard to measure [1]. Some authors [26, 27] suggest that elements of knowledge positively affect organisational performance, while others [13, 15, 42] try to gauge the relationship indirectly, through other measurable indicators such as type of organisational strategy and elements of organisational learning etc. Therefore, we propose the following hypothesis:

H3. Knowledge management has a positive impact on organisational performance. The conceptual model is presented in Figure 1.

ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS REVIEW | VOL. 14 | No. 2 | 2012154

Figure 1: Conceptual model

4. ReseaRcH MetHoDoLoGY

4.1. Research Instrument

With the aim of testing the hypotheses formulated above, an empirical research was carried out. The questionnaire (Appendix 1) was based on previous findings reported in literature that is reviewed in section 2. It included 23 questions on knowledge man- agement and 16 questions on organisational performance. Questions about knowledge management are divided into 3 parts – knowledge, information technology and organi- sation. For example, questions about knowledge are based on [2, 23, 25] and other litera- ture described in section 2.3. A seven-point Likert scale was used in order to specify the respondents’ level of agreement to statements.

4.2. Data Collection and Sample Characteristics

The research was conducted among companies with more than 50 employees in Slovenia and Croatia. In Slovenia, the sample included 1339 companies and the response rate was 9.6 %. In Croatia, 200 responses were received from the 1750 questionnaires distributed with an 11.4 % response rate [35].

Slovenian respondents were mainly from the manufacturing industries (39 %), whole- sale and retail trade (10 %), other service activities (7 %), construction (7 %) and agri- culture, forestry and fishing (5 %). Other activities were represented in less than 5 %. In Croatia, the responses were mainly sent from the manufacturing industry (29 %), construction (13 %), wholesale and retail trade (8 %), accommodation and food service

27

FIGURES

Title: The Impact of Knowledge Management on Organisational Performance

Authors: Jelena Rašula, Mojca Indihar Štemberger, Vesna Bosilj Vukšić

Figure 1: Conceptual model

Figure 2: Path diagram of the conceptualised model

orCOLLAB

orMOTIV

orPROCES

knACCUM

knUTILIS

knSHARE

knOWNER

knCOLLAB

opFINANC

opREPUT

opSUPPLY

opPROCES

opLEARN

opSUPPLY

opPROCES

opLEARN

IT

OR

KN

OP

0.30

0.24

0.28

0.28

0.41

0.27

0.39

0.67

0.31

0.52

0.35

0.67

0.47

0.30

0.41

0.42

0.84

0.87

0.85

0.65

0.85

0.77

0.85

0.78

0.58

0.83

0.70

0.81

0.57

0.73

0.84

0.77

0.76

0.94

0.79

KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT MATURITY ORG. PERFORMANCE

Information

technology

Organisation

Knowledge Organisational

performance

H2

H1

H3

J. RAŠULA, V. BOSILJ VUKŠIĆ, M. INDIHAR ŠTEMBERGER | THE IMPACT OF KNOWLEDGE ... 155

activities (6 %) and other service activities (6 %). Other activities were represented in 5 % or less [35].

Since a single source of data was used, we tested the data for the Common Method Bias [44] by Harman’s single factor test. The test showed that CMB does not exist, because in exploratory factor analysis based on the unrotated solution a single factor did not explain the majority of the variance. It explained only 40% of variance.

4.3. Model Construction

Four constructs were formed in the research: First, information technology (IT), which determines the usage, quality and benefits of IT tools for knowledge manage- ment. Second, organisation (OR) that represents a human perspective of organisation and processes. Third, knowledge (KN) that covers accumulation, utilisation, sharing practices, and knowledge ownership identification. Fourth, organisational perform- ance (OP) is defined as a construct composed of financial and non-financial indica- tors.

The first construct is of exogenous nature, while the last three constructs are endogenous latent variables. Latent variables in the model are measured by manifest variables.

5. Data anaLYsis anD ResULts

The Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) was used to empirically verify the hypoth- eses. SEM is a statistical technique for testing and estimating causal relationships using a combination of statistical data and qualitative causal assumptions [6]. It has the ability to model constructs as latent variables and allows the researcher to accurately estimate the structural relationships between latent variables [3, 14]. Moreover, the specialised SEM programming tool LISREL 8.51 was used for the analysis.

5.1. Validity of Defined Constructs

The exploratory factor analysis using SPSS 16.0 was conducted to verify the con- struct validity of the measurement model. The principal axis factoring extraction method with a Varimax rotation was used to determine whether the questionnaire items represent the defined model correctly. The results of factor analysis for the KM construct are presented in Table 1. Only factor loadings higher than 0.50 are presented.

ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS REVIEW | VOL. 14 | No. 2 | 2012156

Table 1: Rotated factor matrix for the knowledge management part of model

FACTOR 1 2 3 4

KM1 .554 KM2 .581 KM3 .680 KM4 .606 KM5 KM6 .709 KM7 .515 KM8 .547 KM9 .682 KM10 .673 KM11 .536 KM12 .808 KM13 .854 KM14 .695 KM15 .595 KM16 .556 KM17 .580 .581 KM18 .756 KM19 .678 KM20 .609 KM21 .525 .616 KM22 .551 .583

KM23 .586

Factors 1 and 4 are combined to represent the elements of knowledge (knACCUM, knUTILIS, knSHARE, knOWNER), both formal and informal aspects of accumulat- ing, utilising, sharing knowledge and defining its ownership. Factor 2 represents the elements of information technology (itUSAGE, itQUALITY, itBENEFIT), while Factor 3 stands for elements of organisation (orCOLLAB, orMOTIV, orPROCESS). Several indicators were excluded from further research (KM5, KM17, KM21 and KM22) as they did not meet the required standards, having factor loadings lower than 0.5 or multiplied over several factors, which makes them difficult to identify. Based on the factor analysis, we formed a new indicator, knCOLLAB, to represent the ways of col- laboration between employees with an objective to spread knowledge across the or- ganisation.

Factor loadings higher than 0.50 for the organisational performance construct (OP) are presented in Table 2.

J. RAŠULA, V. BOSILJ VUKŠIĆ, M. INDIHAR ŠTEMBERGER | THE IMPACT OF KNOWLEDGE ... 157

Table 2: Rotated factor matrix for the organisational performance part of model

FACTOR 1 2 3

OP1 .886 OP2 .891 OP3 .804 OP4 .525 .501 OP5 OP6 .590 OP7 .563 OP8 .587 OP9 .707 OP10 .613 OP11 .583 OP12 .605 OP13 .695 OP14 .613 OP15 .777 OP16 .584

Factors 1 and 3 were combined to represent the non-financial indicators of organisa- tional performance (opSUPPLY, opLEARN, opPROCESS) and form the supplier, process and learning perspective. The indicators for customer perspective of BSC (OP4 and OP5) did not meet the required criteria, having factor loadings lower than 0.5 or multiplied over several factors. Factor 2 represents the financial view of organisational performance (opFINANCE), measuring profit growth, return on assets (ROA) and employee value added. Based on the factor analysis and isolation of item OP6, we formed a new indicator, opREPUT, to represent the view of organisational reputation.

To conclude, the first construct (IT) was measured by the following three variables: • Usage of IT tools and systems for knowledge management (itUSAGE). • Quality of IT tools and systems for knowledge management (itQUALITY). • Detected benefits of IT tools and systems for knowledge management (itBENEFIT).

For measuring the second construct, OR, the following variables were used: • Collaboration among people in the organisation (orCOLLAB). • Motivation of people in the organisation (orMOTIV). • The process view of the organisation (orPROCESS).

To test the third latent variable, knowledge (KN), these measures were applied: • Knowledge accumulation (knACCUM). • Knowledge utilisation (knUTILIS). • Knowledge sharing practices (knSHARE). • Knowledge ownership identification (knOWNER). • Collaboration aspect of people and spreading knowledge (knCOLLAB).

ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS REVIEW | VOL. 14 | No. 2 | 2012158

The fourth construct is measured from a financial and non-financial perspective with: • Financial perspective (opFINANCE). • Supplier perspective (opSUPPLY). • Innovation and learning perspective (opLEARN). • Customer perspective (opCUSTOM). • Internal processes perspective (opPROCESS). • Reputation (opREPUT).

5.2. Confirmatory Analysis using Structural Equation Modelling

Model fit signifies the level of consistency of hypothesised model and the data [1, 14]. It is gauged in three steps: (1) overall fit assessment (2) assessment of measurement model and (3) assessment of structural model. The path diagram of the model is presented in Figure 2.

Figure 2: Path diagram of the conceptualised model

5.3. Overall Fit Assessment

The aim of assessing the overall model fit is to determine the consistency level of a model as a whole with available empirical data [14]. The most commonly used fit indices are shown in Table 3.

27

FIGURES

Title: The Impact of Knowledge Management on Organisational Performance

Authors: Jelena Rašula, Mojca Indihar Štemberger, Vesna Bosilj Vukšić

Figure 1: Conceptual model

Figure 2: Path diagram of the conceptualised model

orCOLLAB

orMOTIV

orPROCES

knACCUM

knUTILIS

knSHARE

knOWNER

knCOLLAB

opFINANC

opREPUT

opSUPPLY

opPROCES

opLEARN

opSUPPLY

opPROCES

opLEARN

IT

OR

KN

OP

0.30

0.24

0.28

0.28

0.41

0.27

0.39

0.67

0.31

0.52

0.35

0.67

0.47

0.30

0.41

0.42

0.84

0.87

0.85

0.65

0.85

0.77

0.85

0.78

0.58

0.83

0.70

0.81

0.57

0.73

0.84

0.77

0.76

0.94

0.79

KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT MATURITY ORG. PERFORMANCE

Information

technology

Organisation

Knowledge Organisational

performance

H2

H1

H3

J. RAŠULA, V. BOSILJ VUKŠIĆ, M. INDIHAR ŠTEMBERGER | THE IMPACT OF KNOWLEDGE ... 159

Table 3: Fit indices

Fit indices Reference

value Model value

Overall Model fit

χ2 per degree of freedom (χ2/df) χ2/df < 5.00 χ2/df = 2.03 Yes Root Mean Square Error of Approximation (RMSEA) RMSEA ≤ 0.100 RMSEA = 0.074 Yes Non-Normed Fit Index (NNFI) NNFI closer to 1 NNFI = 0.93 Yes Comparative Fit Index (CFI) CFI closer to 1 CFI = 0.94 Yes Standardised Root Mean Square Residual (S RMR) S RMR < 0.05 S RMR = 0.052 Acceptable Goodness of Fit Index (GFI) GFI closer to 1 GFI = 0.88 Acceptable Adjusted Goodness of Fit Index (AGFI) AGFI ≥ 0.90 AGFI = 0.84 No Parsimony Goodness of Fit Index (PGFI) PGFI ≥ 0.50 PGFI = 0.65 Yes

The χ2 test shows whether the data perfectly fits the conceptual model and is therefore not considered to be the best measure for assessing model fit. Root mean square error of approximation (RMSEA) is considered to be one of the most informative fit indices [14]. The values below 0.05 indicate a good fit, the values between 0.05 and 0.08 a mediocre fit [18], while the values between 0.08 and 0.10 represent a poor fit. Nonetheless, researchers mostly use the χ2 per degree of freedom (χ2/df) index, the comparative fit index (CFI) and the non-normed or Tucker-Lewis fit index (NNFI) to assess the model fit [20]. The χ2 per degree of freedom index indicates a reasonable fit when it is lower than 5.00 [28], however ratios between 1.00 and 2.00 are recommended [18]. CFI and NNFI indices should be close to 1.00 to represent a good fit [1, 14].

The Root mean square Residual index (RMR) is based on the residual matrix and is used to compare the fit of two different models with the same data. Values of the standardised RMR index lower 0.05 represent a good model fit [14].

The absolute fit value for the Goodness of fit index (GFI) is not computed; however val- ues closer to 1.00 represent a better model fit [18]. Diamantopulos [14] states that 0.90 is considered to be an appropriate value that represents an acceptable model fit. The same stands for the adjusted goodness of fit index.

The Parsimony Goodness of fit index (PGFI) adjusts the GFI index to complexity of the given model and degrees of freedom. Values above 0.50 represent a good model fit [31]. In our case, the model indices imply that the model has a good overall fit.

5.3.1. Assess ment of Measurement Model

The second step of model fit assessment is to analyse the relationships between latent and manifest variables. The aim of such analysis is to determine the validity and reliability of the used construct measures.

The next step is to assess the measurement model with the focus being on the relation- ship between latent variables and manifest variables. The aim is to determine the validity

ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS REVIEW | VOL. 14 | No. 2 | 2012160

and reliability of the measures used to represent the construct of interest. Validity signi- fies the extent to which an indicator measures what it is supposed to measure, while the reliability shows the consistency of measurement or the rate to which the measure could be subjected to measurement error [14]. The relationship between manifest variables and latent variables should be significantly different from zero (t-values should exceed 1.96 in absolute terms). As seen in Table 4, all t-values are larger than 1.96. Therefore, the construct validity is assured.

Table 4: Completely standardised loading estimates and t-values

Latent variable

Manifest variable Completely standardised

factor loading t-value

LAMBDA-Y

IT itUSAGE 0.84 13.65 itQUALIT 0.87 14.49 itBENEFI 0.85 13.86

LAMBDA-X

OR orCOLLAB 0.85 - a

orMOTIV 0.77 12.40 orPROCES 0,85 14.52

KN

knACCUM 0.78 - a

knUTILIS 0.58 8.02

knSHARE 0.83 12.34

knOWNER 0.70 9.97

knCOLLAB 0.81 11.95

OP

opFINANC 0.57 - a

opREPUT 0.73 7.46

opSUPPLY 0.84 8.05

opPROCES 0.77 7.69

opLEARN 0.76 7.65 a Indicates a fixed parameter

Secondly, the reliability of the model which refers to the measurement consistency needs to be determined. It is determined by assessing the reliability of individual indicators and composite reliability. The former is measured by squared multiple correlations (R 2), which show the share of variance in an indicator that is explained by its latent variable [14]. The least reliable indicators in the model are knUTILIS and opFINANC, while the other indicators range from 0.48 to 0.76, as presented in Table 5.

J. RAŠULA, V. BOSILJ VUKŠIĆ, M. INDIHAR ŠTEMBERGER | THE IMPACT OF KNOWLEDGE ... 161

Table 5: R2 values for indicators

Indicator R2 value itUSAGE 0.70

itQUALIT 0.76

itBENEFI 0.72

orCOLLAB 0.72

orMOTIV 0.59

orPROCES 0.73

knACCUM 0.61

knUTILIS 0.33

knSHARE 0.69

knOWNER 0.48

knCOLLAB 0.65

opFINANC 0.33

opREPUT 0.53

opSUPPLY 0.70

opPROCES 0.59

opLEARN 0.58

In addition to reliability of individual indicators, composite reliability value (ρc) is calcu- lated for each latent variable, where values should exceed 0.6 [6]. In the proposed model, all indicators as a set provide a reliable measurement for each construct, as their values are higher than proposed (ρc(IT)=0.88, ρc(OR)=0.87, ρc(KN)=0.86 and ρc(OP)=0.86).

5.3.2. Assessment of Structural Model

The structural model fit assessment is carried out to evaluate whether the data support the hypothesised relationships in the conceptualisation model [14]. Evaluation includes the following assessment: (1) Do signs of parameters indicate the same direction as hy- pothesised (2) What is the statistical significance and magnitude of estimated parameters and (3) What are the squared multiple correlation factors (R2) for structural equations. In our model the signs of all relationships (IT-OR, OR-KN and KN-OP) are consistent with hypothesised relationships between latent variables. Moreover, all parameters are statistically significant with t-values 8.44, 11.69 and 6.97, respectively, and are moderate to high (0.65, 0.94 and 0.79). Lastly, R2 values indicate that independent latent variable IT explains 42 % of variance in endogenous latent variable OR, 89 % of variance of KN and 62 % of variance of OP.

Considering all three aspects of model fit assessment, the confirmatory analysis has veri- fied all three hypotheses.

ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS REVIEW | VOL. 14 | No. 2 | 2012162

6. DiscUssion

6.1. Findings and Implications

Our intention was to investigate and prove the existence of a positive impact of knowl- edge management on organisational performance. Although researchers often imply this positive effect of knowledge management on organisational performance, the researches that empirically prove the existing link are very rare. For this research, a new survey was developed and tested, and it proves to be a successful and justified new measure of knowledge management constructs in any organisation.

A direct result of this research is also a newly defined knowledge management maturity model that consists of three empirically tested constructs. The new conceptual model consists of information technology, organisational elements and knowledge, each de- fined and explained throughout chapter 2. This model not only proves that the chosen constructs are a good measure for defining knowledge management maturity, but also evolves into a measurable scale that puts organisations on a 0 - 4 level chart.

There are rare researches that cover all aspects of knowledge management maturity as- sessment. This research (1) defines their own knowledge management maturity model (2) statistically proves the fit of the chosen constructs (3) develops a survey as a measure of knowledge management maturity (4) applies the measure on a set of companies in two countries and (5) assesses and empirically proves the theoretically implied effect of knowledge management maturity, as a construct of those three factors, on organisa- tional performance.

The results of this research also have several implications. First, the feedback from busi- ness practice supported the theoretical framework and hypotheses proposed in Chapter 2. The most important finding is that knowledge management components positively affect organisational performance. In order to have a positive effect on organisational performance, those three components need to be developed, managed and integrated into organisational processes and practice.

Second, this empirical research proved that KM heavily relies on technology. However, business practice shows that many organisations have experienced difficulties in effec- tively using KM technologies. In order to have a positive impact on elements of knowl- edge, information technology needs to be introduced through a set of organisational changes. In practice it means that introducing information technology is successful and has a positive impact on knowledge management practices only if it is backed up by changes in people, organisational climate and organisational processes. Organisational change helps an organisation to optimise processes and define process oriented struc- ture; in that case KM can be adopted correctly within the organisation. Effective KM cannot be implemented without a significant behavioural and cultural change. There should be a strong culture, trust and transparency in all areas of the organisation. Be- sides, the cultural elements, which distinguish organisations from each other, are found

J. RAŠULA, V. BOSILJ VUKŠIĆ, M. INDIHAR ŠTEMBERGER | THE IMPACT OF KNOWLEDGE ... 163

to be related to KM efficiency. It was also discovered that knowledge management prac- tices have a positive impact on organisational performance.

Third, although many researchers have proposed different frameworks for assessing KM maturity, this survey was conducted to identify and to understand three components that play a role in a successful adoption of KM: information technology, organisation and knowledge. The results clearly show that the selected constructs present a good measure for the knowledge management construct.

Moreover, the questionnaire constructed and used in this research could become a standard for measuring knowledge management maturity. Organisations could use the results of the survey as a benchmark.

6.2. Limitations and Further Research

The major limitation of this study is associated with the scope of empirical research, which is limited on two small countries, one of them being an EU member (Slovenia), while the other (Croatia) is not. The research is constrained by the sample size despite the fact it was carried out in two countries. The sample involved 3089 companies. Nonetheless, with the response rate being just slightly over 10 %, it included only 329 respondents in both countries. Furthermore, a bigger sample size would allow the model to be cross-validated. Further research could involve more countries in order to get more comparable results.

Further research is also possible. First of all the survey could be repeated to compare the results and to check the improvement. Besides that the same investigation could be performed in other countries to compare the results and to check how KM maturity is developing.

7. concLUsions

We conclude that this paper presents three main components important for knowledge management, namely: (1) information technology, (2) organisational elements and (3) knowledge. Connections between those components are presented through main hy- potheses and the conceptual model is validated through the empirical research. The re- sults of this research confirmed all three given hypotheses.

Empirical data show that organisational elements (such as culture, climate and collabo- ration) have a positive impact on elements of knowledge in the context of knowledge management (H1). Through an organisational change we affect the degree of knowledge sharing and application and consequently improve the practices of KM.

The positive indirect effect of IT application on knowledge management adoption through organisational elements was also confirmed (H2). Therefore, the study high-

ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS REVIEW | VOL. 14 | No. 2 | 2012164

lights some of the issues raised by IT implementation to improve KM. The codification of knowledge in information systems, databases and knowledge repositories does not guarantee efficient KM, but has a potential to influence it in a positive way. It is impor- tant to notice that IT does not have a direct influence on knowledge, but an indirect one through organisational elements as an enabler of a better collaboration among people in the organisation, motivation of people in the organisation and the process view of the organisation.

The results of the empirical investigation also confirmed a positive effect of knowledge management practices on organisational performance (H3). These findings can be used to improve the knowledge management practice of each organisation and each knowl- edge entity. Possible applications include business process restructuring initiatives, hu- man capital development, knowledge mapping, the introduction of more team, cross- functional working, increased emphasis on collaboration, the introduction of more formal channels for knowledge sharing.

Finally, we argue that the KM conceptual model presented in this paper is a useful start- ing point to gain a deeper insight into KM elements and their influence to the organi- sational performance. Despite the claims for a relation between KM and organisational performance, few researchers have actually proved the existence, as well as the nature of this link. In this paper, a positive influence of KM on organisational performance is examined and proved. This conclusion can be applied as a starting point for managers who are to implement KM through their organisation.

ReFeRences

Ahn, J. H. & Chang, S. G. (2004). Assessing the contribution of knowledge to business performance: the KP3 methodology. Decision Support Systems, 36 (4), 403–416.

AlMashari, M., Zairi, M. &AlAthari, A. (2002). An empirical study of the impact of knowledge management on organizational performance. Journal of Computer Information Systems, 42 (5), 74–82.

An introduction to LISREL 8.80 for Windows. Online article, 11 October 2008: http://www.ssicentral.com/ lisrel/techdocs/Session1.pdf

Anantatmula, V. & Kanungo, S. (2006). Structuring the underlying relations among the knowledge manage- ment outcomes. Journal of Knowledge Management, 10 (4), 25–42.

Artail, H. A. (2006). Application of KM measures to the impact of a specialized groupware system on corpo- rate productivity and operations. Information & Management, 43 (4), 551–564.

Bagozzi, R. P. & Yi, Y. (1988). On the Evaluation of Structural Equation Models. Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 16 (1), 74–94.

Benbya, H., Passiante, G. & Belbaly, N.A. (2004). Corporate portal: a tool for knowledge management syn- chronization. International Journal of Information Management, 24, 201-220.

Carmeli & Tishler, A. (2004). The Relationships between Intangible Organizational Elements and Organiza- tional Performance. Strategic Management Journal, 25, 1257–1278.

J. RAŠULA, V. BOSILJ VUKŠIĆ, M. INDIHAR ŠTEMBERGER | THE IMPACT OF KNOWLEDGE ... 165

Chen, C. & Huang, J. (2007). How organizational climate and structure affect knowledge management – The social interaction perspective. International Journal of Information Management, 27, 104-118.

Chen, M., Huang, M. & Cheng, Y. (2009). Measuring knowledge management performance using a competi- tive perspective: An empirical study. Expert Systems with Applications, (36), 8449–8459.

Choi, B., Poon, S.K. & Davis, J.G. (2008). Effects of knowledge management strategy on organizational per- formance: A complementary theory-based approach. Omega – the International Journal of Management Sci- ence, (36), 235-251.

Chua, A. (2004). Knowledge management system architecture: a bridge between KM consultants and tech- nologists. International Journal of Information Management, 24, 87-98.

Čater, T. & Čater, B. (2009). Tangible Resources as Antecedents of a Company’s Competitive Advantage and Performance. Journal for East European Management Studies, 14 (2), 186–209.

Diamantopoulos A. & Siguaw, J. A. (2000). Introducing LISREL: A Guide for the Uninitiated. London, Thou- sand Oaks (CA), New Delhi: SAGE Publications.

Dimovski, V. et al. (2008). Comparative analysis of the organisational learning process in Slovenia, Croatia and Malaysia. Expert Systems with Applications, 34 (4), 3063-3070.

Fugate, B.S., Stank, T.P. & Mentzer, J.T. (2009). Linking improved knowledge management to operational and organizational performance. Journal of Operations Management, (27), 247-264.

Greiner, M.E., Böhmann, T. & Krcmar, H. (2007). A strategy for knowledge management. Journal of Knowl- edge Management, Vol. 11, No. 6, 3-15.

Hair, J. F. et al. (1998). Multivariate data analysis (5th rev. ed.). Upper Saddle River, N. J.: Prentice Hall.

Kiessling, T.S. et al. (2009). Exploring knowledge management to organizational performance outcomes in a transitional economy. Journal of World Business, (44), 421-433.

Koufteros, X. A. (1999). Testing a model of pull production: a paradigm for manufacturing research using structural equation modelling. Journal of Operations Management, 17 (4), 467-488.

Kovačič, A., Bosilj Vukšić, V. & Lončar, A. (2006). A Process-Based Approach to Knowledge Management. Economic Research, 19 (2), 53–66.

Kruger, C.J.N. & Johnson, R.D. (2009). Information management as an enabler of knowledge management maturity: A South African perspective. International Journal of Information Management, doi: 10.1016/j. ijinfomgt.2009.06.007, Article in press.

Kulkarni, U. & St Louis. R. (2003). Organizational Self Assessment of Knowledge Management Maturity. Pro- ceedings of the 9th Americas Conference on Information Systems 2542-2551.

Lee, H. & Choi, B. (2003). Knowledge Management Enablers, Processes, and Organizational Performance: An Integrative View and Empirical Examination. JMIS: Journal of Management Information Systems, 20 (1), 179–228.

Lee, K. C., Lee, S. & Kang, I. W. (2005). KMPI: measuring knowledge management performance. Information & Management, 42 (3), 469–482.

Lee, K. J. & Yu, K. (2004). Corporate culture and organizational performance. Journal of Managerial Psychol- ogy, 19 (4), 340–359.

ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS REVIEW | VOL. 14 | No. 2 | 2012166

Lin, Z. (2000). Organizational restructuring and the impact of knowledge transfer. The Journal of Mathemati- cal Sociology, 24 (2), 129–149.

Marsh, H. W. & Hocevar, D. (1985). Application of confirmatory factor analysis to the study of self-concept: First- and higher order factor models and their invariance across groups. Psychological bulletin, 97 (3), 562–582.

Martin, V. A. et al. (2005). Cultivating knowledge sharing through the relationship management maturity model. The Learning Organization, 12 (4), 340–354.

S. Moffett, S., McAdam, R. & Parkinson, S. (2003). An empirical analysis of knowledge management applica- tions. Journal of Knowledge Management, 7 (3), 6–26.

Mulaik, S. A. et al. (1989). Evaluation of goodness-of-fit indices for structural equation models. Psychological Bulletin, 105, 430–445.

Nonaka, I. & Takeuchi, H. (1995). The Knowledge-Creating Company: How Japanese Companies Create the Dynamics of Innovation. New York, Oxford (UK): Oxford University Press.

Nonaka, I. & Takeuchi, H. (1996). A theory of organisational knowledge creation. IJTM Special Publication on Unlearning and Learning, 11 (7/8), 833–845.

Pérez, L. S. et al. (2004). Managing knowledge: the link between culture and organizational learning. Journal of Knowledge Management, 8 (6), 93–104.

Rašula, J. (2009). Vloga informacijske tehnologije in drugih dejavnikov zrelosti v modelu zrelosti managementa znanja. Doctoral dissertation. Ljubljana: University of Ljubljana, Faculty of Economics.

Rašula, J., Bosilj Vukšić, V. & Indihar Štemberger, M. (2008). The Integrated Knowledge Management Matu- rity Model. Zagreb International Review of Economics & Business, 9 (2), 47-62.

Robinson, H. S. et al. (2006). STEPS: a knowledge management maturity roadmap for corporate sustainabil- ity. Business Process Management Journal, 12 (6), 793–808.

Scarborough, H., Swan, J. A. & Preston, J. (1998). Knowledge Management and the Learning Organization. Report for the Institute of Personnel Development, London: Institute of Personnel and Development.

Sher, P. J. & Lee, V. C. (2004). Information technology as a facilitator for enhancing dynamic capabilities through knowledge management. Information & Management, 41 (8), 933–945.

Sherif, K., Hoffman, J. & Thomas, B. (2006). Can technology build organizational social capital? The case of a global IT consulting firm. Information & Management, 43, 795–804.

Syed-Ikhsan, S. O. S. & Rowland, F. (2004). Knowledge management in a public organization: a study on the relationship between organizational elements and the performance of knowledge transfer. Journal of Knowl- edge Management, 8 (2), 95–111.

Škerlavaj, M. et al. (2006). Organizational learning culture – the missing link between business process change and organizational performance. International Journal of Production Economics, 346-367.

Škrinjar, R., Bosilj Vukšić, V. & Indihar Štemberger, M. (2008). The impact of business process orientation on financial and non-financial performance. Business Process Management Journal, 14 (5), 738–754.

Williams, L. J., & Anderson, S. E. (1994). An alternative approach to method effects by using latent-variable models: Applications in organizational behavior research. Journal of Applied Psychology, 79, 323-331.

Zheng, W., Yang, B. & McLean, G.N. (2009). Linking organizational culture, structure, strategy, and organi- zational effectiveness. Mediating role of knowledge management, article in press.

J. RAŠULA, V. BOSILJ VUKŠIĆ, M. INDIHAR ŠTEMBERGER | THE IMPACT OF KNOWLEDGE ... 167

aPPenDiX 1: QUestionnaiRe

KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT

Please assess to what extent the following statements related to knowledge management apply to your organisation Indicate the degree of agreement or disagreement that fits the situation in your organisa- tion. Please circle one choice for each of the following statements (1 = completely disagree ... 7 = completely agree; X = do not know / can not answer).

A. Knowledge

1 Our employees obtain a good extent of new knowledge from external sources (e.g. through seminars, conferences, educational courses, subscription journals, expert networks).

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X

2 Our employees obtain a good extent of new knowledge from business partners (e.g. suppliers, clients).

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X

3 Our employees exchange knowledge with their co-workers. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X 4 In their work, our employees rely on experience, skills and knowledge. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X

5 In their work, our employees rely on written sources (e.g. previously implemented projects documentation, organisational procedures, instructions and other documented sources).

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X

6 Our employees share their knowledge orally at meetings or informal gatherings (e.g. during lunch, in the hallway).

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X

7 Our employees share their knowledge through formal procedures (e.g. project reports, organisational procedures and instructions, reports and company publications).

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X

8 Employees in our organisation consider their knowledge as an organisational asset and not their own source of strength.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X

B. Information technology

1 In our organisation, IT tools are used to store data on implemented projects, tasks and activities.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X

2 In our organisation, IT tools are used to store information on suppliers and customers.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X

3 In our organisation, IT tools are used to support collaborative work (e.g. calendars, video conferencing systems, communication tools).

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X

4 IT tools in our organisation are simple to use and have a user friendly interface. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X 5 IT tools in our organisation enable effective work. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X

6 In our organisation we see the advantage of using IT tools in the fact that it prevents the loss of knowledge.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X

ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS REVIEW | VOL. 14 | No. 2 | 2012168

C. Organisation

1 In our organisation, there is a general inclination to cooperation and exchange of experience among employees.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X

2 The general management/leadership of our organisation promotes cooperation and exchange of experience among employees.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X

3 Our employees generally trust each other; in their work they can easily rely on knowledge and skills of their co-workers.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X

4 In our organisation good work is rewarded accordingly. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X 5 In our organisation innovative practices are rewarded accordingly. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X

6 When that is required, our employees are prepared to take additional efforts and work.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X

7 The general management/leadership motivates employees to engage in formal education systems to achieve a higher lever of education.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X

8 The general management/leadership motivates employees to engage in informal education systems (e.g. seminars, courses).

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X

9 In our organisation we support the exchange of data, information and knowledge among organisational units.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X

assignments combined/old assignment/Knowledge Management and Organizational Performance 2 144_singh.pdf

1

Knowledge Management Capability and Organizational Performance: A Theoretical

Foundation

Satyendra Singh Yolande E Chan* James D McKeen*

Queen’s School of Business Queen’s University Kingston, Canada

Submitted to OLKC 2006 Conference at the University of Warwick, Coventry on 20th - 22nd March 2006

* Both authors have contributed equally. They are listed in alphabetical order.

2

1. Introduction

Despite the fact that interest in the source, nature, and quality of knowledge has been

expressed since the times of Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle (Nonaka and Takeuchi, 1995), the idea

of knowledge management (KM) is very recent (Alvesson and Karreman, 2001; Davenport and

Prusak, 1998). However in a very short time, managers and academics from a variety of

disciplines have come to view KM as a legitimate business issue. Hull (2000) suggests that the

phenomenon of KM is “not merely some passing fad, but is in the process of establishing itself

as a new aspect of management and organization, and as a new form of expertise” (p.49). To

some extent, KM has gained this legitimacy in academia as a result of Nonaka’s work, and in

practice because of consulting companies who have sought to capitalize on the enormous

potential of information technology (Easterby-Smith and Lyles, 2003).

The academic interest in KM has grown considerably, as evidenced by the proliferation of

books, articles and special issues recently published on the topic (Argote, et al., 2003). The

investment in KM has grown too as it is considered a competitive necessity (Brusoni, et al.,

2001; McAdam and McCreedy, 2000), a strategic resource (Cabrera and Cabrera, 2002), and the

source of competitive advantage (Chakravarthy, et al., 2003; Nonaka and Takeuchi, 1995). Thus,

the development of KM has been rapid, but at the same time it has been equally chaotic

(Easterby-Smith and Lyles, 2003). There is much debate in the literature on (a) what constitutes

KM and (b) how does KM affect organizational performance.

There are a variety of KM definitions (Hlupic, et al., 2002), classification schemes, methods,

models and approaches (Earl, 2001) in the literature. The majority of work that has appeared on

KM has been in the IS literature. For example, nearly 70% of KM articles in 1998 and 50% of all

the KM articles over the 1993 and 1999 period appeared in IS journals (Scarbrough and Swan,

2003). However, much of the literature that has appeared in IS (or elsewhere) is practice driven,

rather than theory driven, with many articles appearing in practitioner-oriented journals

(Scarbrough and Swan, 2003). Given the scarcity of studies on the underlying paradigms of KM,

there is a need for more comprehensive studies that look at the theoretical underpinnings of what

constitutes KM (Alvesson and Karreman, 2001; Hazlett, et al., 2005).

3

Further, based on the notion that knowledge is the key organizational asset, researchers have

argued that KM leads to positive organizational performance. However, the impact has not been

carefully demonstrated (Chakravarthy, et al., 2003; Foss and Mahnke, 2003). Numerous

organizations have experimented with KM to improve their performance but have not fully

succeeded (Leidner, 2000; Nidumolu, et al., 2001). Researchers have written about “knowledge

management as a double edged sword” (Schultze and Leidner, 2002), the “deadliest sins of

knowledge management” (Fahey and Prusak, 1998), the “vicious circle” of knowledge

management (Garud and Kumaraswamy, 2005) and “knowledge traps” (Soo, et al., 2002). There

is a challenge in the field to demonstrate how to manage organizational knowledge for

performance (Argote, 2005).

In this paper, an attempt is made to build a theoretically rigorous and practically relevant

framework for understanding KM and its impact on organizational performance. Hazlett et al.

(2005) suggest that we need to build theories in KM. We engage this call by attempting to build

a theory that explicates KM and its effect on performance. As a theory, it integrates and builds

upon prior research to propose specific constructs, and relationship among those constructs. We

believe our work will contribute to the development of deep and rich theories in the field of KM.

The next section briefly reviews the existing literature on KM.

2. Knowledge Management: A Field Looking for a Theory

2.1 What constitutes KM

The literature has been unable to agree on a definition or the concepts behind KM (Bhatt,

2001; Hlupic, et al., 2002; Neef, 1999). For instance, Snowden (1998) defines KM as the

identification, optimization and active management of intellectual assets, either in the form of

explicit knowledge held in artifacts or tacit knowledge possessed by individuals or communities;

Hedlund (1994) suggests that KM addresses the generation, representation, storage, transfer,

transformation, application, embedding, and protecting of organizational knowledge; Brooking

(1997) suggests that KM is the activity which is concerned with strategy and tactics to manage

human centered assets; De Jarnet (1996) defines KM as knowledge creation, which is followed

by knowledge interpretation, knowledge dissemination and use, and knowledge retention and

4

refinement; and Laudon and Laudon (1999) suggest that KM is the process of systematically and

actively managing and leveraging the stores of knowledge in an organization. From these

definitions, it appears that KM is regarded as the set of various processes to manage

organizational knowledge.

There is another set of definitions where KM has been defined primarily in terms of its

assumed relationship with an organizational objective. For instance, Bassi (1999) defines it as

“the process of creating, capturing, and using knowledge to enhance organizational

performance” (p. 423); Van der Spek and Spijkervet (1997) define it as “the explicit control and

management of knowledge within an organization aimed at achieving the company’s objectives”

(p. 43); Davenport and Prusak (1998) define KM as an attempt to do something useful with

knowledge, to accomplish organizational objectives through the structuring of people,

technology and knowledge content; von Krogh (1998) refers to KM as identifying and

leveraging the collective knowledge in an organization to help the organization compete; Wiig

(1998) argues that KM is the systematic, explicit and deliberate building, renewal and

application of knowledge to maximize an enterprise’s knowledge-related effectiveness and

returns on its knowledge assets and to renew them constantly; Scarbrough and Swan (1999)

define KM as any process or practice of creating, acquiring, capturing, sharing and using

knowledge, wherever it resides, to enhance learning and performance in organizations. From

these definitions, KM is largely regarded as a set of various processes that manage organizational

knowledge to attain performance1.

The literature offers many more definitions of KM. An exhaustive list of KM definitions is

beyond the scope of this paper but these definitions highlight the lack of convergence and rigor

in the field of KM. Hlupic et al. (2002) argues that this lack of rigor arises from the fact that the

KM field is emerging, subjective and eclectic in nature. The vagueness and ambiguity in the KM

field also arises from the word “knowledge” because it means different things to different people.

There are two dominant and distinct approaches to knowledge – knowledge as an action and

knowledge as a belief and a value (Hargadon and Fanelli, 2002). The approaches that focus on

1 Management of organizational knowledge is not always about the performance improvement. There are four discourses in KM – normative, critical, dialogical and interpretive (Schultze and Leidner, (2002)). Only normative discourse assumes that KM could be about organizational performance.

5

action deem that knowledge exists in the organization’s actions such as the physical and social

artifacts of the organization including, for example, technologies, routines and databases (Cohen

and Bacdayan, 1994; Huber, 1991; Levitt and March, 1988; Nelson and Winter, 1982). Here the

phenomenon of interest is how organizations and their participants acquire, store, retrieve,

process, distribute, learn, unlearn, encode and replicate existing knowledge. On the other hand,

approaches that focus on beliefs and values deem that knowledge exists as the possibility for

generating novel organizational artifacts (Kogut and Zander, 1992; Leonard-Barton, 1995;

Nonaka and Takeuchi, 1995). Here the phenomena of interest involve how organizations and

their participants generate, create, innovate, deviate, and in other ways produce new knowledge

where it had not existed before.

Due to the dissonance of views, opinions, and ideas, various authors have proposed that it is

necessary to identify a set of structures with which to make sense of the KM field. One of the

most frequently cited structures is provided by Earl (2001). He proposed seven schools of

knowledge management: systems, cartographic, engineering, commercial, organizational, spatial

and strategic. These schools identify the types of KM undertaken by organizations. An

alternative structure for understanding KM is provided by McAdam and McCreedy (1999). The

authors propose three models of KM – intellectual capital models in which knowledge is seen as

a tangible asset, knowledge category models in which knowledge is identified through categories,

and social constructionist models in which knowledge is intrinsically linked to social and

learning processes.

2.2 How does KM affect organizational performance

The relationship between KM and organizational performance is implicit in some KM definitions

(as described earlier). The assumption that KM is needed for knowledge accumulation to result

in improved organizational performance possibly arises from the fact that researchers have

opposing views about the impact of knowledge on organizational performance (McEvily and

Chakravarthy, 2002; Vera and Crossan, 2003). From the perspective of the knowledge based

view, a positive link between knowledge and performance is stressed. It is expected that a

particular category of knowledge, which is valuable, rare, inimitable and non-substitutable

6

(Barney, 1991), would lead to performance. On the other side of the discussion are authors who

do not see a direct relationship between knowledge and performance. Organizations can always

attain knowledge that may not lead to intelligent behavior. Complementary to this view is

Leonard’s (1992) description of how core rigidities due to deeply embedded knowledge sets

hinder innovation. Arthur’s (1989) law of increasing returns also supports the equivocal link

between knowledge and performance. Although recent empirical studies have found support for

the direct impact of knowledge on performance (e.g., Appleyard, 1996; Decarolis and Deeds,

1999; Yeoh and Roth, 1999), Vera and Crossan (2003) suggest that the conclusion from these

studies is not that more knowledge leads to greater performance, but the knowledge that is

relevant may have positive effects on organization performance. Since knowledge may have an

equivocal impact on organizational performance, the management of organizational knowledge

(or KM) is assumed to have a positive impact on organizational performance. A careful review

of literature shows that only a few articles have attempted to investigate the link between KM

and performance (Appendix A). As shown in the appendix, of these articles most are conceptual

in nature and many lack strong theoretical foundations.

Despite this assumed link, it is still possible for KM to negatively affect organizational

performance, according to Chakravarthy et al. (2003). The authors explain by suggesting that

that KM has three important processes – knowledge accumulation (activities through which an

organization gains new understanding), knowledge protection (activities that maintain the

proprietary nature of an organization’s knowledge) and knowledge leverage (activities to use

existing knowledge for commercial ends). While each process is important, there may be

tensions among these three KM processes. For instance, aggressive attempts at leveraging

knowledge can inhibit knowledge accumulation because the latter may typically not offer

financial returns in the short run whereas the former often does. Similarly to encourage effective

knowledge accumulation, organizations need to shake up existing patterns of behavior, values,

and tacit mindsets. Since this typically requires articulation of tacit knowledge, it sacrifices some

protection of that knowledge. Further, effective protection of knowledge often requires

segregating or embedding knowledge within the organization, while leverage demands

integration and articulation. Thus, if a delicate balance among KM processes is not maintained,

KM can lead to negative organizational performance. This suggests that we need to

7

conceptualize the relationship between KM and organizational performance differently.

One way to make sense of KM and its relationship with organizational performance is to try

to build an applied theory. An applied theory guides empirical research. Just as Wheeler (2002)

explains, “Adaptive Structuration Theory (DeSanctis and Poole, 1994) is an applied version of

the molar theory of Structuration (Giddens, 1979) or the Technology Acceptance Model (Davis,

1989) is an applied version of the Theory of Reasoned Action (Fishbein and Ajzen, 1975)”

(p.129) that guides empirical research. Given the current ambiguous nature of the KM field, it

very much needs an applied theory. Theory building is an essential part of research (Van de Ven,

1989; Huber, 1990; Wheeler 2002). The purpose of a theory is to impose order on unordered

experiences and observations to increase understanding and prediction. Williamson (1999)

asserts that “sooner or later, a would-be theory must be asked to show its hand…there is a need

to sort the wheat from the chaff. Predictions, data, and empirical tests provide the requisite

screen” (p.1093). Dubin (1978) argues that the purpose of theory is to generate testable

hypotheses. Thus, in this paper, we attempt to articulate what constitutes KM and how it impacts

organizational performance in ways that can be empirically tested.

3. Theory Foundation

Recent developments in the resource based view (RBV) suggest that capabilities are an

important contributor to organizational performance (e.g., Bharadwaj, 2000; Teece, et al., 1997;

Tippins and Sohi, 2003). Capabilities refer to an organization's ability to assemble, integrate, and

deploy valued resources (Amit and Schoemaker, 1993). They are rooted in processes and

business routines. Grant (1995) describes a hierarchy of organizational capabilities, where

specialized capabilities are integrated into broader functional capabilities such as marketing,

manufacturing, and IT capabilities. Functional capabilities in turn integrate to form cross-

functional capabilities such as new product development capability, customer support capability,

etc. Extending the notion of capability we propose a notion of “KM as capability”. We refer to

KM capability as an organizational capability to manage the organization’s knowledge with

efficacy (efficiently and effectively), and assert:

8

“KM capability enables an organization to improve its performance relative to its

competitors.”

The link is not direct. An organization’s KM capability allows it to achieve innovation agility

(i.e., to explore and exploit market opportunities). This agility further allows the organization to

take competitive actions in its market, which in turn results in a better relative performance. See

Figure 1. The following section elaborates on the key concepts of our theory and builds testable

hypotheses.

Before we illustrate our theory it is vital that we bring clarity to what we mean by KM. In

order to understand the concept, we turn our attention to evolutionary theory (Nelson and Winter,

1982). Evolutionary theories have been applied to understand dynamic and complex processes

such as the emergence of new organizations and new forms of organizations, changes in

organizations, and the life cycles of industries. Evolutionary approaches imply that the dynamic

processes we observe have an element of change in them. The theory implies uncertainty,

learning, a permanent race for competitive advantage, and the possibility of sub-optimal

outcomes (Barron, 2003). Since KM is a dynamic and complex concept, evolutionary theory can

provide a solid foundation. In addition, evolutionary theory accounts for managerial actions (see

Barron, 2003; Volberda and Lewin, 2003). These authors suggest that managerial intentionality

within the context of evolutionary theory is not passive but it is limited. Managers can learn from

their past experiences and organizations may develop routines or mechanisms that help them

take decisions. Thus when managers make decisions, they embody a certain wisdom about the

KM Capability

Innovation Agility

Competitive Actions

Relative Performance

Figure 1: KM Capability and Organizational Performance

9

environment. The logic is aligned with how we perceive KM. KM is affected by managers’

intentionality but at the same time a few things about KM are beyond managers’ control (or else

all organizations would be able to copy the best practices of KM). This allows us to use Zollo

and Winter’s (2002) work on the evolution of knowledge that has been built by applying

evolutionary theory. The authors suggest that there are four main stages in the evolution of

knowledge within an organization – variation, selection, replication and retention (see Figure 2).

The authors suggest that organizational knowledge evolves through a series of stages, chained in

a recursive cycle.

At the variation stage, an organization uses knowledge scanning process to scan for new

knowledge in its environment to assist with addressing new and old challenges. According to

evolutionary theory, this process acts as a mechanism by which external knowledge is introduced

into an organization. The scanning may happen due to external stimuli (i.e., competitors’

initiatives, normative changes, scientific discoveries, etc.) or internal stimuli (e.g., performance

monitoring) or a combination of external and internal stimuli (Huber, 1991; Zollo and Winter,

2002).

The knowledge from the variation stage is in embryonic form. It is then subjected to an

internal selection mechanism in which the new knowledge is exposed to experimentation to

determine its potential for enhancing the existing knowledge or the opportunity to create new

Variation Stage (Knowledge

Scanning Process)

Replication Stage (Knowledge Transfer

Process)

Retention Stage (Knowledge

Integration Process)

Selection Stage (Knowledge

Experimentation Process)

Figure 2: The evolution of knowledge (adapted from Zollo and Winter (2002))

10

knowledge (Nonaka, 1994). The new knowledge is considered in relation to the prior knowledge

that is shared among individuals, as well as in the context of established power structures and

existing legitimization processes. The expected advantages from the new knowledge are probed

through articulation, analysis and debate of the merits and risks connected to the knowledge. The

process used to evaluate the knowledge is referred as a knowledge experimentation process.

The third stage of the cycle is about transferring the new knowledge to the relevant parties

within the organization. The transfer requires the spatial replication of the knowledge to leverage

the newly found knowledge in different places and times where it is needed. The application of

the new knowledge in diverse contexts generates new information about the performance

implications of the new knowledge. The process used to transfer the new knowledge is referred

as a knowledge transfer process.

Following the replication stage, at the retention stage, the organization uses knowledge

integration processes to embed the knowledge within organizational routines. The central theme

during this phase is to integrate the new external knowledge with knowledge that already exists

within the organization. Once retained, the knowledge becomes routine as it gets highly

embedded in the behavior of the individuals.

All the processes from different stages – scanning, experimentation, transfer and integration

– are collectively referred to as knowledge processes. As shown in the model (Figure 2), both the

external and internal environments provide stimuli to scan for new knowledge.

Regardless of the method of production, it is generally accepted that organization knowledge

is embedded in organization memory (OM) infrastructures that do not disappear as individuals

come and go. Rather than belonging to individual members, organizational knowledge is a

distinct attribute of the organization (Martin De Holan and Phillips, 2003). Levitt and March

(1988), for example, claim that as organizations learn, their knowledge is codified into rules

procedures, technologies, beliefs, and cultures that guide future behavior, and the details of the

behavior depend significantly on the processes by which the memory is maintained and

consulted. Nelson and Winter (1982) suggest that these rules that organizations create are the

11

crystallization of organizational knowledge.

OM infrastructures act as the central organization system involved in the storage of the

knowledge produced by processes of knowledge evolution. Thus, the evolution of organizational

knowledge and OM infrastructures are intrinsically related, and OM infrastructures are essential

for the successful evolution of knowledge within an organization (Figure 3). This

conceptualization of OM infrastructures is based on Walsh and Ungson’s (1991) seminal work.

They defined OM infrastructures as sources of stored information from an organization’s history

that can be brought to bear on present decisions.

The model in Figure 3 has two-way arrows between OM infrastructures and each

evolutionary stage. This is meant to suggest that what is learned at each stage is retained (at least

in part) and also that what is done at each stage is informed by what has already been learned by

the organization. It is this two-way interplay of OM infrastructures and evolving knowledge that

enables the organization to learn effectively and to make progress.

This integrated model (Figure 3) of knowledge processes and OM infrastructures allows us to

make an important observation. It can be argued that organizations must build an overall ability

Knowledge Scanning Process

Knowledge Transfer Process

Knowledge Integration

Process

Knowledge Experimentation

Process

Figure 3: The relationship between evolution of knowledge and organizational memory

OM Infrastructures

12

to engage in managing organizational knowledge with efficacy through knowledge processes and

OM infrastructures. Thus, we propose KM as a capability that is a higher-order aggregation of

knowledge processes and OM infrastructures.

4. Knowledge Management Capability

The notion of “KM as capability” is consistent with how capability is perceived in the

strategic management literature, where it is viewed in terms of processes and infrastructures that

an organization uses to convert its inputs into desired outputs (Amit and Schoemaker, 1993;

Dutta, et al., 2005). Below we explain processes and infrastructures associated with KM

capability

4.1 Knowledge Process

From our knowledge evolution cycle (Figure 3), we identify the following four knowledge

processes.

Knowledge Scanning Process

The external environments of organizations change. If the lack of fit between an organization

and its environment becomes too great, the organization fails to survive or undergoes costly

transformation. Thus, organizations must scan their external environment for new knowledge.

Huber (1991) suggests that organizations can either scan a wide range of external environments

or scan a narrow segment of the external environment. Of the two scanning behaviors,

organizations usually tend to scan a narrow segment of their environment that is in the

neighborhood of its current activities (Cyert and March, 1963). This makes radical change within

an organization less likely. The literature on organization learning suggests the same regarding

search for new knowledge (see Cyert and March, 1963; March and Simon, 1958). It suggests that

boundedly rational decision makers rely on established organizational practices to drive the

search for knowledge. Organizational theorists see learning as a process that involves trial,

feedback, and evaluation. If too many parameters in the learning process are changed

simultaneously, the ability of the firm to engage in meaningful learning is attenuated (Teece,

13

1988). Further, organizational routines that also drive organizational scanning behavior are

relatively stable and greatly influenced by the experience and history of the firm (Baum, et al.,

2000; Nelson and Winter, 1982). Organizations thus recognize and absorb external knowledge

close to their existing knowledge base (Cohen and Levinthal, 1990). Consequently as

organizations seek to expand their knowledge, their search processes get restricted to familiar

and proximate areas of knowledge and geography (Almeida, et al., 2003).

Another reason for organizations to scan a narrow segment of the environment is that it

restricts the breadth and therefore the cost of the scan process (Cyert and March, 1963). A

proximate search also results in the acquisition of knowledge that can be more easily recognized

and managed within the organization. However, local search restricts the possibilities for

innovation through more distant knowledge. Levitt and March (1988) warn of competence traps

and suggests that core capabilities associated with existing routines can become core rigidities as

environments change. Given the dynamic nature of competition, firms must move beyond local

scans to compete successfully over time. Leonard-Barton (1995) suggests that organizations

must balance local scans with more distant scans. Thus, organizations must design processes that

will allow them to scan the environment and to recognize potentially useful knowledge in both

local and distant contexts. Almeida et al. (2003) argue that an organization’s scanning capability

is an outcome of the interaction between the scale and the scope of its knowledge. Organizations

typically focus on the scale of their knowledge that results in the possession of a large volume of

proximate knowledge, which in turn limits the organization’s scanning process only to proximate

areas. When the scope of knowledge is increased, an organization becomes more aware of distant

knowledge. This not only enhances scanning processes of the organization but it also improves

the breadth of its innovative activity. An emphasis on scale and scope of the scanning process

assists organizations to recognize novel knowledge that subsequently can enhance the

organization’s innovations.

Knowledge Experimentation Process

Arrow (1974) argued that the essence of organizational decisions involves two types of acts-

terminal and evaluative. Terminal acts are decisions made using existing knowledge and

evaluation acts are decisions made when experimenting with new knowledge. Both decision

14

types have implications for resource utilization. Terminal acts are based on knowledge that is

already possessed and, thus, are less costly. However, such acts make organizations more rigid,

rather than responsive to environmental changes. Thus, organizations must look toward the

future and explicitly experiment with new knowledge (Fahey and Prusak, 1998). Experiments

can include trying new approaches to problems, initiating pilot projects, doing things on a trial-

and-error basis and allowing individuals to assume additional tasks and responsibilities. Pisano

(1996) and Pisano (1994) suggest that usage of new knowledge requires “learning by doing”

(which entails the resolution of unexpected problems that arise when new knowledge is put to

use) or “learning before doing” (experimenting in a controlled setting before knowledge is

actually put to use by the recipient) or both. In all three cases, experimentation is an important

step.

Brown and Eisenhardt (1997) argue that experimenting “into the future” can include four

tactics. First, organizations must be able to quickly experiment with the knowledge to see if it is

useful. Second, the organizations should have a group of futurists, whose primary task is to think

in the future. Third, organizations must be in a position to form partnerships with others to probe

and anticipate the future, and finally, they should hold frequent meetings to ponder the future.

Knowledge Transfer Process

Once the external knowledge has been evaluated through experimentation, it must be

transferred to the relevant parties within an organization. At this stage of knowledge evolution, it

is possible that knowledge is either within the organization or outside the organization. This idea

is consistent with the existence of knowledge markets within and outside an organization (Lin, et

al., 2005). However, in either case the organizations must develop processes to transfer the new

knowledge. To facilitate the transfer process, organizations must develop linkages to the source

of knowledge that can act as conduits for knowledge transfer. There are three important

mechanisms that create conduits to sources of knowledge (Almeida, et al., 2003). The

mechanisms include the forming of alliances, mobility of people, and the appropriation of

informal networks. Although Almeida et al. (2003) suggest these mechanisms within the context

of the knowledge market outside the firm, the logic can as well be applied to the knowledge

market inside the firm.

15

One of the main ideas in the literature on alliances is that they are useful mechanisms for

transferring knowledge that exists outside the organization (Inkpen and Dinur, 1998). In-depth

case studies provide us with rich illustrations of knowledge transfer between alliance or network

partners demonstrating overall knowledge flows across networks (Doz, 1996). Although, the

focus of alliances is inter-organizational collaboration, the idea of alliances is also applicable to

intra-organizational associations (Salk and Simonin, 2003). In a multinational enterprise, for

instance, foreign subsidiaries or research teams from different strategic business units collaborate

with one another on specific projects. Best practices and global campaigns need to be shared

within a network of affiliates. In this way, we argue that the knowledge transfer processes within

the context of intra-organizational collaboration are not very different (see Makino and Inkpen,

2003). In fact, an alliance is viewed as a purposive linkage between independent units (Kale, et

al., 2000), or as an independently initiated linkage that covers any intentional informal or formal

collaboration involving exchange, sharing or co-development (Gulati, 1995). These units can be

inside or outside an organizational boundary.

Knowledge is also transferred across organizations through the mobility of people. Several

studies suggest that people are an important conduit of inter-firm knowledge transfer. For

instance, in technology industries there are numerous descriptive studies of people carrying

knowledge across firms (Hanson, 1982; Rogers and Larsen, 1984; Saxenian, 1990). The idea of

inter-organization mobility is also applicable within the intra-organization context. Personnel

transfers within organizations can be considered a process of organizational reflection and a

means of mobilizing knowledge (Inkpen and Dinur, 1998). Transfers and rotation of personnel

help members of an organization to understand the business from a multiplicity of perspectives,

which in turn makes knowledge more fluid and easier to put into practice (Nonaka, 1994).

Finally the research also points out the importance of geographically clustered social

networks in facilitating the informal diffusion of knowledge across organizations (Rogers and

Larsen, 1984). There is a greater knowledge transfer between organizations in clusters due to the

similarity in their knowledge bases and due to the extensive linkages that develop within a region.

Though linkages between firms could develop across geographic distances, proximity enhances

the knowledge transfer. Locational proximity reduces the cost and increases the frequency of

16

contacts which serve to build social relations between players in a network that is useful for

diffusion of knowledge (Almeida, et al., 2003). Organizations can also encourage such informal

networks within an organization for knowledge transfer, given that every organization is

essentially a social network (Lincoln, 1982). Strengthening of the informal network facilitates

knowledge transfer (Reagans and McEvily, 2003).

Knowledge Integration Process

The final stage in gainfully using the knowledge that has been determined to be useful and

transferred is its integration with knowledge existing in parts of the organization for innovation

(Cohen and Levinthal, 1990; Kogut and Zander, 1992; Leonard-Barton, 1995). It was

Schumpeter (1934) who first pointed out that innovation takes place by “carrying out new

combinations.” Henderson and Clark’s (1992) concept of architectural knowledge reinforces this

idea, suggesting that a critical feature of a firm’s innovative ability may be its broader

managerial capability to combine or link together knowledge within the firm. Thus, integration

appears to be an important stage in the evolution of organizational knowledge since it results in

value creation. The literature suggests that there are two mechanisms for knowledge integration –

direction and routinization (Grant, 1996a; Hislop, 2003).

Direction refers to the principle means by which specific knowledge can be communicated at

low cost between specialists and non-specialists. One way is to embody such knowledge in

standard operating rules. Direction involves codifying tacit knowledge into explicit rules and

instructions. But since a characteristic of tacit knowledge is that “we can know more than we can

tell” (Polanyi, 1966), converting tacit knowledge into explicit information to form rules,

directives, formulae, expert systems and the like inevitably involves substantial knowledge loss.

In addition, sometimes the context in which knowledge is developed is also important.

Routinization provides a mechanism for coordination which is not dependent upon the need for

communication of knowledge in an explicit form. Routinization here refers to the development

of a sequence of individual or organizational actions that require relatively little attention

(Nelson and Winter, 1982). A fixed and simplified response pattern is created which permits the

integration of specialized knowledge without the need for communicating the knowledge. This

may involve closely coordinated working arrangements where each team member applies his or

17

her knowledge, but where the patterns of interaction appear automatic. This coordination relies

heavily upon informal procedures in the form of commonly understood roles and interactions

established through training and constant repetition, supported by a series of explicit and tacit

signals.

4.2 Organizational Memory

In order to manage organizational knowledge effectively, it is necessary that organizations

also manage their organizational memory infrastructure which is comprised of five retention

mechanisms (Walsh and Ungson, 1991): culture which stores knowledge in language shared

frameworks, symbols, and stories; structure which stores the organization’s expectations of

various roles played within the organization; business logic which stores procedures and

operational rules which include knowledge to guide the conversion of inputs (such as raw

materials) into outputs (such as finished products); individuals who store knowledge in their

memories, beliefs, values, and assumptions; and the physical environment which stores

knowledge in the layout of the workplace. Below we look at all the infrastructure components in

detail.

Culture

Through social and collaborative processes as well as individuals’ cognitive processes (e.g.,

reflection), knowledge is created, shared, amplified, enlarged, and justified in organizational

settings (Nonaka, 1994). While a great deal of knowledge is created through formalized

mechanisms (e.g., surveys, R&D, performance reviews), others suggest that unarticulated

knowledge – consisting of expertise, ideas, and latent insights – is the very basis of innovation,

and is not easily captured or codified (Leonard and Sensiper, 1998). It can be argued that KM is

rather a socially constructed process that occurs over time largely though informal human

networks (Brown and Duguid, 2000; Fahey and Prusak, 1998; Wenger and Snyder, 2000).

Culture is the most significant input that shapes the informal human networks through shared

values, beliefs, and work systems. Therefore, an organization’s culture should provide support

and incentives as well as encourage knowledge-related activities by creating an environment for

knowledge exchange and accessibility.

18

Walsh and Ungson (1991) also suggest that since knowledge is collectively retained, it is

important that individuals proactively interact to seek and offer knowledge. Such interactions

between individuals or groups are essential as it facilitates active interpretation of knowledge at

every stage of knowledge evolution. This interpretation will be facilitated by the organizational

culture because it provides uniformity in cognitive maps among individuals. Daft and Weick

(1984) defined interpretation as the process through which information is given meaning, thus,

organizational culture can create the context (through values, norms and practices) for

individuals to share a common interpretation. Another important aspect of interaction is that of

knowledge sharing. Organizational culture will influence what knowledge is viewed as a

personal possession or as an organizational asset (Leidner, 1999) and will hence be shared. This

view is supported by a wealth of KM literature that consistently argues that firms need to foster

the right cultures in order to successfully leverage their knowledge resources (Kayworth and

Leidner, 2003).

Some authors argue that formalization may actually stifle knowledge creation activities

(Hansen, et al., 1999; Hargadon, 1998; von Krogh, 1998). Huber (1991) supports this idea noting

that “units capable of learning may not have access to knowledge because of existing routines for

message routing or organizational politics” (p.95). In this vein, Hargadon (1998) draws a

distinction between the use of formalized versus cultural control as a means for fostering

knowledge brokering activities. He argues against the formalized controls stating that cultural

controls are a much more effective means for managing organizational knowledge particularly in

non-routine situations that require initiative, flexibility, and innovation.

Kayworth and Leidner (2003) also make an interesting observation - by definition, culture

consists of certain underlying values, norms, and practices that are manifested through various

symbols, languages, ideologies, myths and rituals within organizational contexts. This

characterization is consistent with prevailing definitions of organization knowledge as relevant,

high value information that is dependent on the context that is linked to meaningful behavior,

and is embodied in language, stories, concepts, rules, and tools. In essence we suggest that

culture plays a very important role in KM, as also suggested by others (see Davenport and

19

Prusak, 1998; Davenport, et al., 1998; Gold, et al., 2001).

Structures

Structures are viewed as roles that are given to individuals that influence their behavior. The

role explains behavior in respect to organizational expectations. The roles are guided by

collectively recognized and publicly available rules, which represent formal and informal

codifications of correct behavior.

Business Logic

Business logic refers to the logic that guides conversion of an input into an output. The logic

could be standardized procedures for routine tasks (where there are known ways of solving a

problem) or just a set of broad guidelines for the non-routine tasks (where experience, judgment,

wisdom and intuition direct problem solving). In either case, the knowledge is retrieved for

conversion processes.

Individuals

Individuals in organizations retain information based on their own direct experiences and

observations. This information can be retained in their own memory stores or more subtly in

their belief structures, cause maps, assumptions, values and articulated beliefs. Individuals store

the organization’s memory in their own capacity to remember and articulate experience and in

the cognitive orientations they employ to facilitate knowledge processing.

The role of individuals is emphasized in Nonaka’s (1994) model of knowledge conversion. In

the model there are four conversion processes - socialization referring to the transmission of tacit

knowledge between individuals; combination involving the transmission of explicit knowledge

between individuals; articulation referring to the conversion of tacit knowledge to explicit

knowledge between individuals; and finally, internalization which is represented by the

conversion of explicit knowledge to tacit knowledge between individuals. However, all these

processes depend on the willingness of individuals (Bock, et al., 2005), which is in turn shaped

by personal belief structures (Szulanski, 1996).

20

Kelloway and Barling (2000) argue that use of knowledge in organizations is a discretionary

behavior and individuals are likely to engage in using knowledge to the extent that they have the

ability, opportunity and motivation to do so. Thus, organizations must train individuals and

provide them with opportunities to engage in the management of organizational knowledge.

These activities must be backed by an incentive system which is structured in such a way that

workers are motivated and rewarded for the management of organizational knowledge

Physical Environment

Organization’s physical environment artifacts (such as, blueprints, assembly line layouts,

products, equipment) embody knowledge, which can facilitate the management of organizational

knowledge (Hargadon and Fanelli, 2002). This applies, for example, to knowledge that has clear

cause and effect relationships, is codifiable, and is easily transferred through training. However

knowledge which is ambiguous, incompletely codified, and complex requires the use of artifacts

(Clark, 1996; Star and Griesemer, 1989). These artifacts convey contextual information about the

knowledge being shared, helping to clarify the meaning underlying ambiguous knowledge.

Physical artifacts also play a particularly important role in the reuse of knowledge for innovation

(Majchrzak, et al., 2004). Organizational members take cues from these artifacts and invoke

particular schema which in turn shape their interpretations and actions.

Imai et al. (1985) identify other artifacts such as “a special corner within the factory where

workers could experiment,” “holding meetings in a large room with glass walls,” and the use of a

system in which “all the team members are located in one large room” (p.354-358).

Based on our discussion, Figure 4 depicts KM capability.

21

5. Innovation Agility

Innovation agility is the ability to explore and exploit (Sambamurthy, et al., 2003).

Exploration is experimentation with new ideas, paradigms, technologies, strategies, and

knowledge in pursuit of finding new opportunities that are superior to obsolete opportunities,

whereas exploitation involves improving existing ideas, paradigms, technologies, strategies, and

knowledge in pursuit of old certainties (March, 1991). Exploration is associated with complex

searches, variation, risk taking, relaxed control, loose discipline, and flexibility. In contrast

exploitation is associated with systematic reasoning, risk aversion, defining, refining and stability.

In addition, the returns associated with exploration and exploitation are different. Exploration

results in returns that are distant in time and highly variable, while the returns associated with

exploitation are proximate in time and predictable. March (1991) thus concluded that “the

KM Capability

Knowledge Processes

Organizational Memory

Infrastructures

Figure 4: KM Capability

Knowledge Scanning

Knowledge Transfer

Knowledge Experimentation

Knowledge Integration

Culture

Structure

Business Logic

Individuals

Physical Environment

22

distance in time and space between the locus of learning and locus for realization of returns is

generally greater in case of exploration than in the case of exploitation” (p.85). Levinthal and

March (1993) defined exploration as “the pursuit of knowledge, of things that might come to be

known,” and exploitation as “the use and development of things already known” (p.105)

Levinthal and March (1993) assert that the long term survival of an organization depends on

its ability to “engage in enough exploitation to ensure the organization’s current viability and

engage in enough exploration to ensure its future viability” (p.105). Exploration at the expense of,

or to the exclusion of, exploitation leads to “too many undeveloped ideas and too little distinctive

competence” (p.105). Exploitation pursued to the extreme jeopardizes the organization’s survival

by creating a competency trap. Thus, it is widely argued in the literature that a balance between

exploration and exploitation is required (e.g., Cohen and Levinthal, 1990; Hendry, 1981;

Levinthal, 1997). However, often in organizations exploitation tends to drive out exploration as

organizations develop core capabilities. Core capabilities are path dependent (Cohen and

Levinthal, 1989; Cohen and Levinthal, 1994; Collis, 1991; Mahoney, 1995) and as their

exploitation brings success to the organization it reinforces the exploitation of capabilities further

(McNamara and Baden-Fuller, 1999).

From an innovation perspective, knowledge provides the organization with the potential for

novel action, and the process of constructing novel actions often entails finding new uses of new

knowledge (exploration) or new uses of existing knowledge (exploitation) (Hargadon and Sutton,

1997; Kogut and Zander, 1992; Schumpeter, 1934). KM capability can enable organizations to

balance exploration and exploitation. Zollo and Winter (2002) make an interesting observation

from the knowledge evolution cycle. The cycle proceeds from an exploration phase to an

exploitation phase and then feeds back into a new exploration phase Exploration activities are

primarily carried out through knowledge scanning and knowledge evaluation processes through

which the necessary and appropriate knowledge is selected. Exploitation activities, by contrast,

rely more on knowledge transfer processes to replicate knowledge in diverse contexts, and

knowledge integration processes to absorb transferred knowledge into the existing knowledge for

the execution of a particular task. Zollo and Winter (2002) suggest that this recursive relationship

indicates that organizations can handle both exploration and exploitation simultaneously in a

23

balanced fashion (Figure 5). In more formal terms, we propose,

Proposition 1: KM Capability has a positive influence on innovation agility.

6. Competitive Actions and Performance

Competitive action is defined as a set of well-defined, ordered, uninterrupted sequence of

repeatable competitive activities (Ferrier, 2001). Competitive actions are externally directed,

specific, and observable competitive moves initiated by a firm to enhance its competitive

position (Ferrier, 2001; Ferrier, et al., 1999; Sambamurthy, et al., 2003; Smith, et al., 1992;

Young, et al., 1996). These actions can be categorized into pricing actions, marketing actions,

new product actions, capacity actions, service actions and signaling actions (Ferrier, 2001).

Organizations with innovative agility will be capable of taking more of these actions because

they not only can explore new market opportunities but they can also exploit existing market

opportunities. This agility will allow organizations to take competitive actions across multiple

dimensions – action volume, action duration, action complexity and action unpredictability

(Ferrier, 2001). Action volume refers to the total number of competitive actions; action duration

refers to the time elapsed from the beginning to the end of a sequence of action events; action

complexity refers to the extent to which a sequence of actions is composed of actions of many

Knowledge Scanning

Knowledge Transfer

Knowledge Integration

Knowledge Experimentation

Figure 5: Exploration and Exploitation

Exploration

Exploitation

24

different categories; and action unpredictability refers to the extent to which a firm’s order of

competitive actions is dissimilar from one action period to the next. Further, since the

organizations that explore new opportunities will also navigate the competitive landscape, they

know about possible competitive actions as well as the particular combination and order of such

actions that could be undertaken (O'Driscoll and Rizzo, 1985). Thus, in more formal terms, we

propose,

Proposition 2: Innovation agility has a positive influence on an organization’s

competitive actions.

Organizations that are aggressive in taking competitive actions will also face competitive

responses from their rivals (Chen and Hambrick, 1995). If the rivals are confronted with a less

aggressive, simple, or familiar competitive challenge, rivals quickly learn how to respond to the

action using rigidly structured yet highly efficient and simple problem solving mechanisms and

decision making processes (Ferrier, 2001). However, higher levels of focal firm competitive

aggressiveness, complexity, and unpredictability will preemptively beat rivals. Since it will

likely require rivals to engage in greater levels of decision comprehensiveness and complexity in

an effort to conceive of and carry out an appropriate competitive response. The likely

consequence is a slower competitive response (D'Aveni, 1994). Much of the research suggests

that firms that carry out more actions and respond to competitive challenges more quickly

experience better performance (Ferrier, 2001; Ferrier, et al., 1999; Lee, et al., 2000; Miller and

Chen, 1996; Young, et al., 1996). Thus, in more formal terms, we propose,

Proposition 3: Competitive actions will improve an organization’s relative performance.

7. Boundary Conditions and Assumptions

Dubin (1978) advocates that theory builders facilitate understanding of a theory by sharing

the logic employed in its construction. The logic of our theory is built upon the assumption that

environmental turbulence, organization’s aggressiveness and IT capability have important

impacts on KM capability and other proposed relationships described in our theory.

25

Organizations are interpretation systems, where interpretation is a process of translating

environmental events to develop models for understanding and bringing out meaning (Daft and

Weick, 1984). Based on this meaning, organizations are subsequently able to take action. The

two variables that Daft and Weick (1984) propose affect organizational interpretation are

organizational intrusiveness and environmental analyzability. KM capability can be seen as a

capability that encompasses interpretation and action taking. Organizations with KM capability

not only are able to interpret data through knowledge scanning and knowledge evaluation but are

also able to take action through knowledge transfer and knowledge integration. Thus, based on

the Daft and Weick (1984) seminal work, we believe that organizational intrusiveness and

environmental analyzability are important boundary variables that will affect KM capability and

other important relationships described in our theory.

Organizational intrusiveness refers to “the extent to which organizations actively intrude into

the environment” (Daft and Weick, 1984, p.288). The authors suggest that some organizations

actively search the environment. They allocate resources for search activities, they test, change

or manipulate the environment and its rules, and they perform trials in order to learn what an

error is and to discover what is feasible. In the literature, the idea of organizational intrusiveness

is captured by entrepreneurial orientation. Entrepreneurial orientation reflects how a firm

operates rather than what it does (Lumpkin and Dess, 1996). An organization with

entrepreneurial orientation engages in product market innovation, undertakes somewhat risky

ventures, and is the first to come up with proactive innovations (Miller, 1983).

Environmental analyzability refers to the extent to which the environment is “subjective,

difficult to penetrate, or changing” (Daft and Weick, 1984, p.287). In such environments,

systematic data collection and analysis that apply to stable environments are not possible (Daft

and Weick, 1984). In the current literature, the idea of environmental analyzability is captured by

environmental turbulence. Turbulent environments have been described as having high levels of

change that creates uncertainty and unpredictability (Bourgeois and Eisenhardt, 1988; Dess and

Beard, 1984), dynamic and volatile conditions with sharp discontinuities in demand and growth

rates (Glazer and Weiss, 1993), temporary competitive advantages that continually are created or

eroded (Chakravarthy, 1997), and low barriers to entry/exit that continuously change the

26

competitive structure of the industry (Chakravarthy, 1997). Many characteristics have been used

to describe these types of environments – unfamiliar (Souder and Song, 1998), hostile (Covin

and Slevin, 1989; Khandwalla, 1977; Miller, 1987), heterogeneous (Khandwalla, 1977; Miller,

1987), uncertain (Khandwalla, 1977; Thompson, 1967), complex (Duncan, 1972; Emery and

Trist, 1965), dynamic (Dess and Beard, 1984; Duncan, 1972; Emery and Trist, 1965; Miller,

1987), and volatile (Bourgeois, 1985).

One other variable that has a significant effect on KM is information technology; thus an

associated variable referred as IT capability is also included in our boundary conditions.

7.1 Role of IT capability

IT capability is the ability to acquire, deploy, and leverage IT functionality in combination or

co-present with other resources to shape and support business processes in value-adding ways

(Bharadwaj, 2000; Sambamurthy, et al., 2003). IT capability has often been defined to include

the level of IT investments, IT infrastructure, IT human capital, and the nature of IS/business

partnerships (Feeny and Wilcocks, 1998; Henderson, 1990; Ross, et al., 1996; Weill and

Broadbent, 1998). Since there is no single accepted definition of IT capability, we accept the

definition by Tippins and Sohi (2003) who state that IT capability is the “extent to which an

organization is knowledgeable about and effectively utilizes IT to manage information within the

organization” (p.748). Included in this definition are IT objects, IT knowledge, and IT operations.

IT objects refer to software, hardware and IT personnel; IT knowledge refers to information

combined with experience, context, interpretation, and reflection; and IT processes refer to

activities or steps that are undertaken in order to achieve a particular objective, e.g., a finished

product. The authors further suggest that IT objects, IT knowledge and IT operations are all

independent of each other but all are required to be present in order to achieve IT capability. For

example, while many organizations possess large stores of IT objects, these organizations may

not achieve IT capability because they lack the knowledge necessary to utilize the objects

effectively.

Previous research on IT capability has found that it has a significant and direct positive

27

impact on organizational learning (Tippins and Sohi, 2003), firm performance (Bharadwaj, 2000;

Santhanam and Hartono, 2003) and dynamic capabilities (Pavlou and El Sawy, 2005). Extending

these research findings, we consider IT capability as a critical antecedent for KM capability

(Tanriverdi, 2005). It can enable KM capability in several ways.

As discussed before, knowledge is variously defined in literature and it has different

meanings for different people. In their literature review of KM systems, Alavi and Leidner

(2001) show that even if different perspectives on knowledge (and consequently on KM) are held,

IT still has a significant role to play in various knowledge processes such as knowledge creation,

storage/retrieval, transfer and application. As an example, consider the following illustration.

Knowledge originates within individuals or social systems (groups of individuals) (Alavi, 2000).

At the individual level, knowledge is created through cognitive processes such as reflection and

learning, and social systems generate knowledge through collaborative interactions and joint

problem solving. IT can enable this process through its support of the individuals’ learning

processes as well as support of collaborative interactions among individuals (Alavi and Tiwana,

2003). A knowledge management technology such as collaboration support systems is a good

example of IT that enables knowledge creation. Collaboration support systems refer to integrated

information and communication technologies designed to facilitate interactions and connectivity

among individuals in support of organizational collaboration during task performance (Bhatt, et

al., 2005). New knowledge is created through collaboration – by combining and amplifying the

individual group members’ knowledge. This joint creation of knowledge is usually accomplished

through the group members’ exposure to each other’s thoughts, opinions, and beliefs, while also

obtaining and providing feedback from others for clarification and comprehension. Collaboration

support systems aim at improving group collaborative interactions by providing techniques for

structuring task interactions and systematically directing the pattern, timing, content, and recall

of group discussions. Salazar et al. (2003) illustrate that IT-enabled virtual networks are

permitting even small pharmaceutical and biotechnology organizations to enhance their

knowledge processes. Similarly, communication support systems enable the transfer of

knowledge among individuals, where knowledge transfer involves the transmission of

knowledge from the initial location to where it is needed and applied (Alavi and Tiwana, 2003).

28

IT can also enable knowledge application (Alavi and Tiwana, 2003). Knowledge application

is about the use of knowledge for decision making and problem solving by individuals and

groups in organizations. Knowledge in and of itself does not produce organizational value but its

application does. However, application of new knowledge by individuals is a complex task.

Work in the area of individual cognition and knowledge structures has demonstrated that, in

most cases, individuals in organizational settings enact cognitive processes (decision making and

problem solving) with little attention and by invoking only pre-existing knowledge and cognitive

routines (Gioia and Pool, 1984). While this tendency leads to a reduction in cognitive loads and

is therefore an effective strategy for dealing with cognitive limitations, it creates a barrier to the

search for and application of new knowledge in organizations. IT tools such as expert systems

and decision support systems have been shown to play important roles in reducing individuals’

cognitive limits, thus improving the knowledge application (Alavi and Tiwana, 2003).

In the study of multi-business organizations, Tanriverdi (2005) showed that IT-based

coordination mechanisms can connect business units to each other, open up opportunities for

collaboration, and increase the organization’s knowledge resources. IT enables business units to

learn about knowledge sharing opportunities with each other and exploit knowledge. Tanriverdi

also argues that in the absence of such a mechanism, some business units may remain isolated,

making it difficult for other business units to reach them and exchange knowledge with them.

Tippins and Sohi (2003) demonstrate that IT capability also enhances organizational

memory. As organizations create knowledge at each stage, both declarative and procedural

“memory bins” accumulate valuable information. IT provides the necessary mechanism for

storage of this information. In order to be useful, however, information must be accessible to

firm members and must be in a form that will enable each member to interpret it in a similar

manner, thereby becoming a part of the whole firm’s knowledge base. IT provides an ideal

mechanism for connecting widely dispersed individuals, who are also considered part of

organizational memory.

Thus, consistent with these authors and others (e.g., Davenport and Prusak, 1998; Moffett, et

al., 2004; Ramesh and Tiwana, 1999; Sher and Lee, 2004; Zack, 1999), we contend that KM

29

capability can be enhanced and supported through IT capability. Thus, in more formal terms, we

propose,

Proposition 4: IT capability positively influences KM capability.

7.2 Role of Entrepreneurial Orientation

Entrepreneurial orientation is defined as an organization’s propensity to innovate to

rejuvenate market offerings, take risks to try out new and uncertain products, services, and

markets, and be more proactive than competitors toward new marketplace opportunities

(Wiklund and Shepherd, 2005). The idea is distinct from having the ability or capacity to take

risks, innovate and proceed proactively. As Penrose (1959) proposed, the capacity to realize

certain goals is distinct from the willingness to pursue those particular goals. Researchers have

agreed that entrepreneurial orientation is a combination of three dimensions – innovativeness,

proactiveness and risk taking (Wiklund and Shepherd, 2003). Innovativeness reflects a tendency

to support new ideas, novelty, experimentation, and creative processes, thereby departing from

established practices and technologies. Proactiveness refers to a posture of anticipating and

acting on future wants and needs in the marketplace. Risk-taking is associated with a willingness

to commit large amounts of resources to projects where the cost of failure may be high. It largely

reflects the organization’s willingness to break away from the tried-and-true and venture into the

unknown. From this perspective it appears that entrepreneurial orientation will have a positive

influence on KM capability. Proactiveness will make organizations use their knowledge scanning

processes to understand future needs of their environment. Risk-taking propensity will encourage

organizations to experiment with new knowledge. Innovativeness will make organizations

explore and exploit opportunities. In more formal terms, we propose,

Proposition 5: Entrepreneurial orientation positively influences KM capability.

Entrepreneurial orientation will facilitate the conversion of IT capability into KM capability.

Although IT capability is an important prerequisite for building KM capability, innovativeness

with IT capability (objects, processes, knowledge), particularly with a proliferation of IT and

30

continuous emergence, is very important. At the same time, innovativeness and risk-taking will

be required to recognize the complementarities among IT capability, knowledge processes and

organizational memory infrastructures. Therefore, we propose that entrepreneurial orientation

will facilitate the leveraging of IT capability into KM capability. In more formal terms, we

propose,

Proposition 6: Entrepreneurial orientation positively moderates the relationship between

IT capability and KM capability.

An organization endowed with KM capability will explore and exploit even more if it has an

entrepreneurial orientation. The organization will be more willing to capitalize on its ability by

engaging in exploration and exploitation. Organizations with considerable entrepreneurial

orientation know where to look for opportunities, can more accurately assess the value of

potential opportunities, and thus explore and exploit more. However, if the organization is not

willing to grasp and enthusiastically pursue these opportunities, the KM capability is likely to be

underutilized. Thus, in more formal terms, we propose,

Proposition 7: Entrepreneurial orientation positively moderates the relationship between

KM capability and innovation agility.

Organizations with entrepreneurial orientation proactively anticipate and act on future needs

in order to create first mover advantages as this is the best strategy for capitalizing on a market

opportunity (Lumpkin and Dess, 1996). By exploiting the market place, the first mover can

capture unusually high profits and get recognition. In addition, such organizations also have a

tendency to be competitively aggressive. The innovativeness of these organizations will make

them creatively destructive as they will think of new ways of doing things (Schumpeter, 1934).

They will not rely on head-to-head competition with competitors. Thus, organizations with high

levels of entrepreneurial orientation will use their innovation agility to launch more competitive

actions in the market. In more formal terms, we propose,

Proposition 8: Entrepreneurial orientation positively moderates the relationship between

31

innovation agility and competitive actions.

7.3 Role of Environmental Turbulence

Environmental turbulence describes the general condition of uncertainty and unpredictability

due to high levels of knowledge turnover in markets and/or technologies (Glazer, 1991;

Mendelson and Pillia, 1998). The extent of market and technological uncertainty within an

environment reflects the amount of uncertainty faced by organizations as they try to understand

and make sense of it in order to respond to the environmental conditions. Since the knowledge

requirements in the turbulent environment are continuously changing, higher KM capability will

be much more needed as these organizations will require efficient knowledge processes and

organizational memory to monitor and react to opportunities. In contrast, the organizations in

stable environments will find lesser need for efficient knowledge processes and organizational

memory. The cost of building and maintaining efficient KM capability may outweigh the

benefits since KM capability is resource intensive. Thus, in more formal terms, we propose,

Proposition 9: Environmental turbulence positively influences KM capability.

In turbulent environments, a lot of technical and market information emerges very rapidly

which needs to be efficiently and effectively managed (Grant, 1996b). In addition, in such

environments, organizations also need more information to make decisions because of higher

uncertainty (Eisenhardt, 1989; Haleblian and Finkelstein, 1993). Thus, the role of IT to manage

information in such environments will be more pronounced. There will be more emphasis on IT

to support rapid information flows (Mendelson and Pillia, 1998) and experimentation with the

information (Sambamurthy, et al., 2003). Thus, in more formal terms, we propose,

Proposition 10: Environmental turbulence positively moderates the relationship between

IT capability and KM capability.

Turbulent environments reward flexibility since success in such environments involves

expecting the unexpected and competing in uncertain conditions (Volberda, 1996).

Environmental turbulence increases the advantages of KM capability because organizations in

32

such environments need to be able to quickly explore and exploit opportunities since the window

of opportunity often will be very small. Organizations will maximize exploration and

exploitation of opportunities through whatever level of KM capability they possess. In contrast,

in stable environments where market and technical demands are fairly stable, there may not be

many opportunities for exploration. Thus, information agility may not be rewarded. In more

formal terms, we propose,

Proposition 11: Environmental turbulence positively moderates the relationship between

KM capability and innovation agility.

A turbulent environment has numerous emerging market needs that can be taken advantage

of (Miller, 1987), thus the market will be inundated with competitive actions from various

organizations. Under such conditions, an organization with higher innovative agility is expected

to be launching more competitive actions because of its ability to explore and exploit more

market opportunities. In more formal terms, we propose,

Proposition 12: Environmental turbulence positively moderates the relationship between

innovation agility and competitive actions.

The research model derived from this KM theory is shown in Figure 6.

7.4 Assumptions

The predictions and explanations of our theory are proposed for profit-oriented firms,

particularly large firms. Just because of the geographic dispersion, size and complexity, larger

organizations have a greater need to manage their knowledge. Their growth and expansion

largely depend on how good they are in exploring and exploiting market opportunities. KM is

also important in smaller organizations but such organizations have simple structures and often

compete in niche market opportunities through knowledge exploitation.

Another assumption that we make in proposing our theory is that KM is adopted to promote

33

innovativeness within organizations. Thus the emphasis of our theory has been on being able to

explore and exploit market opportunities.

34

IT Capability KM Capability Innovative Agility

Competitive Actions

Relative Performance

Entrepreneurial Orientation

Environmental Turbulence

P10

P1 P2 P3

P5

P4

P9 P11

Main Variables

Important Boundary Variables

Figure 6: The Research Model Derived from a KM Theory of Organizational Performance

P6 P7 P8

P12

35

8. Conclusion

Our intent is that our research will help to bring conceptual clarity to KM and improve our

understanding of the connections between KM and organizational performance. There are a few

significant implications of our work. First, this inquiry into KM suggests that future research in

this area should pay equal attention to knowledge processes and organizational memory

infrastructures. Often organizations will build knowledge processes but will not invest in the

infrastructure where the knowledge resides and which facilitates the knowledge processes, or

vice versa.

Second, the theory is based on how organizations learn over time through knowledge

evolution. Thus an identification of knowledge processes in the knowledge evolution cycle will

enable researchers to offer prescriptions to managers that can improve organizations’ overall

learning capabilities. Better management of learning is an important concern of most

organizations.

Third, our theory shows how evolutionary theory and managerial intentionality can be

combined together. Most of the research that has been done on knowledge management has

used the resource based view. However, in this study we use a different theoretical foundation,

which helps us bring further clarity to what KM is or should be. Our focus has been more on

learning.

Fourth, our article provides insights into the literature on knowledge management and

innovation. We believe our theory “opens up the box” by positioning KM within the context of

innovations.

Fifth, our model also highlights the rich and enabling role of IT capability in positively

enforcing KM capability. Initially, it was thought that IT capability was directly related to

organizational performance (e.g., Bharadwaj, 2000; Santhanam and Hartono, 2003). However,

recent studies have started to open up the link between IT capability and organizational

performance. Pavlou and El Sawy (2005) show that IT capability affects dynamic capabilities

36

which in turn affect performance; Tippins and Sohi (2003) show IT capability affects

organizational learning which in turn affects performance; Tanriverdi (2005) shows that KM

capability mediates the relationship between IT capability and organizational performance; and

Sambamurthy et al. (2003) develop a theory to show that IT capability affects agility, which in

turn affects performance. Thus, our study is one of a few studies that offer another perspective

on how IT capability also affects KM capability, which in turn affects performance through

innovation agility and competitive actions.

Finally, we encourage other investigators to empirically test our research model. Although

the focus of this paper has been to derive a variance model, process models could be derived too.

A process perspective on KM theory could be employed to look at the interactions between all

the constructs. Figure 1 posits both sequences of relationships among constructs and arrows

describing the communication processes between constructs. As a process model, the focus of

the investigation could be on these sequences. A process perspective could also be used to

investigate KM capability, especially KM processes and their interaction with organizational

memory. Another extension of a process perspective could be applied to investigation of a co-

evolution model. Researchers could examine how, over time, organizational performance

affects competitive actions, competitive actions affect innovation agility, and innovation agility

affects KM capability. The variance model (as shown in Figure 5) in this research could also be

tested. There are scales available for IT capability (e.g., Tippins and Sohi, 2003), environmental

turbulence (e.g., Pavlou and El Sawy, 2005), entrepreneurial orientation (Wiklund and Shepherd,

2005) and competitive actions (Ferrier, et al., 1999). However, scales for the other constructs

may need to be created. Further, the model proposed is very generic.

37

Appendix

Article Nature of Study

Method of Study

School of KM (see Earl, 2001)

Performance Type

Theoretical Foundation

Key Finding(s)

(Allard and Holsapple, 2002)

Non empirical

N/A Engineering, Competitive advantage, Innovation

I/O economics

Taking a KM view, a knowledge chain model is suggested to gain competitive advantage in e- commerce.

(Beckett, et al., 2000)

Non empirical

N/A Engineering, Competitive advantage

Develops a framework with three KM strategies – acquisition, retention, exploitation, to gain competitive advantage.

(Berawi, 2004) Non empirical

N/A Engineering, Organizational

Competitive advantage

KM affects competitive advantage through its effect on quality management.

(Bhatt, 2001) Non empirical

N/A Organizational Competitive advantage

In order to gain competitive advantage from KM, organization ought to treat KM within the context of technological and social system.

(Braganza, et al., 1999)

Non empirical

N/A Engineering Competitive advantage

KM affects competitiveness through innovation

(Chakravarthy, et al., 2003)

Non empirical

N/A Strategic, Commercial

Competitive advantage

Identifies that there are three KM activities –knowledge protection, knowledge leverage and knowledge accumulation. No knowledge base can lead to sustainable advantage unless organizations continuously create new knowledge. There is also a paradox associated with the three KM activities. For instance aggressive attempts at leveraging knowledge can inhibit knowledge accumulation because the later may typically not offer financial returns in the short run whereas the former often does.

(Choi and Lee, 2003)

Empirical Survey Organizational, System

General performance

There are four style of KM – human oriented, passive, system oriented and dynamic. The dynamic style of KM leads to better corporate performance

(Chuang, 2004) Empirical Survey Strategic Competitive advantage

Resource based view

The study builds KM capability from four KM resources – technical, human, cultural, and structural. The KM capability is related to competitive advantage.

(Civi, 2000) Non empirical

N/A Strategic, Commercial

Competitive advantage

Organizations must build a strategy around their KM so that it is reflects their competitive strategy.

(Clarke and Turner, 2004)

Empirical Case study Strategic Competitive advantage

I/O economics

It is argued that the RBV view of KM is limited because it emphasizes knowledge that must be protected and unique. But some organizations in Australia build competitive advantage by building alliances and relationships. Thus, KM needs a broader perspective then just RBV.

(Darroch and McNaughton, 2003)

Empirical Survey, Secondary

Strategic Market and Internal

RBV Organizations with KM orientation outperformed organizations with market orientation.

38

Article Nature of Study

Method of Study

School of KM (see Earl, 2001)

Performance Type

Theoretical Foundation

Key Finding(s)

(DeTienne and Jackson, 2001)

Non empirical

N/A Commercial, Organizational

General performance

Organization learning

KM will provide performance benefits only if organizations develop strategies for filtering knowledge, strengthening corporate philosophy, and facilitating effective communication.

(Francisco and Guadamillas, 2002)

Empirical Case study Strategic Innovation KM allows Irizar (a company in Spain) to continuously innovate. Firm culture plays a significant role at the company.

(Gloet and Terziovski, 2004)

Empirical Survey Organizational, Systems

Innovation KM when implemented with human resource management practices and IT practices lead to higher innovation within an organization.

(Gold, et al., 2001)

Empirical Survey Engineering, Organizational, Strategic

General performance

A capability model of KM is built and it is shown that knowledge infrastructure capabilities and knowledge processes capabilities impact organizational performance.

(Gupta and Govindrajan, 2000)

Empirical Case study Organizational Competitive advantage

Organizations must mobilize new knowledge faster and efficiently to gain advantage.

(Holsapple and Jones, 2004)

Non empirical

N/A Engineering, Competitive advantage

I/O economics

Develops an idea of KM value chain. The focus of the paper is on primary activities of the value chain.

(Holsapple and Jones, 2005)

Non empirical

N/A Engineering, Competitive advantage

I/O economics

The idea of KM value chain is extended with a focus on the secondary activities of the chain.

(Kalling, 2003) Empirical Case study Systems General performance

The effect of KM on organizational performance is contingent upon various firm level and organizational level contingencies. KM is divided into three processes – knowledge development, knowledge utilization and knowledge capitalization. Each process has its own contingencies factors and performance outcomes

(Lee and Choi, 2003)

Empirical Survey Organizational, Engineering

Market and financial

The study shows that KM enablers effect KM processes, which in turn effect organizational performance through intermediate impacts

(Lee and Yang, 2000)

Non empirical

N/A Engineering Competitive advantage

I/O economics

Develops an idea of knowledge value chain (KVC) and suggests that competitive advantage comes from the way organization performs each knowledge activity in the (KVC)

(Liu, et al., 2004) Empirical Survey Engineering General performance

KM is positively correlated to performance.

(Massey, et al., 2002)

Empirical Case study Commercial, Engineering, Organizational, Strategic

Product innovation

KM should be applied within a defined context. At Nortel, KM was applied to new product development process which led to significant improvements in product innovation.

(McAdam, 2000) Empirical Survey Organizational, Systems

Innovation A theoretical model is developed and tested show that KM allows organizations to innovate

39

Article Nature of Study

Method of Study

School of KM (see Earl, 2001)

Performance Type

Theoretical Foundation

Key Finding(s)

(Sabeherwal and Becerra- Fernandex, 2003)

Empirical Survey Organizational Perceived Effectiveness measures at individual, group and organizational levels

Organization learning

Using Nonaka and Takeuchi’s SECI model, the study shows that socialization and combination effects organizational effectiveness. The study also shows individual effectiveness affects group effectiveness, which in turn effects organizational effectiveness

(Salazar, et al., 2003)

Empirical Case study Systems Competitive advantage

KM has enabled smaller pharmaceutical and biotechnology firms to compete and gain competitive advantage.

(Schulz and Jobe, 2001)

Empirical Survey Systems, Strategic

General performance

The paper develops four strategies for KM – codification, tacitness, focused and unfocused. The results suggest that focused strategy results in superior firm performance.

(Sher and Lee, 2004)

Empirical Survey Strategy Dynamic capabilities

KM affects dynamic capabilities, which in turn effects firm’s competitive advantage

(Tsai and Shih, 2004)

Empirical Survey Strategy Market and financial

The relationship between marketing KM and business performance is mediated by marketing capabilities.

(Turner and Bettis, 2002)

Empirical Experimental Strategic Effectiveness and efficiency

Knowledge integration strategy outperforms knowledge redundancy strategy

40

Bibliography

Alavi, M. "Managin organizational knowledge," In Framing the Domains of IT Management, R. W. Zmud (ed.) Pinnaflex Educational Resources, Cincinnati, OH., 2000. Alavi, M., and Leidner, D.E. "Review: Knowledge management and knowledge management systems: Conceptual foundations and research issues," MIS Quarterly (25:1), 2001, pp. 107-136. Alavi, M., and Tiwana, A. "Knowledge management: The information technology dimension," In Handbook of Organizational Learning and Knowledge Management, M. Easterby-Smith and M. A. Lyles (eds.), Blackwell Publishing, United Kingdom, 2003, pp. 104-121. Allard, S., and Holsapple, C.W. "Knowledge management as a key for e-business competitiveness: From the knowledge chain to KM Audits," The Journal of Computer Information Systems (42:5), 2002, pp. 19-25. Almeida, P., Phene, A., and Grant, R. "Innovation and knowledge management: Scanning, souring and integration," In The Blackwell handbook of organizational learning and knowledge management, M. Easterby-smith and M. A. Lyles (eds.), Blackwell Publishing, Oxford, UK., 2003. Alvesson, M., and Karreman, D. "Odd couple: Making sense of the curious concept of knowledge management," Journal of Management Studies (38:7), 2001, pp. 995-1016. Amit, R., and Schoemaker, P.J.H. "Strategic assets and organizational rent," Strategic Management Journal (14:1), 1993, pp. 33-46. Appleyard, M. "How does knowledge flow? Interfirm patterns in the Semiconductor industry," Strategic Management Journal (17), 1996, pp. 137-154. Argote, L. "Reflections on two views of managing learning and knowledge in organizations," Journal of Management Inquiry (14:1), 2005, pp. 43-48. Argote, L., McEvily, B., and Regans, R. "Introduction to the especial issue on Managing knowledge in organizations: Creating, retaining, and transferring knowledge," Management Science (49:4), 2003, pp. v-viii. Arrow, K.J. The Limits of Organization, W.W. Norton and Company, New York, 1974. Arthur, W. "competing technologies, increasing returns, and lock-in by historical events," Economic Journal (99:116-131), 1989. Barney, J.B. "Firm resources and sustained competitive advantage," Journal of Management (17), 1991, pp. 99-120.

41

Barron, D. "Evolutionary Theory," In The Oxford Handbook of Strategy Volume 1: A Strategy Overview and Competitive Strategy, D. Faulkner and A. Campbell (eds.), Oxford University Press, 2003. Bassi, L. "Harnessing the power of intellectual capital," In The knowledge management year book 1999-2000, J. Cortada and J. Woods (eds.), Butterworth Heinemann, Boston, 1999, pp. 422-431. Baum, J., Calabrese, T., and Silverman, B. "Don't go it alone: Alliance network composition and startups' performance in the Canadian Biotechnology Industry," Strategic Management Journal (21:3), 2000, pp. 267-294. Beckett, A.J., Wainwright, C.E.R., and Bance, D. "Knowledge management: Strategy or software?," Management Decision (38:9), 2000, pp. 601-606. Berawi, M.A. "Quality revolution: Leading the innovation and competitive advantage," International Journal of Quality and Reliability Management (21:4), 2004, pp. 425-438. Bharadwaj, A.S. "A Resource-Based Perspective on Information Technology Capability and Firm Performance: An Empirical Investigation," MIS Quarterly (24:1), 2000, pp. 169-196. Bhatt, G.D. "Knowledge management in organizations: examining the interaction between technologies, techniques, and people," Journal of Knowledge Management (5:1), 2001, pp. 68- 75. Bhatt, G.D., Gupta, J.N.D., and Kitchens, F. "An exploratory study of groupware use in the knowledge management process," Journal of Enterprise Information Management (18:1), 2005, pp. 28-46. Bock, G., Zmud, R.W., Kim, Y., and Lee, J. "Behavioral intention formation in knowledge sharing: Examining the roles of extrinsic motivators, social psychological forces, and organizational climate," MIS Quarterly (29:2), 2005, pp. 87-111. Boland, R.J., and Tenkasi, R.V. "Perspective making and perspective taking in communities of knowing," Organization Science (6:4), 1995, pp. 350-372. Bourgeois, L.J. "Strategic goals, environmental uncertainty, and economic performance in volatile environments," Academy of Management Journal (28:3), 1985, pp. 548-573. Bourgeois, L.J., and Eisenhardt, K.M. "Strategic decision processes in high velocity environments: Four cases in the microcomputer industry," Management Science (34:7), 1988, pp. 816-835. Braganza, A., Edwards, C., and Lambert, R. "A taxonomy of knowledge projects to underpin organizational innovation and competitiveness," Knowledge and process management (6:2), 1999, pp. 83-90.

42

Brooking, A. "The management of intellectual capital," Long Range Planning (30:3), 1997, pp. 364-365. Brown, J.S., and Duguid, P. "Balancing act: how to capture knowledge without killing it," Harvard Business Review (78:3), 2000, pp. 73-80. Brown, S.L., and Eisenhardt, K.M. "The art of continuous change: Linking complexity theory and time-pased evolution in relentless shifting organizations," Administrative Science Quarterly (42:1), 1997, pp. 1-34. Brusoni, S., Prencipe, A., and Pavitt, K. "Knowledge specialization and organizational coupling, and the boundaries of the firm: Why do firms know more than they make?," Administrative Science Quarterly (46:3), 2001, pp. 597-625. Cabrera, A., and Cabrera, E. "Knowledge sharing dilemmas," Organizational Studies (23:4), 2002, pp. 687-712. Chakravarthy, B. "A new strategy framework for coping with turbulence," Sloan Management Reivew (38:2), 1997, pp. 69-82. Chakravarthy, B., McEvily, S., Doz, Y., and Rau, D. "Knowledge management and competitive advantage," In The Blackwell handbook of organizational learning and knowledge management, M. Easterby-smith and M. A. Lyles (eds.), Blackwell Publishing, Oxford, UK., 2003. Chen, M., and Hambrick, D.C. "Speed, stealth, and selective attack: How small firms differ from large firms in competitive behavior," Academy of Management Journal (38:2), 1995, pp. 453-482. Choi, B., and Lee, B. "An empirical investigation of KM styles and their effect on corporate performance," Information and Management (40), 2003, pp. 403-417. Chuang, S. "A resource based perspective on knowledge management capability and competitive advantage: An empirical investigation," Expert Systems with Application (27), 2004, pp. 459-465. Civi, E. "Knowledge management as a competitive asset: A review," Marketing Intelligence and Planning (18:4), 2000, pp. 166-174. Clark, H. Using Language, Cambridge University Press, New York., 1996. Clarke, J., and Turner, P. "Global competition and the Australian Biotechnology industry: Developing a model of SMEs Knowledge Management Strategies," Knowledge and Process Management (11:1), 2004, pp. 38-46. Cohen, M.D., and Bacdayan, P. "Organizational routines as stored procedural memory: Evidenced from a laboratory study," Organization Science (5:4), 1994, pp. 554-568.

43

Cohen, W., and Levinthal, D. "Innovation and learning: The two faces of R&D," The Economic Journal (99:397), 1989, pp. 569-596. Cohen, W., and Levinthal, D. "Absorptive capacity: A new perspective on learning and innovations," Administrative Science Quarterly (35:1), 1990, pp. 128-152. Cohen, W., and Levinthal, D. "Fortune favors the prepared firm," Management Science (40:2), 1994, pp. 227-251. Collis, D. "A resource based analysis of global competition: The analysis of the global bearings industry," Strategic Management Journal (12:Summer), 1991, pp. 49-68. Covin, J., and Slevin, D.P. "Strategic management of small firms in hostile and benign environments," Strategic Management Journal (10:1), 1989, pp. 75-87. Cyert, R., and March, J.G. A behavioral theory of the firm, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1963. Daft, R.L., and Weick, K.E. "Toward a model of organizations as interpretation systems," Academy of Management Journal (9:2), 1984, pp. 284-295. Darroch, J., and McNaughton, R. "Beyond market orientation: Knowledge management and the innovativeness of New Zealand firms," European Journal of Marketing (37:3/4), 2003, pp. 572- 593. D'Aveni, R. Hypercompetition: Managing the Dynamics of Strategic Maneuvering, Free Press, New York, 1994. Davenport, T., and Prusak, L. Working Knowledge: How Organizations Manage What they Know., Harvard Business School Press, Boston, MA, 1998. Davenport, T.H., DeLong, D.W., and Beers, M.C. "Successful knowledge management projects.," Sloan Management Review 43-57 (39:2), 1998, pp. 43-57. Davis, F.D. "Perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use, and user acceptance of information technology," MIS Quarterly (13:3), 1989, pp. 319-339. De Jarnet, L. "Knowledge, the latest thing," Information Strategy: The Executives Journal (12:2), 1996, pp. 3-5. Decarolis, D.M., and Deeds, D. "The impact of stocks and flows of organizational knowledge on firm performance: An empirical investigation of the Biotechnology industry," Strategic Management Journal (20), 1999, pp. 953-968. DeSanctis, G., and Poole, M.S. "Capturing the complexity in advanced technology use: Adaptive structuration theory," Organization Science (5:2), 1994, pp. 121-147.

44

Dess, G.D., and Beard, D.W. "Dimension of organizational task environments," Administrative Science Quarterly (29:1), 1984, pp. 52-73. DeTienne, K.B., and Jackson, L.A. "Knowledge management; Understanding theory and developing strategy," Competitiveness Review (11:1), 2001, pp. 1-11. Doz, Y. "The evolution of cooperation in strategic alliances: Initial conditions or learning processes?," Strategic Management Journal (17:Special issue), 1996, pp. 55-83. Dubin, R. Theory Building, Free Press, New York, 1978. Duncan, R.B. "Perceived environmental characteristics of operational environments and perceived environmental uncertainty," Administrative Science Quarterly (17:2), 1972, pp. 313- 327. Dutta, S., Narasimhan, O., and Rajiv, S. "Conceptualizing and measuring capabilities: methodologies and empirical application," Strategic Management Journal (26), 2005, pp. 277- 285. Earl, M. "Knowledge Management Strategies: Toward a Taxonomy," Journal of Management Information Systems (18:1), 2001, pp. 215-233. Easterby-Smith, M., and Lyles, M.A. "Introduction: Watersheds of organizational learning and knowledge management," In Handbook of Organizational Learning and Knowledge Management, M. Easterby-Smith and M. A. Lyles (eds.), Blackwell Publishing, United Kingdom, 2003, pp. 1-15. Eisenhardt, K.M. "Making fast strategic decisions in high-velocity environment," Academy of Management Journal (32:3), 1989, pp. 543-. Emery, F., and Trist, E. "The casual texture of organizational environments," Human Relations (18), 1965, pp. 21-32. Fahey, L., and Prusak, L. "The Eleven Deadliest Sins of Knowledge Management," California Management Review (40:3), 1998, pp. 265-276. Feeny, D.F., and Wilcocks, L.P. "Core IS capabilities for exploiting information technology," Sloan Management Review (39:3), 1998, pp. 9-21. Ferrier, W.J. "Navigating the competitive landscape: The drivers and consequences of competitive aggressiveness," Academy of Management Journal (44:4), 2001, pp. 858-877. Ferrier, W.J., Smith, K.G., and Grimm, C. "The role of competitive action in market share erosion and industry dethronement: A study of industry leaders and challengers," Academy of Management Journal (42:372-388), 1999.

45

Fishbein, M., and Ajzen, I. Belief, Attitude, Intention and Behavior: An Introduction to Theory and Research, Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1975. Foss, N.J., and Mahnke, V. "Knowledge management: What can organizational economics contribute?," In The Blackwell handbook of organizational learning and knowledge management, M. Easterby-smith and M. A. Lyles (eds.), Blackwell Publishing, Oxford, UK., 2003, pp. 78-103. Francisco, J.F., and Guadamillas, F. "A case study on the implementation of a knowledge management strategy oriented to innovation," Knowledge and Process Management (9:3), 2002, pp. 162-171. Garud, R., and Kumaraswamy, A. "Vicious and virtuous circles in the management of knowledge: The case of Infosys Technologies," MIS Quarterly (29:1), 2005, pp. 9-33. Giddens, A. Central Problems in Social Theory, MacMillan Press, London, U.K., 1979. Gioia, D.A., and Pool, P.P. "Scripts in Organizational Behavior," Academy of Management Review (9:3), 1984, pp. 449-459. Glazer, R. "Marketing in an information intensive environment: Strategic implications of knowledge as an asset," Journal of Marketing (55), 1991, pp. 1-19. Glazer, R., and Weiss, A.M. "Marketing in turbulent environments: decision processes and the time sensitivity of information," Journal of Marketing Research (30:4), 1993, pp. 509-521. Gloet, M., and Terziovski, M. "Exploring the relationship between knowledge management practices and innovation performance," Journal of Manufacturing Technology Management (15:5), 2004, pp. 402-409. Gold, A.H., Malhotra, A., and Segars, A.H. "Knowledge management: An organizational capabilities perspective," Journal of Management Information Systems (18:1), 2001, pp. 185- 214. Grant, R.M. "The Resource-based Theory of Competitive Advantage," California Management Review (33:3), 1995, pp. 114-135. Grant, R.M. "Prospering in dynamically-competitive environments: Organizational capability as knowledge integration," Organization Science (7:4), 1996a, pp. 375-387. Grant, R.M. "Toward a Knowledge-based Theory of the Firm," Strategic Management Journal (17), 1996b, pp. 109-122. Gulati, R. "Structure and alliance formation patterns: A Longitudinal analysis," Administrative Science Quarterly (40:4), 1995, pp. 619-652.

46

Gupta, A.K., and Govindrajan, V. "Knowledge management's social dimension: Lessons form Nucor Steel," Sloan Management Review (42:1), 2000, pp. 71-80. Haleblian, J., and Finkelstein, S. "Top management team size, CEO dominance, and firm performance: The moderating roles of environmental turbulence and discretion," Academy of Management Journal (36:4), 1993, pp. 844-863. Hansen, M.T., Nohria, N., and Tierney, T. "What's Your Strategy for Managing Knowledge?" Harvard Business Review (77:2), 1999, pp. 106-116. Hanson, D. The new Alchemist: Silicon Valley and the Microelectronics Revolution, Little Brown, Boston, MA, 1982. Hargadon, A., and Fanelli, A. "Action and Possibility: Reconciling Dual Perspectives of Knowledge in Organizations," Organization Science (13:3), 2002. Hargadon, A.B. "Firms as Knowledge Brokers: Lessons in Pursuing Continuous Innovation," California Management Review (40:3), 1998, pp. 209-227. Hargadon, A.B., and Sutton, R.I. "Technology brokering and innovation in a product development firm," Administrative Science Quarterly (42:4), 1997, pp. 716-749. Hazlett, S., McAdam, R., and Gallagher, S. "Theory building in knowledge management: In search of paradigms," Journal of Management Inquiry (14:1), 2005, pp. 31-42. Hedlund, G. "A model of knowledge management and the N-form corporation," Strategic Management Journal (15), 1994, pp. 73-90. Henderson, J.C. "Plugging into strategic partnerships: The critical IS connection," Sloan Management Review (31:3), 1990, pp. 7-18. Henderson, R., and Clark, K. "Architectural innovation: The reconfiguration of existing competencies," Administrative Science Quarterly (35), 1992, pp. 9-31. Hendry, B. "How organizations learn and unlearn," In Handbook of Organizational Design, P. Nystrom and W. Starbuck (eds.), Oxford University Press, New York, 1981, pp. 3-27. Hislop, D. "Knowledge integration processes and the appropriation of innovations," European Journal of Innovation Management (6:3), 2003, pp. 159-172. Hlupic, V., Pouloudi, A., and Rzevski, G. "Towards an integrated approach to knowledge management: 'hard', 'soft' and 'abstract' issues," Knowledge and Process Management (9:2), 2002, pp. 90-102. Holsapple, C.W., and Jones, K. "Exploring primary activities of the knowledge chain," Knowledge and Process Management (11:3), 2004, pp. 155-174.

47

Holsapple, C.W., and Jones, K. "Exploring secondary activities of the knowledge chain," Knowledge and Process Management (12:1), 2005, pp. 3-31. Huber, G.P. "A theory of the effects of advanced information technologies on organizational design, intelligence, and decision making," Academy of Management Review (15:1), 1990, pp. 47-71. Huber, G.P. "Organizational learning: The contributing processes and the literatures," Organization Science (2:1), 1991, pp. 88-115. Hull, R. "Knowledge management and the conduct of expert labor," In Managing Knowledge, C. Pritchard (ed.) Basingstoke: Macmillan, 2000. Imai, K., Nonaka, I., and Takeuchi, H. "Managing the new product development process: How Japanese firms learn and unlearn," In The Uneasy Alliance, K. Clark, R. Hayes and C. Lorenz (eds.), Harvard Business School, Boston, 1985, pp. 337-376. Inkpen, A.C., and Dinur, A. "Knowledge management processes and international joint ventures," Organization Science (9:4), 1998, pp. 454-468. Kale, P., Singh, H., and Perlmutter, H. "Learning and the protection of proprietary assets in strategic alliances: Building relational capital," Strategic Management Journal (21), 2000, pp. 217-237. Kalling, T. "Knowledge management and the occasional links with performance," Journal of Knowledge Management (7:3), 2003, pp. 67-81. Kayworth, T., and Leidner, D. "Organizational culture as a knowledge resource," In Handbook of Knowledge Management, C. W. Holsapple (ed.) 1, Springer, New York, 2003, pp. 235-252. Kelloway, E.K., and Barling, J. "Knowledge work as organizational behavior," International Journal of Management Review (2:3), 2000, pp. 287-304. Khandwalla, P.N. The Design of Organizations, Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, Inc., New York, 1977. Kogut, B., and Zander, U. "Knowledge of the Firm, Combinative Capabilities, and the Replication of Technology," Organization Science (3:3), 1992, pp. 383-397. Laudon, K.C., and Laudon, J.P. Management Information Systems: Organization and Technology in the Networked Enterprise, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1999. Lee, C.C., and Yang, J. "Knowledge value chain," The Journal of Management Development (19:9/10), 2000, pp. 783-793.

48

Lee, H., and Choi, B. "Knowledge management enablers, processes, and organizational performance: An Integrative view and empirical examination," Journal of Management Information Systems (20:1), 2003, pp. 179-228. Lee, H., Smith, K.G., Grimm, C., and Schomburg, A. "Timing, order, and durability of new product advantages with imitation," Strategic Management Journal (21), 2000, pp. 23-30. Leidner, D. "Understanding information culture: Integrating knowledge management systems into organizations," In Strategic Information Management, R. Galliers, D. Leidner and B. Baker (eds.), Butterworth Heinemann, Oxford, 1999, pp. 523-550. Leidner, D. "Editorial," Journal of Strategic Information Systems (9), 2000, pp. 101-105. Leonard, D. "Core capabilities and core rigidities: A paradox in managing new product development," Strategic Management Journal (13), 1992, pp. 111-125. Leonard, D., and Sensiper, S. "The role of tacit knowledge in group innovation," California Management Review (40:3), 1998, pp. 112-132. Leonard-Barton, D. Wellsprings of Knowledge. Building and Sustaining the Sources of Innovation., Harvard Business School Press, Boston, MA., 1995., 1995. Levinthal, D. "Adaptation on Rugged Landscapes'," Management Science (43:7), 1997, pp. 934- 950. Levinthal, D., and March, J.G. "The myopia of learning," Strategic Management Journal (14:Winter Special Issue), 1993, pp. 95-112. Levitt, B., and March, J.G. "Organizational learning," Annual Review of Sociology (14), 1988, pp. 319-340. Lin, L., Geng, X., and Whinston, A.B. "A sender-receiver framework for knowledge transfer," MIS Quarterly (29:2), 2005, pp. 197-219. Lincoln, J.R. "Intra- (and Inter-) organizational networks," In Research in the Sociology of Organizations, S. B. Bacharach (ed.) 1, JAI Press, Greenwich, CT, 1982, pp. 1-38. Liu, P., Chen, W., and Tsai, C. "An empirical study on the correlation between knowledge management capability and competitiveness in Taiwan's industries," Technovation (24), 2004, pp. 971-977. Lumpkin, G.T., and Dess, G.G. "Clarifying the entrepreneurial orientation construct and linking it to performance," Academy of Management Review (21), 1996, pp. 135-172. Mahoney, J. "The management of resoruces and the resoruce of managment," Journal of Business Reserach (33:2), 1995, pp. 91-101.

49

Majchrzak, A., Cooper, L.P., and Neece, O.E. "Knowledge reuse for innovation," Management Science (50:2), 2004, pp. 174-189. Makino, S., and Inkpen, A.C. "Knowledge seeking FDI and learning across borders," In Handbook of Organizational Learning and Knowledge Management,, M. Easterby-Smith and M. A. Lyles (eds.), Blackwell Publishing, United Kingdom, 2003, pp. 233-252. March, J.G. "Exploration and Exploitation in Organizational Learning," Organization Science (2:1), 1991, pp. 71-87. March, J.G., and Simon, H. Organizations, John Wiley, New York, 1958. Martin De Holan, P., and Phillips, N. "Organizational forgetting," In The Blackwell Handbook of Organizational Learning and Knowledge Management, M. Easterby-Smith and M. A. Lyles (eds.), Blackwell Publishing, Oxford, UK, 2003. Massey, A.P., Montoya-Weiss, M.M., and O'Driscoll, T.M. "Knowledge Management in Pursuit of Performance: Insights from Nortel Networks," MIS Quarterly (26:3), 2002. McAdam, R. "Knowledge management as a catalyst for innovation within organizations: A Qualitative study," Knowledge and process management (7:4), 2000, pp. 233-242. McAdam, R., and McCreedy, S. "A critical review of knowledge management models," The Learning Organization: An International Journal (Vol. 6:3), 1999, pp. pp. 91-101. McAdam, R., and McCreedy, S. "A critique of knowledge management: Using a social constructionist model," Journal of New Technology Work and Employment (15:2), 2000, pp. 155-168. McEvily, S.K., and Chakravarthy, B. "The persistence of knowledge-based advantage: An empirical test for product performance and technological knowledge," Strategic Management Journal (23:4), 2002, pp. 285-305. McNamara, P., and Baden-Fuller, C. "Lessons from the Celltech case: Balancing knowledge exploraiton and exploitation in organizational renewal," British Journal of Management (10), 1999, pp. 291-307. Mendelson, H., and Pillia, R.R. "Clockspeed and informational response: Evidence from the information technology industry," Information Systems Research (9:4), 1998, pp. 415-433. Miller, D. "The correlates of entrepreneurship in three types of firms," Management Science (29), 1983, pp. 770-791. Miller, D. "The structural and environmental correlates of business strategy," Strategic Management Journal (8:1), 1987, pp. 55-76.

50

Miller, D., and Chen, M. "The simplicity of competitive repertoires: An empirical analysis," Strategic Management Journal (17), 1996, pp. 419-440. Moffett, S., McAdam, R., and Parkinson, S. "Technological utilization for knowledge management," Knowledge and Process Management (11:3), 2004, pp. 175-184. Neef, D. "Making the case for knowledge management: the bigger picture," Management Decision (Vol. 37:1), 1999, pp. pp. 72-78. Nelson, R., and Winter, S.G. The evolutionary theory of the firm, Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA, 1982. Nidumolu, S.R., Subramani, M., and Aldrich, A. "Situated learning and the situated knowledge web: Exploring the ground beneath knowledge management," Journal of Management Information Systems (18:1), 2001, pp. 115-150. Nonaka, I. "A Dynamic Theory of Organizational Knowledge Creation," Organization Science (5:1), 1994, pp. 14-37. Nonaka, I., and Takeuchi, H. The Knowledge-Creating Company: How Japanese Companies Create the Dynamics of Innovation, New York: Oxford University Press, 1995. O'Driscoll, G., and Rizzo, M. The Economics of Time and Ignorance, Basil Blackwell, Oxford, England, 1985. Pavlou, P.A., and El Sawy, O.A. "From IT competence to competitive advantage in turbulent environments: A dynamic capabilities model (forthcoming in ISR),"), 2005. Pisano, G. "Learning before doing in the development of new process technology," Research Policy (25:7), 1996, pp. 1097-1119. Pisano, G.P. "Knowledge, integration, and the locus of learning: an empirical analysis of process development," Strategic Management Journal (15), 1994, pp. 85-100. Polanyi, M. The Tacit Dimension, Routledge and Kegan Paul, London, 1966. Ramesh, B., and Tiwana, A. "Supporting collaborative process knowledge management in new product development teams," Decision Support Systems (27), 1999, pp. 213-235. Reagans, R., and McEvily, B. "Network structure and knowledge transfer: The effects of cohesion and range," Administrative Science Quarterly (48:2), 2003, pp. 240-267. Rogers, E., and Larsen, J. Silicon Valley Fever, Basic Books, New York, 1984. Ross, J.W., Beath, C.M., and Goodhue, D.L. "Develop Long Term Competitiveness through IT Assets," Sloan Management Review (38:1), 1996, pp. 31-42.

51

Sabeherwal, R., and Becerra-Fernandex, I. "An empirical study of the effect of knowledge management process at individual, groups, and organizational levels," Decision Science (34:2), 2003, pp. 225-260. Salazar, A., Hackney, R., and Howells, J. "The strategic impact of internet technology in Biotechnology and Pharmaceutical firms: Insights from a knowledge management perspective," Information Technology and Management (4), 2003, pp. 289-301. Salk, J.E., and Simonin, B.L. "Beyond Alliances: Towards a meta theory of collaborative learning," In Handbook of Organizational Learning and Knowledge Management,, M. Easterby-Smith and M. A. Lyles (eds.), 253-277, Blackwell Publishing, United Kingdom, 2003. Sambamurthy, V., Bharadwaj, A., and Grover, V. "Shaping agility through digital options: Reconceptualizing the role of information technology in contemporary firms," MIS Quarterly (27:2), 2003, pp. 237-263. Santhanam, R., and Hartono, E. "Issues in Linking Information Technology Capability to Firm Performance," MIS Quarterly (27:1), 2003, pp. 125-153. Saxenian, A. "Regional networks and the resurgence of Silicon valley," California Management Review (Fall), 1990, pp. 39-112. Scarbrough, H., and Swan, J. "Knowledge management: A literature review," London, Institute of Personal and Development), 1999. Scarbrough, H., and Swan, J. "Discourses of knowledge management and the learning organization: Their productin and consumption," In Handbook of Organizational Learning and Knowledge Management, M. Easterby-Smith and M. A. Lyles (eds.), Blackwell Publishing, United Kingdom, 2003, pp. 495-512. Schultze, U., and Leidner, D.E. "Studying Knowledge Management in Information Systems Research: Discourses and Theoretical Assumptions," MIS Quarterly (26:3), 2002. Schulz, M., and Jobe, L.A. "Codification and tacitness as knowledge management strategies: An empirical exploration," Journal of High Technology Management Research (12), 2001, pp. 139- 165. Schumpeter, J. The Theory of Economic Development, Harvard Business Press, Cambridge, MA, 1934. Sher, P.J., and Lee, V.C. "Information technology as a facilitator for enhancing dynamic capabilities through knowledge management," Information and Management (41), 2004, pp. 933-945. Simon, H. "Bounded rationality and organizational learning," Organization Science (2:1), 1991, pp. 125-134.

52

Smith, K.G., Grimm, C., and Gannon, M. Dynamics of Competitive Strategy, Sage, Newbury Park, CA, 1992. Snowden, D. "A framework for creating a sustainable knowledge management program.," In The Knowledge Management Yearbook 1999-2000, J. W. Cortada and J. E. Woods (eds.), Butterworth-Heinemann, Boston, MA, 1998. Soo, C., Devinney, T., Midgley, D., and Deering, A. "Knowledge management: Philosophy process and pitfalls," California Management Review (44:4), 2002, pp. 129-150. Souder, W.E., and Song, X.M. "Analyses of US and Japanese management processes associated with new product success and failure in high and low familiarity markets," Journal of Product innovation Management (15:3), 1998, pp. 208-233. Star, S.L., and Griesemer, J.R. "Institutional ecology, "translations," and boundary objects: Amateurs and professionals in Berkeley's museum of vertebrate zoology," Social Studies Sciences (18), 1989, pp. 387-420. Szulanski, G. "Exploring Internal Stickiness: Impediments to The Transfer of Best Practice Within The Firm," Strategic Management Journal (17), 1996, pp. 27-44. Tanriverdi, H. "Information technology relatedness, knowledge management capability, and performance of multibusiness firms," MIS Quarterly (29:2), 2005, pp. 311-334. Teece, D. "Capturing value from technological innovation: Integration, strategic partnering and licensing decisions," Interfaces (18:3), 1988, pp. 46-62. Teece, D.J., Pisano, G., and Shuen, A. "Dynamic capabilities and strategic management," Strategic Management Journal (18:7), 1997, pp. 509-533. Thompson, J.D. Organizations in Action, McGraw Hill, New York, 1967. Tippins, M.J., and Sohi, R.S. "IT Competency and Firm Performance: IS Organizational Learning a Missing Link?," Strategic Management Journal (24), 2003, pp. 745-761. Tsai, M., and Shih, C. "The impact of marketing knowledge among managers on marketing capabilities and business performance," International Journal of Management (21:4), 2004, pp. 524-530. Turner, S.F., and Bettis, R.A. "Exploring depth versus breadth in knowledge management strategies," Computational and Mathematical Organization Theory (8:1), 2002, pp. 49-73. Van de Ven, A. "Nothing quite so practical as a good theory," Academy of Management Review (14:4), 1989, pp. 486-489.

53

Van der Spek, R., and Spijkervet, A. "Knowledge management: Dealing intelligently with knowledge," In Knowledge management and its integrative elements, J. Liebowitz and L. Wilcox (eds.), 31-59, CRC press, Boca Raton, 1997. Vera, D., and Crossan, M. "Organizational learning and knowledge management: Toward an integrative framework," In The Blackwell handbook of organizational learning and knowledge management, M. Easterby-Smith and M. A. Lyles (eds.), Blackwell Publishing, Oxford, UK, 2003, pp. 122-141. Volberda, H.W. "Toward the flexible form: how to remain vital in hypercompetitive environments," Organization Science (7), 1996, pp. 359-374. Volberda, H.W., and Lewin, A.Y. "Co-evolutionary dynamics within and between firms: From evolution to co-evolution," Journal of Management Studies (40:8), 2003, pp. 2111-2136. von Krogh, G. "Care in knowledge creation," California Management Review (40:3), 1998, pp. 133-153. Walsh, J.P., and Ungson, G.R. "Organizational Memory," Academy of management review (16:1), 1991, pp. 57-91. Weill, P., and Broadbent, M. Leveraging the New Infrastructure: How Market Leaders Capitalize on Information Technology, Harvard Business School Press, Cambridge, MA, 1998. Wenger, E., and Snyder, W. "Communities of practice: The organizational frontier," Harvard Business Review (78:1), 2000, pp. 139-145. Wheeler, B.C. "NEBIC: A dynamic capabilities theory for assessing net-enablement," Information Systems Research (13:2), 2002, pp. 125-146. Wiig, K. Knowledge Management Foundations: Thinking about Thinking. How People and Organizations, Create, Represent, and Use Knowledge, Schema Press, Arlington, Texas, 1998. Wiklund, J., and Shepherd, D. "Knowledge-based resources, entrepreneurial orientation, and the performance of small and medium-sized businesses," Strategic Management Journal (24), 2003, pp. 1307-1314. Wiklund, J., and Shepherd, D. "Entrepreneurial orientation and small business performance: a configurational approach," Journal of Business Venturing (20), 2005, pp. 71-91. Williamson, O.E. "Strategy research: Governance and competence perspectives," Strategic Management Journal (20:12), 1999, pp. 1087-1108. Yeoh, P., and Roth, K. "An empirical analysis of sustained advantage in the US Pharmaceutical industry: Impact of firm resources and capabilities," Strategic Management Journal (20), 1999, pp. 637-653.

54

Young, G., Smith, K.G., and Grimm, C. ""Austrian" and industrial organization perspectives on firm-level competitive activity and performances," Organization Science (7:243-254), 1996. Zack, M.H. "Managing Codified Knowledge," Sloan Management Review , (Volume 40:Number 4), 1999, pp. pp. 45-58. Zollo, M., and Winter, S.G. "Deliberate learning and the evolution of dynamic capabilities," Organization Science (13:3), 2002, pp. 339-351.

assignments combined/old assignment/Knowledge Management and Organizational Performance 3.pdf

Journal of Business Research 67 (2014) 1622–1629

Contents lists available at ScienceDirect

Journal of Business Research

Knowledge management and organizational performance in the service industry: The role of transformational leadership beyond the effects of transactional leadership

M. Birasnav ⁎ School of Management, New York Institute of Technology, Adliya, Bahrain

⁎ Tel.: +973 17711444; fax: +973 17710399. E-mail address: [email protected].

0148-2963/$ – see front matter © 2013 Published by Else http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jbusres.2013.09.006

a b s t r a c t

a r t i c l e i n f o

Article history: Received 15 September 2012 Received in revised form 9 July 2013 Accepted 17 September 2013 Available online 17 October 2013

Keywords: Transformational leadership Knowledge management Organizational performance Transactional leadership

This study examines a comprehensive model comprising of various relationships between transformational and transactional leadership, knowledge management (KM) process, and organizational performance. Data are col- lected from human resource managers and general managers working in 119 service firms. Exploratory factor analysis and hierarchical regression analysis are used to analyze the proposed hypotheses. The results indicate that transformational leadership has strong and positive effects on KM process and organizational performance after controlling for the effects of transactional leadership. Further, KM process partially mediates the relation- ship between transformational leadership and organizational performance after controlling for the effects of transactional leadership. Implications and directions for future research are also discussed.

© 2013 Published by Elsevier Inc.

1. Introduction

Researchers always emphasized the importance of developing unique knowledge within firms to deliver new products/services and to distin- guish it from competitors for achieving advantage (Menguc, Auh, & Shih, 2007). Delivering unique products/services to customers helps to improve customer satisfaction and sales volume, and so firms have observed the influence of knowledge development over performance (Bogner & Bansal, 2007; Tanriverdi, 2005). Since knowledge resides within the brain of employees, firms develop various strategies to create organizational knowledge through leveraging employees' knowledge. Human resource managers are get involved in the activities of finding suitable leadership style that supports implementation of knowledge management (KM) programs to augment organizational performance. Identification of suitable leadership style is essential in this turbulent en- vironment since researchers have reported that different leadership styles have varying impacts on implementation of KM process (Bryant, 2003). Transformational leadership theory postulates that leaders exhibit certain behaviors that accelerate employees' level of in- novative thinking through which they improve individual employee performance, organizational innovation, and organizational perfor- mance (Aragon-Correa, Garcia-Morales, & Cordon-Pozo, 2007; Colbert, Kristof-Brown, Bradley, & Barrick, 2008; Piccolo & Colquitt, 2006). Since transformational leaders greatly influence employees, whose en- gagement is enormously required for implementation of KM process,

vier Inc.

the role of transformational leadership is focused on the implementa- tion of KM process to improve organizational performance.

To date, scholars have empirically investigated the positive impacts of transformational leadership on individual performance (Dvir, Eden, Avolio, & Shamir, 2002; Wang, Law, Hackett, Wang, & Chen, 2005) as well as on organizational performance (Aragon-Correa et al., 2007; Peterson, Walumbwa, Byron, & Myrowitz, 2009). Similarly, KM scholars have also showcased that managing knowledge has positive association with organizational performance (Bogner & Bansal, 2007; Lee & Choi, 2003; Tanriverdi, 2005). Though these studies explained the direct im- pact on organizational performance, the following research questions are still unanswered: (1) Do transformational leadership behaviors influ- ence performance of service firms after controlling for transactional lead- ership behaviors?; (2) Do transformational leadership behaviors help to implement KM process in service firms after controlling for transactional leadership behaviors?; and (3) Will KM process mediate the relationship between transformational leadership and organizational performance in the service firms after controlling for transactional leadership?

In order to answer these questions, this study investigates the nature of the relationships among transformational leadership, transactional leadership, KM process, and organizational performance. In particular, the purposes of this study are: to investigate the direct impacts of trans- formational leadership on KM process and organizational performance after controlling for the effects of transactional behaviors; and to examine the mediation role of KM process in the relationship between transforma- tional leadership and organizational performance among service firms lo- cated in the Kingdom of Bahrain. These purposes integrate two important theories such as transformational leadership theory and knowledge-based view of the firm. In specific, application of

1623M. Birasnav / Journal of Business Research 67 (2014) 1622–1629

transformational leadership theory on knowledge-based view of the firm is particularly focused in this study.

In this direction, this study contributes to literature in two ways. First, scholars have always focused on transformational leadership in the view of employees' reactions to leaders and their feeling of themselves and in the view of leaders' actions. Researchers concentrating on the former ap- proach mainly investigated the mediation role of trust (Dirks & Ferrin, 2002; Pillai, Schriesheim, & Williams, 1999) and self-efficacy of em- ployees (Gong, Huang, & Farh, 2009) in the relationship of transforma- tional leadership with follower performance. The latter approach predominantly investigated the association of transformational leader- ship with organizational performance through implementing human capital management practices, improving organizational learning, and establishing organizational culture (Aragon-Correa et al., 2007; Xenikou & Simosi, 2006; Zhu, Chew, & Spangler, 2005). This study extends the lat- ter approach to predict organizational performance with the help of the association between transformational leadership and KM process imple- mentation. Second, this study examines transformational leadership as an antecedent of implementation of KM process to create advantage over their competitors. According to Grant (1996), knowledge-based view of firm rests on the assertions that organizations perform as repos- itories of employees' knowledge and competencies, which are valuable in the current firm and inimitable by other firms. Within this organizational system, such employees' knowledge is converted into organizational knowledge, which will then be protected as intellectual capital. A sys- tematic survey conducted among top-level managers of service firms supports this study to understand the interrelationships among leadership, KM process, and organizational performance.

This paper is organized as follows: first, it reports the detailed review on the concepts of transformational leadership and KM process imple- mentation and lists out the hypotheses to be tested in this study; second, it discusses the methodology adopted in this study and in specific, ex- plains the procedure of collecting responses from participants and mea- sures used in the survey questionnaire; third, it explains the procedure used for data analysis and its findings; finally, implications and future re- search directions are offered.

2. Theoretical framework

2.1. Transactional leadership and transformational leadership

Burns (1978) initiated the discussion of the importance of developing transformational leadership and transactional leadership styles in the or- ganizations. Thereafter, Bass (1985) investigated the dimensions of such leadership styles and identified four components of transformational style namely idealized influence, intellectual stimulation, inspirational motivation, and individualized consideration and three components of transactional style namely contingent reward, active management by exception, and passive management by exception. According to Bass and Riggio (2006), contingent reward leadership behavior obtains em- ployees prior agreement on the jobs to be done and exchanges rewards for delivering job performance within a time limit; a leader having ac- tive management by exception behavior supervises employees inten- sively, identifies errors or mistakes, and then takes corrective actions; and a leader having passive management by exception behavior inter- feres into the employees' work only when the mistakes or errors occur.

On the other hand, idealized influence behavior transforms leaders into role models for their employees, helps leaders to develop vision for organizations and to follow ethical principles, encourages them to involve in risk-taking activities, and supports employees to perform effectively under uncertain environment (Nemanich & Keller, 2007). In- spirational motivation behavior supports leaders to use strategies to motivate and inspire employees to achieve overall goals of the organiza- tion (Bass & Riggio, 2006). Intellectual stimulation behavior stimulates employees' intelligence to solve job problems by analyzing job prob- lems in all facets and discourages use of traditional methods to solve

problems. Individualized consideration transforms a leader into mentor or coach for his/her employees and supports treating employees differ- ently by providing equal opportunity to all employees. Scholars often highlighted charismatic leadership as combined idealized influence and inspirational motivation behaviors in the literature (Avolio, Bass, & Jung, 1999), and some quote idealized influence alone to represent charismatic leadership (Dubinsky, Yammarino, & Jolson, 1995).

Transformational leaders frequently show transaction-oriented leadership behaviors toward their employees (Bass, 1985). Transac- tional leadership is exhibited in the organizations based on a series of ex- changes taking place between a leader and followers. Supporting this notion, Howell and Avolio (1993) asserted that a leader could exhibit both transformational and transactional behaviors with varying level of intensity when a situation requires managerial activities like acquisition of resources to accomplish vision.

2.2. KM process

Apart from implementing human resource management and orga- nizational learning practices, transformational leaders also concentrate on establishing knowledge-supportive culture. Knowledge is of two types: (1) tacit knowledge — knowledge that is inimitable, valuable, underutilized, unarticulated, and residing in employees' brain; (2) explicit knowledge — knowledge that is distributable, easy to handle, document- able, and storable (Jimes & Lucardie, 2003). Organizational knowledge is created by transforming these knowledge types into other form of knowl- edge, which is valuable, inimitable, and nontransferable by other firms. Thus, organizational knowledge becomes a source of sustainable compet- itive advantage. Devising strategies to properly manage knowledge is imperative for many organizations due to its significance for attaining or- ganizational outcomes. Maier (2005) defines KM as “the management function responsible for regular selection, implementation and evaluation of knowledge strategies that aim at creating an environment to support work with knowledge internal and external to the organization in order to improve organizational performance” (p. 433). KM architecture com- prises of KM process and KM infrastructure, and the interaction between these two components supports organizations to create organizational knowledge and to improve organizational innovation and consequently, supports achieving overall performance. Scholars frequently specify two kinds of KM process (Filius, De Jong, & Roelofs, 2000): (1) tactical KM process — by which employees collect information to solve problems, derive value from the collected information, learn from the value, and update the existing knowledge in the system; and (2) strategic KM pro- cess — by which organizations formulate KM strategy to assess, create, and sustain intangible assets, and align KM strategy with its business strategy.

According to Filius et al. (2000), tactical KM process includes the ac- tivities of knowledge acquisition, documentation, transfer, creation, and application. Knowledge acquisition is a kind of activity that attracts missing tacit and explicit knowledge from the external environment. Documenting knowledge relates to storing and retrieving knowledge from organizational system for example, databases and documents. Knowledge transfer allows employees to share their tacit and explicit knowledge to other employees inside and outside of their organizations. Knowledge creation is a process of creating knowledge in the forms of both tacit and explicit knowledge through a knowledge conversion pro- cess called socialization, externalization, combination, and internalization (SECI) process (Nonaka, 1994). Knowledge application allows employees to apply knowledge gained from inside or outside of the organization for their own purposes.

Implementing KM process in any kind of organizations is essential as it enhances learning capabilities of individual employees as well as group of employees (Liao & Wu, 2010). According to Crossan, Lane, and White (1999), learning emerges at individual employee level, group level, and institutional level, which are integrated by 4I process such as intuiting, interpreting, integrating, and institutionalizing. This

1624 M. Birasnav / Journal of Business Research 67 (2014) 1622–1629

process explains systematic transformation of learning occurred at indi- vidual employee into organizational practices. Following Crossan et al. (1999), Vera and Crossan (2004) emphasized that top-level leaders should exercise strategic leadership – combined transformational and transactional leadership – to promote organizational learning. Empiri- cally supporting this notion, Aragon-Correa et al. (2007) and Garcia- Morales, Llorens-Montes, and Verdu-Jover (2008) found transforma- tional leadership style as an antecedent of organizational learning, and the association between transformational leadership and organizational learning influences organizational performance. However, scholars, to date, did not empirically investigate the influence of the association be- tween transformational leadership and KM process over organizational performance. Organizations should understand how transformational leaders implement KM process to enhance learning ability at all levels to improve organizational performance.

3. Hypotheses

3.1. Transformational leadership and organizational performance beyond the effects of transactional leadership

In the beginning of 80s, scholars have investigated the impact of leadership and organizational performance, and in particular, Tosi (1982) expected that since transactional leaders highly concentrate on implementing strategies, improving hierarchical structure, and rewarding employee performance and exhibit active management by exception behavior to correct mistakes, they can devote significant contribution to improve organizational performance. Further, Waldman, Ramirez, House, and Puraman (2001), based on upper echelons theory, proposed that transactional leadership would be positively related to or- ganizational performance. Lowe, Kroeck, and Sivasubramaniam (1996) found support for this positive relationship through a meta-analysis re- search study. Apart from transactional leadership, it is strongly predicted that transformational leaders will have significant contribution to im- prove organizational performance. They encourage employees to take risk, and such risk-taking yields positive effects on performance under un- certain environment (Waldman et al., 2001). They inspire and motivate employees to be innovative and to achieve difficult goals, and they insist employees to approach job problems in all the directions and discourage them using traditional methods to derive solutions. Thus it is predicted that transformational leadership will have strong and positive effects on organizational performance apart from the effects of transactional leader- ship on organizational performance. Hence,

Hypothesis 1. Transformational leadership will have positive effects on organizational performance beyond the effects of transactional leadership.

3.2. Transformational leadership and KM process beyond the effects of transactional leadership

Since transformational leaders discourage employees to follow tra- ditional way of solving problems and encourage making innovative so- lutions through risk-taking efforts, employees are motivated to gather relevant information from inside and outside of the organization and to participate in the external professional network (Nemanich & Keller, 2007). As a result, scholars found that transformational behaviors are pos- itively related to information acquisition (Crawford, 2005). When involv- ing in risk-taking activities or encouraging employees to take risky efforts, occurrences of positive and/or negative outcomes are certain. Since these leaders coach and guide individual employees, transformational leaders insist employees to document these outcomes and to highlight the out- comes while interacting with others. In this direction, transformational leaders encourage employees to involve in knowledge documenta- tion. Supporting this notion, Nemanich and Vera (2009) found that transformational leadership is highly correlated with preserving and

documenting information or knowledge. Apart from establishing KM in- frastructure to support employees to document and transfer knowledge, transformational leaders inspire employees to accept implementation of new technology and to understand the purpose of implementing new technology (Schepers, Wetzels, & De Ruyter, 2005). Once employees ac- cept the implementation of new technology and understand that such implementation supports achieving individual and organizational goals, they voluntarily get involved in transferring knowledge to others. Thus it is found that the extent at which transformational leaders support knowledge sharing is greater than transactional leaders do (Bryant, 2003).

Further, after ensuring transfer of knowledge among all the em- ployees, transformational leaders stimulate employees' level of thinking and transform employees' individual and collective knowledge into organizational knowledge creation in line with Nonaka's (1994) knowl- edge conversion process. In this direction, scholars found that transforma- tional leadership has been associated with information and knowledge creation (Birasnav, Rangnekar, & Dalpati, 2011; Crawford, 2005). Apart from creating knowledge, transformational leader also supports em- ployees to apply existing or new knowledge to solve job-related prob- lems and to create new products and processes. In this direction, these leaders establish innovation-supportive culture and improve or- ganizational learning capability to improve organizational innovation (Jansen, Vera, & Crossan, 2009; Jung, Chow, & Wu, 2003). Without mo- tivating or rewarding employees, knowledge transfer and knowledge creation processes cannot be implemented in the organizations. There- fore, as like transactional leaders, transformational leaders offer both monetary and non-monetary rewards to employees to share their knowl- edge to others and create new knowledge (Bass & Riggio, 2006). Further, Bryant (2003) suggested that transactional leadership is very consistent to exploit knowledge, to maintain infrastructure, and to provide appro- priate structure in the organizations. Though transactional leadership has its own contributions for implementing KM process, it is expected that the effects of transformational leadership on KM process will be stronger than transactional leadership. Hence,

Hypothesis 2. Transformational leadership behaviors will have positive associations with KM process beyond the effects of transactional leadership.

3.3. Mediator role of KM process beyond transactional leadership effects

Transformational leaders encourage knowledge acquisition due to the reasons that knowledge acquisition attributes to predicting positive changes in the profit level of the organizations and ensuring on-time de- livery and product and process quality (Inkpen, 1998; Politis, 2002). As application of knowledge and sharing of knowledge create new prod- ucts and processes, these processes improve overall performance of the organizations (Droge, Claycomb, & Germain, 2003; Singh, 2008). In addition, Birasnav et al. (2011) proposed that KM process plays a mediation role in the relationship between transformational lead- ership and human capital benefits. It implies that transformational leaders develop collective employees' human capital by implementing KM process in the organizations in pursuit of achieving organizational goals. In this direction, scholars have reported that human capital devel- opment has positively related to organizational performance (Zhu et al., 2005). In addition, Bryant (2003) also proposed that transactional leaders contribute to improving performance at individual-, group-, and organizational-level through exploiting knowledge in the organiza- tions. Since these leaders often involve in providing reward to em- ployees to share knowledge, it is also expected that such leaders enhance performance through implementing some part of KM process. However, such contribution would be minimal in comparison to the contribution of transformational leaders on implementing KM process. Hence,

Table 2 Results of exploratory factor analysis.

Items of Filius et al. (2000) Factor loading

KA KAP KT

“This organization actively collects information about needs and wishes of clients”

0.48

“Our organization does research (i.e. with universities) to explore future chances/possibilities”

0.64

“Members regularly follow courses, training programs, and seminars to remain informed”

0.76

“We consider our competitors as a source of inspiration for developing new methods/approaches”

0.57

“Selling knowledge, products, or services gets explicit attention” 0.70 “Members promote new knowledge (products and services) externally in the market”

0.58

“Experiences of clients are used to improve products and services”

0.60

“We use existing know-how in a creative manner for new applications”

0.40

“Members promote knowledge (products and services) internally”

0.42

“One of our strong qualities is combining our specialisms in multi-disciplinary teams”

0.46

“We try to conquer dysfunctional beliefs within the organization” 0.61 “Before developing products or services we do marketing research among potential clients”

0.46

1625M. Birasnav / Journal of Business Research 67 (2014) 1622–1629

Hypothesis 3. KM process will strongly mediate the relationship be- tween transformational leadership and organizational performance after controlling for the impact of transactional leadership.

4. Methodology

4.1. Sample

A well-trained team of three graduate students was formed to ad- minister data collection process. Random sampling was used to identify 500 service firms located in Bahrain. These firms were clustered into three groups based on public service firms, private retail/distribution firms, and other private firms. Each graduate student was assigned to each group of firms based on their knowledge and experience with the service firms. This team of students approached human resource managers to participate in this study by responding a survey question- naire. It comprises three sections such as leadership, KM process, and organizational performance. These managers were requested to rate their leader's behaviors and prevalence of tactical KM process in their firms. The team also requested general managers or owners of small firms to respond organizational performance questionnaire. Collecting responses from different sources helped to minimize the common method variance bias. This process helped to collect 119 responses from the service firms, which include the sectors of healthcare, account- ing, transportation, retail/distribution, hotel, educational institutions, consultancy services, etc. Table 1 depicts the characteristics of the par- ticipated firms.

4.2. Measures

4.2.1. Transformational and transactional leadership To measure transformational leadership and transactional leader-

ship behaviors, thirty-two items from Multifactor Leadership Question- naire (Form 5X — Short, rater form, Bass & Avolio, 1995) were used in this study. Human resource managers rated their immediate leader's behaviors in a 5-point Likert scale ranging from 1 (Not at all) to 5 (Fre- quently, if not always). Exploratory factor analysis (principle compo- nents with varimax rotation) was conducted to identify the factor structure of this measure, and it yielded eight factors with eigenvalues of more than one. Factor loading of more than or equal to 0.30 was con- sidered as a criterion to retain items in this measure in line with Dess and Beard (1984), and seven items, which were wrongly clustered with other factors, were removed for further analysis. The following five factors were associated with transformational leadership: idealized influence (attribute), idealized influence (behavior), intellectual stimu- lation, inspirational motivation, and individualized consideration; and the following three factors were associated with transactional leader- ship: contingent reward, active management by exception, and pas- sive management by exception. The sample item included in the idealized influence (attribute) measure (Cronbach's alpha (α) = 0.67)

Table 1 Characteristics of the sample.

Variables Frequency Variables Frequency

Age, years Size, number of employees ≤5 34 ≤24 31 6–10 26 25–49 23 11–15 11 50–99 17 16–20 6 100–199 14 ≥21 42 ≥200 34

Type Capital, BHD Private 75 ≤500,000 27 Public 44 500,001–1,000,000 15

1,000,001–1,500,000 25 ≥1,500,001 52

was “The Cronbach alpha (α) value of idealized influence (attribute) measure was 0.67”. The sample item included in the idealized influence (behavior) measure (α = 0.83) was “The α value of idealized influ- ence (behavior) measure was 0.83”. The sample item included in the intellectual stimulation measure (α = 0.63) was “The α value of intellectual stimulation measure was 0.63”. The sample item in- cluded in the inspirational motivation measure (α = 0.73) was “The α value of inspirational motivation measure was 0.73”. The sample item included in the individualized consideration measure (α = 0.75) was “The α value of individualized consideration mea- sure was 0.75”. The sample item included in the contingent reward measure (α = 0.68) was “The α value of contingent reward mea- sure was 0.68”. The sample item included in the active management by exception measure (α = 0.73) was “The α value of active man- agement by exception measure was 0.73”. The sample item included in the passive management by exception measure (α = 0.80) was “The α value of passive management by exception measure was 0.80”. The composite reliability coefficients of transformational leadership and transactional leadership measures were 0.90 and 0.74 respectively.

4.2.2. Tactical KM process In line with Chen and Huang (2009) and Lin and Lee (2005), knowl-

edge acquisition, knowledge transfer, and knowledge application were considered as the facets of tactical KM process. In order to measure KM process, this study used Filius et al.'s (2000) 21-item measure com- prising of knowledge acquisition, knowledge transfer, and knowledge

“New members are assigned a mentor who helps them find their way in the organization”

0.34

“Much knowledge is distributed in informal ways (“in the corridors”)”

0.83

“There are regular meeting being organized in which professional matters are discussed”

0.41

“We have a form in intercolleagual review, in which members discuss their methods of working”

0.41

“Members change jobs, regularly, thus distributing their know-how”

0.74

Eigenvalue 7.69 1.58 1.33 Percentage of variance explained 36.6 7.51 6.32 Cronbach's alpha (α) 0.75 0.85 0.75

Note: KA—knowledge acquisition; KAP—knowledge application; KT—knowledge transfer. The items listed above are reproduced by the permission of the Emerald Group Publishing Limited from “Knowledge management in the HRD office: a comparison of three cases” by Filius, R., De Jong, J.A., & Roelofs, E.C., Journal of Workplace Learning, Vol. 12, No. 7, pp. 286- 295. © Emerald Group Publishing Limited all rights reserved.

1626 M. Birasnav / Journal of Business Research 67 (2014) 1622–1629

application factors. Human resource managers rated the prevalence of KM process activities in a 5-point Likert scale ranging from 1 (Completely disagree) to 5 (Completely agree). Exploratory factor analysis (principle components analysis with varimax rotation) was conducted to identify the dimensionality of this measure. Factor loading of more than or equal to 0.30 was considered as a criterion to retain items in this measure. This analysis resulted in five factors with eigenvalues of more than one (see Table 2). The last two factors' alpha values were less than 0.60, and so three items representing these two factors were removed for fur- ther analysis. These three factors are named as knowledge acquisition, knowledge transfer, and knowledge application. The sample item includ- ed in the knowledge acquisition measure (α = 0.75) was “This organiza- tion actively collects information about needs and wishes of clients”. The sample item included in the knowledge transfer measure (α = 0.75) was “There are regular meeting being organized in which professional matters are discussed”. The sample item included in the knowledge application measure (α = 0.85) was “Experiences of clients are used to improve products and services”.

4.2.3. Organizational performance A 7-item measure developed by Delaney and Huselid (1996) was

used in this study to measure organizational performance. General managers or owners of small service firms were requested to rate the level of their organization's performance over the past 3 years com- pared to the organizations of the same kind in a 4-point Likert scale ranging from 1 (Worse) to 4 (Much better). Only one item from this measure was removed, as its factor loading was less than 0.30. The sam- ple item included in this measure (α = 0.76) was “Development of new products, services, or programs?”.

4.2.4. Control variables Firm age, type, size, and capital were considered as control variables

in this study. Larger firms as well as high capital firms tend to invest more resources to implement practices that enhance organizational knowledge and performance (Tsai, 2001). Scholars have reported that organizational size has a significant impact on the organizational ability to learn, which has clear association with implementation of KM pro- cess (Aragon-Correa et al., 2007). Further, it is also proved that the pace of implementation of collaborative climate in private firms is com- parably higher than public firms in pursuit of achieving KM

Table 3 Descriptive statistics and zero-order correlation coefficients.

Variables 1 2 3 4 5 6

Mean 2.96 1.37 2.97 2.86 3.64 3.24 Standard deviation 1.69 0.48 1.59 1.21 0.84 0.88 1. Age 00 2. Type 31⁎ 00 3. Size 66⁎ 61⁎ 00 4. Capital 39⁎ 51⁎ 72⁎ 00 5. Contingent reward 12 01 09 07 00 6. Passive MBE 10 21⁎⁎ 13 10 14 00 7. Active MBE 03 −02 15 05 37⁎ 29⁎ 8. Idealized influence (B) 02 −04 01 01 54⁎ 09 9. Idealized influence (A) −12 −10 −04 04 46⁎ 03 10. Inspirational motivation −03 −13 −02 −07 34⁎ −07 11. Individualized consideration

−01 06 08 02 52⁎ 23⁎⁎

12. Intellectual stimulation 06 −18⁎⁎ −02 02 47⁎ 13 13. Knowledge acquisition −04 −05 −01 01 40⁎ 06 14. Knowledge transfer −02 −00 00 00 42⁎ 31⁎ 15. Knowledge application 00 01 −01 −02 50⁎ 10 16. Organizational performance

−06 −20⁎⁎ −14 −09 55⁎ 07

Notes: Decimals are omitted from the correlation coefficients. MBE — management by exception; idealized influence (B) — idealized influence (behavior); id ⁎ p b .01. ⁎⁎ p b .05.

effectiveness (Sveiby & Simons, 2002). Firm age was measured by a 5-point scale ranging from 1 (≤5 years) to 5 (≥21 years); Categorical question (1 = Private and 2 = Public) was used to assess type of firm; firm size was measured by a 5-point scale ranging from 1 (≤24 employees) to 5 (≥200 employees); and firm capital was measured by a 4-point scale ranging from 1 (≤500,000 BHD) to 4 (≥1,500,001 BHD).

5. Results

Table 3 shows the mean, standard deviation, and zero-order correla- tion coefficients of all the studying variables. In line with previous re- search studies, transformational leadership and transactional leadership components have positive associations with KM process factors and or- ganizational performance. Further, KM process factors have positive re- lationships with organizational performance. It is observed that the interrelationships among the components of transformational leader- ship are significant. The magnitude of the correlation coefficients of transformational leadership with KM process factors and organizational performance are close to each other. As a result, consistent with the previous research studies (Zhu et al., 2005), the components of trans- formational leadership are combined into a single higher order factor. Transactional leadership components are also combined into a single factor.

To test the proposed hypotheses, data were analyzed using a series of hierarchical regression analysis (HRA). To test the mediation role of KM process between transformational leadership and organizational performance, four steps suggested by Baron and Kenny (1986) were followed. First, dependent variable (organizational performance) is to be regressed on the independent variable (transformational leadership) to show that both variables have certain associations that may be medi- ated. Second, mediator (KM process) is to be regressed on the indepen- dent variable to show that both variables have certain associations. Third, dependent variable is to be regressed on both the mediator and independent variable to show that mediator has certain associations with dependent variable after controlling for independent variable. Last, complete mediation exists only when the beta value of indepen- dent variable on dependent variable is zero or non-significant after con- trolling for the mediator, and if this value is significantly reduced, then partial mediation prevails. Table 4 shows the results of these steps.

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

3.68 3.58 3.74 3.75 3.54 3.62 3.67 3.46 3.59 3.30 0.75 0.88 0.75 0.74 0.83 0.65 0.70 0.69 0.66 0.50

00 35⁎ 00 24⁎ 51⁎ 00 38⁎ 51⁎ 39⁎ 00 45⁎ 62⁎ 52⁎ 46⁎ 00

46⁎ 52⁎ 37⁎ 55⁎ 44⁎ 00 45⁎ 48⁎ 43⁎ 56⁎ 59⁎ 44⁎ 00 43⁎ 48⁎ 31⁎ 40⁎ 47⁎ 43⁎ 52⁎ 00 46⁎ 54⁎ 46⁎ 54⁎ 56⁎ 47⁎ 65⁎ 70⁎ 00 33⁎ 52⁎ 40⁎ 41⁎ 44⁎ 57⁎ 47⁎ 48⁎ 61⁎ 00

ealized influence (A) — idealized influence (attribute).

Table 4 HRA results of leadership on KM process and organizational performance.

Predictors Model 1 Model 2 Model 3 Model 4

OP KA KT KAPP OP OP

Control variables Age 0.06 0.01 −0.02 0.02 0.04 0.05⁎⁎ Type −0.10 −0.00 0.05 0.14 −0.18 −0.14 Size −0.14 0.00 −0.00 −0.03 −0.09 −0.13 Capital 0.03 0.04 −0.04 −0.06 0.06 0.05

Leadership factors Transactional leadership

0.22⁎ 0.05 0.30⁎ 0.07 0.19†

Transformational leadership

0.48⁎ 0.65⁎ 0.42⁎ 0.71⁎ 0.29⁎

KM factors Knowledge acquisition

0.10 −0.04

Knowledge transfer 0.14 0.03 Knowledge application

0.44⁎ 0.29⁎

F 12.88⁎ 15.01⁎ 12.29⁎ 22.06⁎ 9.51⁎ 9.75⁎

ΔF 36.34⁎ 44.11⁎ 36.43⁎ 65.10⁎ 20.76⁎ 2.40†

R2 0.43 0.47 0.42 0.57 0.40 0.47 ΔR2 0.41 0.46 0.42 0.56 0.37 0.04

Notes: Standardized beta coefficients are reported. OP — organizational performance; KA — knowledge acquisition; KT — knowledge transfer; KAP — knowledge application. ⁎ p b .01. ⁎⁎ p b .05. † p b .1.

1627M. Birasnav / Journal of Business Research 67 (2014) 1622–1629

Model 1 shows that transactional leadership is positively related to organizational performance, and after controlling for the effects of trans- actional leadership, transformational leadership is positively associ- ated with organizational performance (β = 0.48, p b 0.01). Therefore, Hypothesis 1 predicting that transformational leadership will have positive effects on organizational performance beyond the effects of transactional leadership was completely supported. Model 2 shows the effects of transformational leadership and transactional leadership on tactical KM process factors. After controlling for the effects of trans- actional leadership, the variance of transformational leadership signifi- cantly and positively explains the variance on knowledge acquisition (β = 0.65, p b 0.01), knowledge transfer (β = 0.42, p b 0.01), and knowledge application (β = 0.71, p b 0.01). Thus, complete support was found for Hypothesis 2 indicating that transformational leadership behaviors will have positive associations with KM process beyond the effects of transactional leadership. Model 3 shows that only one KM process variable, knowledge application, is positively related to organi- zational performance. Therefore, knowledge application has potential to act as a mediator in the relationship between transformational lead- ership and organizational performance.

Model 4 shows the beta values of both transformational leadership and KM process variables on organizational performance. After entering the KM process factors into the regression equation in which organiza- tional performance was regressed on transformational leadership, the beta value of transformational leadership on organizational performance 0.48 (p b 0.01) is significantly reduced to 0.29 (p b 0.01). These results show that knowledge application plays a partial mediator role in the rela- tionship between transformational leadership and organizational perfor- mance. Thus, Hypothesis 3 indicating that KM process will strongly mediate the relationship between transformational leadership and orga- nizational performance is partially supported.

6. Discussions

In order to survive in the turbulent market environment, firms make lots of efforts to implement various knowledge-enhancing practices to create organizational knowledge by which they increase their ability to innovate new products. This study adds to the growing body of

leadership research that investigates the associations between transfor- mational leadership and firm performance, and contributes to KM litera- ture by investigating KM process implementation as a much needed mechanism transformational leaders employ to improve organizational performance. Data were collected from human resource managers and general managers of Bahrain service firms to examine the medi- ation role of KM process in the relationship between transformation- al leadership and organizational performance. HRA results indicated that leaders having transformational leadership behaviors have po- tential to contribute to firm performance in addition to the effects of transactional behaviors. Transformational leaders provide high importance to implement KM process in their organizations in the forms of acquiring missing knowledge from external environment, transferring knowledge between employees, and encouraging knowledge application. However, results also highlighted that KM process acts as a partial mediator in the relationship between trans- formational leadership and organizational performance.

Implementing KM process is an essential activity that organizations must execute to achieve competitive advantage through encouraging employees to contribute toward developing organizational knowledge. In this direction, it is transformational leaders who develop human cap- ital (combination of employees' knowledge, skills, commitment, and ca- pabilities) through encouraging employees to transfer their knowledge to other employees and applying their knowledge for completing pro- jects and performing different critical jobs. It is found that these leaders acquire knowledge from external environment by involving in the ac- tivities of searching for experts and consultants who possess the missing knowledge and make them available for other employees either tempo- rarily or permanently. Scholars provide support for this notion that transformational leadership is positively related to recruitment and se- lection process (Zhu et al., 2005). However, this way of knowledge ac- quisition did not help leaders to improve organizational performance. Similarly, the way these leaders support employees to transfer knowl- edge between employees also did not contribute significantly to improve organizational performance. It is knowledge application that contributes significantly to enhance organizational performance. It is commonly found among service firms that leaders encourage their employees to attend conferences, workshops, and seminars to gain new knowledge. By establishing enough technological infrastructure in the organizations, the gained knowledge is immediately applied for solving job problems. In line with the researchers (for example, Edmondson, 1996), who asserted that leadership is a source of sustainable competitive advantage, this study showcases that transformational leadership is a source of improv- ing organizational performance directly and indirectly through knowl- edge application.

7. Limitations

There are certain limitations involved in this research study. First, since this study is an organizational level study, the managers chosen to participate in this study was a limitation. Managers familiar with the issues of this study were participated, and the analysis related to homogeneous set of the responses from the organizations was not performed. In future, this analysis will be performed along with intro- ducing other variables like organizational learning. Second, this study collected responses for transformational leadership and KM process from human resource managers. Therefore, the common method vari- ance bias could not be eliminated, as it was very difficult to find two man- agers working in the service firms. Research studies can be conducted among manufacturing industries and number of sources for collecting re- sponses can be increased. Third, number of service firms participated in this study was another limitation of this study. However, low response rate was unavoidable when the survey is conducted among service firms, and since two participants from one firm were participated in this study, responses were also rejected when one participant could not provide the response.

1628 M. Birasnav / Journal of Business Research 67 (2014) 1622–1629

8. Implications for theory

This study has a number of contributions to theory and leadership and KM literature. First, it developed a conceptual model through in- tegrating the concepts of transformational leadership, KM, and orga- nizational performance. Though a number of studies investigated the positive effects of transformational leadership on organizational perfor- mance (Aragon-Correa et al., 2007; Peterson et al., 2009), it built the conceptual model indicating the mediation role of tactical KM process and derived three hypotheses. Second, this study empirically tested the conceptual model and proved that transformational leadership has a direct effect on organizational performance and has indirect effect on per- formance through implementing tactical KM process. However, only knowledge application has played a mediation role in the relationship be- tween transformational leadership and organizational performance. Third, despite the prevalence of certain associations between transaction- al leadership and KM process and between transactional leadership and organizational performance, the effects of transactional leadership on KM process and organizational performance were controlled for in this study. Thus, this study provided strong evidence to show the interrela- tionships between transformational leadership and KM process and be- tween transformational leadership and organizational performance. Due to these contributions, this study made significant contributions to an- swer research questions in relation to examining the effects of transfor- mational leadership on performance and tactical KM process beyond the effects of transactional leadership and to examining the mediating role of tactical KM process in the relationship between transformational leadership and performance. Previous research study suggested that transformational leadership behaviors could be developed among managers through training sessions. For instance, Barling, Weber, and Kelloway (1996) empirically showed that training provided to bank managers to develop transformational leadership behaviors had significant contribution on improving financial performance. Consistent with this research study, the current study emphasized the importance of developing transformational leadership to improve organizational performance through implementing KM process.

9. Implications for practice

This study has certain implications for managers. First, managers responsible for human resource management should provide training to managerial employees on exhibiting transformational behaviors apart from transactional behaviors. As transformational behaviors were proved effective under uncertain environment, human resource managers should monitor the external environment, read the economic situations, and present these situations to the trainees so that they can understand the component of transformational behaviors to be exhibited during a particular uncertain environment. Second, human resource managers should take efforts to create KM department that may function under the purview of human resource management or operations management, as knowledge application was found to have significant relationship with organizational performance. KM department shall be assigned re- sponsibility of suggesting acquisition of missing knowledge to the human resource department, listing relevant workshops or confer- ences, identifying employees to participate in these workshops, implementing techniques and necessary facilities to transfer the ac- quired knowledge, and importantly, suggesting and monitoring the application process of knowledge in other department by integrat- ing all the departments together to share the job problems. Third, general managers can increase the performance level of their organiza- tions if they involve in exercising transformational leadership behaviors apart from traditional leadership style, and so these managers should engage in development of goals, use different techniques to improve employees' knowledge, and create trust among employees. Last, con- tents related to knowledge acquisition, transfer, and application shall be included in the annual performance appraisal process by human

resource managers, and this will emphasize the importance given to prevalence of KM process by the organizations.

10. Directions for future research

In future, apart from addressing the limitations, the conceptual model will be refined by including more number of constructs. For ex- ample, a moderating role of environmental uncertainty will be included in the relationship between transformational leadership and KM pro- cess and between transformational leadership and organizational per- formance in line with Jansen et al. (2009). The concepts of KM process will be explored further by including knowledge documentation and knowledge creation constructs as per Filius et al. (2000)'s definition of tactical KM process. In addition, the role of organizational learning will be examined in the associations among transformational leadership, KM process, and performance.

11. Conclusions

The present study (1) investigated the direct effect of transformational leadership on organizational performance and indirect effect of transfor- mational leadership on organizational performance through KM process beyond the effects of transactional leadership; (2) proved that after con- trolling for the effects of transactional leadership, transformational lead- ership strongly predicted organizational performance; (3) showed that it is transformational leaders, who make significant contribution to ac- quire, transfer, and apply knowledge in the organizations beyond the con- tributions of transactional leadership on implementing KM process; and (4) empirically showed that implementation of KM process partially mediates the relationship between transformational leadership and or- ganizational performance after controlling the effects of transactional leadership.

Acknowledgements

I would like to thank the anonymous reviewers for their comments to improve this article. I would also like to thank the New York Institute of Technology for providing resources to carry out this study as well as Mr. Talal, Mr. Mohammed, and Mr. Yousif for their support on data collection.

References

Aragon-Correa, J. A., Garcia-Morales, V. J., & Cordon-Pozo, E. (2007). Leadership and organi- zational learning's role on innovation and performance: Lessons from Spain. Industrial Marketing Management, 36, 349–359.

Avolio, B. J., Bass, B.M., & Jung, D. I. (1999). Re-examining the components of transforma- tional and transactional leadership using the multi-factor leadership questionnaire. Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology, 72, 441–462.

Barling, J., Weber, T., & Kelloway, E. K. (1996). Effects of transformational leadership training on attitudinal and financial outcomes: A field experiment. Journal of Applied Psychology, 81, 827–832.

Baron, R. M., & Kenny, D. A. (1986). The moderator–mediator variable distinction in social psychological research: Conceptual, strategic, and statistical considerations. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 51, 1173–1182.

Bass, B.M. (1985). Leadership and performance beyond expectations. New York: The Free Press. Bass, B.M., & Avolio, B. J. (1995). The multifactor leadership questionnaire — 5X short form.

Redwood City, CA: Mind Garden. Bass, B.M., & Riggio, R. E. (2006). Transformational leadership. New Jersey: Lawrence

Erlbaum Associates. Birasnav, M., Rangnekar, S., & Dalpati, A. (2011). Transformational leadership and human

capital benefits: The role of knowledge management. Leadership & Organization Development Journal, 32, 106–126.

Bogner, W. C., & Bansal, P. (2007). Knowledge management as the basis of sustained high performance. Journal of Management Studies, 44, 165–188.

Bryant, S. E. (2003). The role of transformational and transactional leadership in creating, sharing and exploiting organizational knowledge. Leadership & Organizational Studies, 9, 32–44.

Burns, J. M. (1978). Leadership. New York: Harper & Row. Chen, C., & Huang, J. (2009). Strategic human resource practices and innovation

performance — The mediating role of knowledge management capacity. Journal of Business Research, 62, 104–114.

1629M. Birasnav / Journal of Business Research 67 (2014) 1622–1629

Colbert, A., Kristof-Brown, A., Bradley, B., & Barrick, M. (2008). CEO transformational lead- ership: The role of goal importance congruence in top management teams. Academy of Management Journal, 51, 81–96.

Crawford, C. B. (2005). Effects of transformational leadership and organizational position on knowledge management. Journal of Knowledge Management, 9, 6–16.

Crossan, M. M., Lane, H. W., & White, R. E. (1999). An organizational learning framework: From intuition to institution. Academy of Management Review, 24, 522–537.

Delaney, J. T., & Huselid, M.A. (1996). The impact of human resource management prac- tices on perceptions of organizational performance. Academy of Management Journal, 39, 949–969.

Dess, G. G., & Beard, D. W. (1984). Dimensions of organizational task environments. Administrative Science Quarterly, 29, 52–73.

Dirks, K. T., & Ferrin, D. L. (2002). Trust in leadership: Meta-analytic findings and implica- tions for research and practice. Journal of Applied Psychology, 87, 611–628.

Droge, C., Claycomb, C., & Germain, R. (2003). Does knowledge mediate the effect of con- text on performance? — Some initial evidence. Decision Sciences, 34, 541–568.

Dubinsky, A. J., Yammarino, F. J., & Jolson, M.A. (1995). An examination of linkages between personal characteristics and dimensions of transformational leadership. Journal of Business and Psychology, 9, 315–335.

Dvir, T., Eden, D., Avolio, B. J., & Shamir, B. (2002). Impact of transformational leadership on follower development and performance: A field experiment. Academy of Management Journal, 45, 735–744.

Edmondson, A. (1996). Three faces of Eden. Human Relations, 49, 571–595. Filius, R., De Jong, J. A., & Roelofs, E. C. (2000). Knowledge management in the HRD office:

A comparison of three cases. Journal of Workplace Learning, 12, 286–295. Garcia-Morales, V. J., Llorens-Montes, F. J., & Verdu-Jover, A. J. (2008). The effects of trans-

formational leadership on organizational performance through knowledge and inno- vation. British Journal of Management, 19, 299–319.

Gong, Y., Huang, J. C., & Farh, J. L. (2009). Employee learning orientation, transformational leadership, and employee creativity: The mediating role of employee creative self-efficacy. Academy of Management Journal, 52, 765–778.

Grant, R. M. (1996). Toward a knowledge-based theory of the firm. Strategic Management Journal, 17, 109–121.

Howell, J. M., & Avolio, B. J. (1993). Transformational leadership, transactional leadership, locus of control and support for innovation: Key predictors of consolidated- business-unit performance. Journal of Applied Psychology, 78, 891–902.

Inkpen, A.C. (1998). Learning and knowledge acquisition through international strategic alliances. Academy of Management Executive, 12, 69–80.

Jansen, J., Vera, D., & Crossan, M. (2009). Strategic leadership for exploration and exploitation: The moderating role of environmental dynamism. The Leadership Quarterly, 20, 5–18.

Jimes, C., & Lucardie, L. (2003). Reconsidering the tacit–explicit distinction — A move to- ward functional (tacit) knowledge management. Electronic Journal of Knowledge Management, 1, 23–32.

Jung, D. I., Chow, C., & Wu, A. (2003). The role of transformational leadership in enhancing organizational innovation: Hypotheses and some preliminary findings. The Leadership Quarterly, 14, 525–544.

Lee, H., & Choi, B. (2003). Knowledge management enablers, processes, and organizational performance: An integrative view and empirical examination. Journal of Management Information Systems, 20, 179–228.

Liao, S. H., & Wu, C. C. (2010). System perspective of knowledge management, organiza- tional learning, and organizational innovation. Expert Systems with Applications, 37, 1096–1103.

Lin, H. F., & Lee, G. G. (2005). Impact of organizational learning and knowledge manage- ment factors on e-business adoption. Management Decision, 43, 171–188.

Lowe, K. B., Kroeck, K. G., & Sivasubramaniam, N. (1996). Effectiveness correlates of trans- formational and transactional leadership: A meta-analytic review of the MLQ litera- ture. The Leadership Quarterly, 7, 385–425.

Maier, R. (2005). Modeling knowledge work for the design of knowledge infrastructures. Journal of Universal Computer Science, 11, 429–451.

Menguc, B., Auh, S., & Shih, E. (2007). Transformational leadership and market orientation: Implications for the implementation of competitive strategies and business unit perfor- mance. Journal of Business Research, 60, 314–321.

Nemanich, L. A., & Keller, R. T. (2007). Transformational leadership in an acquisition: A field study of employees. The Leadership Quarterly, 18, 49–68.

Nemanich, L. A., & Vera, D. (2009). Transformational leadership and ambidexterity in the context of an acquisition. The Leadership Quarterly, 20, 19–33.

Nonaka, I. (1994). A dynamic theory of organizational knowledge creation. Organization Science, 5, 14–37.

Peterson, S. J., Walumbwa, F. O., Byron, K., & Myrowitz, J. (2009). CEO positive psycholog- ical traits, transformational leadership, and firm performance in high-technology start-up and established firms. Journal of Management, 35, 348–368.

Piccolo, R. F., & Colquitt, J. A. (2006). Transformational leadership and job behaviors: The mediating role of core job characteristics. Academy of Management Journal, 49, 327–340.

Pillai, R., Schriesheim, C., & Williams, E. (1999). Fairness perceptions and trust as media- tors for transformational and transactional leadership: A two-sample study. Journal of Management, 6, 897–933.

Politis, J.D. (2002). Transformational and transactional leadership enabling (disabling) knowledge acquisition of self-managed teams: The consequences of performance. Leadership & Organization Development Journal, 23, 186–197.

Schepers, J., Wetzels, M., & De Ruyter, K. (2005). Leadership styles in technology acceptance: Do followers practice what leaders preach? Managing Service Quality, 15, 496–508.

Singh, S. K. (2008). Role of leadership in knowledge management: A study. Journal of Knowledge Management, 12, 3–15.

Sveiby, K., & Simons, R. (2002). Collaborative climate and effectiveness of knowledge work — An empirical study. Journal of Knowledge Management, 6, 420–433.

Tanriverdi, H. (2005). Information technology relatedness, knowledge manage- ment capability, and performance of multibusiness firms. MIS Quarterly, 29, 311–334.

Tosi, H. J. (1982). Toward a paradigm shift in the study of leadership. In J. G. Hunt, U. Sekaran, & C. A. Schriescheim (Eds.), Leadership: Beyond establishment views (pp. 222–233). Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois University Press.

Tsai, W. (2001). Knowledge transfer in intraorganizational networks: Effects of network position and absorptive capacity on business unit innovation and performance. Academy of Management Journal, 44, 996–1004.

Vera, D., & Crossan, M. (2004). Strategic leadership and organizational learning. Academy of Management Review, 29, 222–240.

Waldman, D. A., Ramirez, G. G., House, R. J., & Puraman, P. (2001). Does leadership mat- ter? CEO leader attributes and profitability under conditions of perceived environ- mental uncertainty. Academy of Management Journal, 44, 134–143.

Wang, H., Law, K. S., Hackett, R. D., Wang, D., & Chen, Z. X. (2005). Leader–member exchange as a mediator of the relationship between transformational leadership and followers' performance and organizational citizenship behavior. Academy of Management Journal, 48, 420–432.

Xenikou, A., & Simosi, M. (2006). Organizational culture and transformational leadership as predictors of business unit performance. Journal of Managerial Psychology, 21, 566–579.

Zhu, W., Chew, I. K. H., & Spangler, W. D. (2005). CEO transformational leadership and or- ganizational outcomes: The mediating role of human–capital-enhancing human re- source management. The Leadership Quarterly, 16, 39–52.

  • Knowledge management and organizational performance in the service industry: The role of transformational leadership beyond the effects of transactional leadership
    • 1. Introduction
    • 2. Theoretical framework
      • 2.1. Transactional leadership and transformational leadership
      • 2.2. KM process
    • 3. Hypotheses
      • 3.1. Transformational leadership and organizational performance beyond the effects of transactional leadership
      • 3.2. Transformational leadership and KM process beyond the effects of transactional leadership
      • 3.3. Mediator role of KM process beyond transactional leadership effects
    • 4. Methodology
      • 4.1. Sample
      • 4.2. Measures
        • 4.2.1. Transformational and transactional leadership
        • 4.2.2. Tactical KM process
        • 4.2.3. Organizational performance
        • 4.2.4. Control variables
    • 5. Results
    • 6. Discussions
    • 7. Limitations
    • 8. Implications for theory
    • 9. Implications for practice
    • 10. Directions for future research
    • 11. Conclusions
    • Acknowledgements
    • References

assignments combined/old assignment/Knowledge management and Organizational Performance 4.pdf

Journal of Knowledge Management Knowledge management and organizational performance: a decomposed view Annette M. Mills Trevor A. Smith

Article information: To cite this document: Annette M. Mills Trevor A. Smith, (2011),"Knowledge management and organizational performance: a decomposed view", Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 15 Iss 1 pp. 156 - 171 Permanent link to this document: http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/13673271111108756

Downloaded on: 08 June 2016, At: 00:24 (PT) References: this document contains references to 53 other documents. To copy this document: [email protected] The fulltext of this document has been downloaded 7592 times since 2011*

Users who downloaded this article also downloaded: (2005),"Knowledge management, innovation and firm performance", Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 9 Iss 3 pp. 101-115 http:// dx.doi.org/10.1108/13673270510602809 (2012),"Does knowledge management really matter? Linking knowledge management practices, competitiveness and economic performance", Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 16 Iss 4 pp. 617-636 http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/13673271211246185 (2001),"Knowledge management in organizations: examining the interaction between technologies, techniques, and people", Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 5 Iss 1 pp. 68-75 http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/13673270110384419

Access to this document was granted through an Emerald subscription provided by emerald-srm:449525 []

For Authors If you would like to write for this, or any other Emerald publication, then please use our Emerald for Authors service information about how to choose which publication to write for and submission guidelines are available for all. Please visit www.emeraldinsight.com/ authors for more information.

About Emerald www.emeraldinsight.com Emerald is a global publisher linking research and practice to the benefit of society. The company manages a portfolio of more than 290 journals and over 2,350 books and book series volumes, as well as providing an extensive range of online products and additional customer resources and services.

Emerald is both COUNTER 4 and TRANSFER compliant. The organization is a partner of the Committee on Publication Ethics (COPE) and also works with Portico and the LOCKSS initiative for digital archive preservation.

*Related content and download information correct at time of download.

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:2 4

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

Knowledge management and organizational performance: a decomposed view

Annette M. Mills and Trevor A. Smith

Abstract

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to evaluate the impact of specific knowledge management

resources (i.e. knowledge management enablers and processes) on organizational performance.

Design/methodology/approach – The study uses survey data from 189 managers and structural

equation modeling to assess the links between specific knowledge management resources and

organizational performance.

Findings – The results show that some knowledge resources (e.g. organizational structure, knowledge

application) are directly related to organizational performance, while others (e.g. technology, knowledge

conversion), though important preconditions for knowledge management, are not directly related to

organizational performance.

Research limitations/implications – The survey findings were based on a single dataset, so the same

observations may not apply to other settings. The survey also did not provide in-depth insight into the

key capabilities of individual firms and the circumstances under which some resources are directly

related to organizational performance.

Practical implications – The study provides evidence linking particular knowledge resources to

organizational performance. Such insights can help firms better target their investments and enhance

the success of their knowledge management initiatives.

Originality/value – Prior research often utilizes composite measures when examining the knowledge

management-organizational performance link. This bundling of the dimensions of knowledge

management allows managers and researchers to focus on main effects but leaves little room for

understanding how particular resources relate to organizational performance. This study addresses this

gap by assessing the links between specific knowledge management resources and organizational

performance. The results show that some resources are directly related to organizational performance,

while others are not.

Keywords Knowledge management, Organizational performance, Surveys

Paper type Research paper

1. Introduction

For many organizations achieving improved performance is not only dependent on the

successful deployment of tangible assets and natural resources but also on the effective

management of knowledge (Lee and Sukoco, 2007). As such, investments in knowledge

management continue to increase dramatically from year to year. According to AMR

Research, US firms would have invested $73 billion on knowledge management software in

2007, increasing by almost 16 percent in 2008 (McGreevy, 2007). Forrester Research Inc.

(2010) also reports that 20 percent of small and medium-businesses in North America and

Europe plan to implement CRM or information and knowledge management tools in 2010 or

later, representing the fastest growing software segment among small and

medium-businesses. Much of the overall spending by firms on knowledge management

initiatives is driven by strategic imperatives that depend on the effective management of the

knowledge resource (Lee and Sukoco, 2007). As such, one of the main reasons firms invest

PAGE 156 j JOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT j VOL. 15 NO. 1 2011, pp. 156-171, Q Emerald Group Publishing Limited, ISSN 1367-3270 DOI 10.1108/13673271111108756

Annette M. Mills is a Senior

Lecturer in the Department

of Accounting and

Information Systems, at the

University of Canterbury,

Christchurch, New

Zealand. Trevor A. Smith is

a Lecturer in the

Department of

Management Studies at the

University of the West

Indies, Jamaica, West

Indies.

Received: 6 May 2010 Accepted: 1 September 2010

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:2 4

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

in knowledge management is to build a knowledge capability that facilitates the effective

management and flow of information and knowledge within the firm.

Different resources make up the knowledge capability of a firm. These include technology

infrastructure, organizational structure and organizational culture which are linked to a firm’s

knowledge infrastructure capability; and knowledge acquisition, knowledge conversion,

knowledge application and knowledge protection which are linked to the firm’s knowledge

process capability (Alavi and Leidner, 2001; Gold et al., 2001). Taken together, these

resources determine the knowledge management capability of a firm, which in turn has been

linked to various measures of organizational performance (Grant, 1996; Gold et al., 2001;

Lee and Sukoco, 2007; Zack et al., 2009).

Given the composite nature of knowledge capabilities, most firms will possess different

levels and combinations of resources (i.e. knowledge enablers and processes) that

collectively make up their knowledge capability. The contribution that each resource makes

to organizational performance is therefore likely to vary across firms; it is this unique makeup

that enables benefits such as competitive advantage and improved performance.

Although research suggests that a firm’s knowledge management capabilities in

combination, impact organizational performance (Gold et al., 2001; Zaim et al., 2007) it is

likely that only some of the resources that make up these capabilities will contribute to

organizational performance on their own (Grant, 1991). However, prior research has tended

to bundle the dimensions that make up knowledge capabilities. This approach has the

advantage of enabling managers and researchers to focus on main effects, but leaves little

room for understanding how particular resources relate to organizational performance.

For example, firms that decide to enhance their overall capabilities may start with a decision

about the applications they need, then move to decisions about the infrastructure and other

processes needed to support the application (e.g. how knowledge will be acquired,

converted and protected). Focusing on individual knowledge enablers and processes can

therefore provide a more fundamental understanding of a firm’s knowledge capability and

enhance management decision-making at the resource level. A more detailed evaluation of

the links between the individual dimensions of knowledge management capabilities and

organizational performance can address this gap.

Using survey data from 189 senior- and middle-level managers in the service and

manufacturing sectors and structural equation modeling techniques, it is expected that this

study will provide insights into the links between individual knowledge enablers and

processes, and organizational performance. The outcomes will not only provide managers

and researchers with quantitative evidence linking particular knowledge resources to

organizational performance but will also shed light on how firms can enhance the success of

their knowledge management initiatives through a more targeted and direct approach to

implementation. The outcomes will also address gaps in the literature regarding the lack of

large-scale empirical evidence linking knowledge management to organizational

performance (Zack et al., 2009).

2. Literature review

Gold et al. (2001) proposed a model of knowledge management capabilities that has since

become one of the most widely cited in the knowledge management literature. In this model,

Gold et al. theorized knowledge management capabilities as multidimensional concepts

that incorporate: a process perspective which focuses on a set of activities, that is,

knowledge process capabilities and an infrastructure perspective which focuses on

enablers, that is, knowledge infrastructure capabilities (Alavi and Leidner, 2001; Lee and

Choi, 2003). These in turn are composed of multiple dimensions: knowledge infrastructural

capability comprises technology, organizational culture and organizational structure while

knowledge process capability is made up of knowledge acquisition, knowledge conversion,

knowledge application, and knowledge protection (Gold et al., 2001).

VOL. 15 NO. 1 2011 jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj PAGE 157

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:2 4

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

Prior research suggests these enablers and processes are necessary preconditions for

effective knowledge management (Alavi and Leidner, 2001; Davenport et al., 1998). Thus

most researchers using the Gold et al. framework will model the knowledge infrastructure

and knowledge process capabilities as composite constructs, when examining the links

between knowledge capabilities and outcomes such as organizational performance,

knowledge management success, and strategy implementation (Chan and Chao, 2008;

Jennex and Olfman, 2005; Laframboise et al., 2007; Paisittanand et al., 2007). For

example, Gold et al. (2001) found that both knowledge infrastructure capability and

knowledge process capability are positively related to organizational performance. This

approach has the benefit of allowing researchers to focus on the main effects and

enhancing parsimony.

However, what is not well known is whether there are differential relationships (including null

or cancelling effects) between the individual dimensions of knowledge process capability

and knowledge infrastructure capability, and organizational performance and the nature of

these relationships (Law et al., 1998; Petter et al., 2006). To address this gap, this study

examines a decomposed Gold et al. (2001) model, analyzing the structural model at the

level of the individual resource vis-à-vis organizational performance. The outcomes are

expected to provide specific insights into the knowledge management – organizational

performance link by identifying those knowledge resources (i.e. enablers and processes)

that are directly related to organizational performance.

2.1 The theoretical model

When it comes to the relationship between IT resources and organizational performance the

resource-based view (RBV) offers a useful lens for understanding this link. In essence, the

RBV argues that ‘‘firms possess resources, a subset of which enables them to achieve

competitive advantage, and a further subset which leads to superior long-term

performance’’ (Wernerfelt, 1984, p.108). However, the RBV is void of a single definition of

the term ‘‘resource’’ (Wade and Hulland, 2004) with many researchers using the terms

‘‘resources’’ and ‘‘capabilities’’ interchangeably (Christensen and Overdorf, 2000; Gold

et al., 2001; Sanchez et al., 1996). However, Grant (1991) suggests that a firm’s resource is

the basic unit of analysis and provides direct input to the production process while the firm’s

capability represents an aggregation of resources or ‘‘the capacity for a team of resources to

perform some task or activity’’ (Grant, 1991, p. 119). Thus ‘‘resources are the source of a

firm’s capabilities, [and] capabilities are the main source of its competitive advantage’’

(Grant, 1991, p. 119). Consequently, both resources and capabilities can contribute to a

firm’s bottom-line (Grant, 1991). However, few resources are productive on their own and, it

is the overall capabilities that are considered the true drivers of the firm’s productivity (Grant,

1991).

The RBV also recognizes that while some resources may lead to performance

enhancements, others do not, and that the combination may differ across industries and

firms. As such, a key challenge for firms is to identify and leverage those resources that

directly impact organizational performance (Wade and Hulland, 2004; Zack et al., 2009).

Based on this understanding of the relationship between resources, capabilities and

organizational performance, the next section examines knowledge management

capabilities, the resources that make up these capabilities, and the theorized links

between these resources and organizational performance. A decomposed model of

knowledge management capabilities is then assessed vis-à-vis organizational performance,

and the results compared with a composite model of knowledge management capabilities.

Implications for future research and practice follow.

2.2 Knowledge management capabilities

Knowledge management supports the aggregation of resources into capabilities (Maier and

Remus, 2002). Knowledge management capabilities can be categorized into two broad

PAGE 158jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj VOL. 15 NO. 1 2011

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:2 4

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

types – knowledge infrastructure capability and knowledge process capability (Gold et al.,

2001).

2.2.1 Knowledge infrastructure capability. Prior research recognizes the importance of

having a supportive and effective knowledge infrastructure to underpin a firm’s knowledge

management initiatives (Davenport and Völpel, 2001; Paisittanand et al., 2007). Different

elements make up a firm’s knowledge infrastructure capability. This study adopts the Gold

et al. (2001) typology which views technology, organizational culture and organizational

structure as key components of a firm’s knowledge infrastructure capability (Davenport and

Völpel, 2001; Paisittanand et al., 2007).

Technology. The technology element of knowledge infrastructure comprises the information

technology (IT) systems that enable the integration of information and knowledge in the

organization as well as the creation, transfer, storage and safe-keeping of the firm’s

knowledge resource. Although an appropriate technology infrastructure is essential for

effective knowledge management, studies that examine the link between information

technologies and measures of organizational performance are often inconclusive, and fail to

demonstrate whether IT is directly related to performance (Powell and Dent-Micallef, 1997;

Webb and Schlemmer, 2006). For example, Powell and Dent-Micallef (1997) in their study of

US firms, found that IT in and of itself did not enhance organizational performance, but could

increase organizational performance when combined with other human and business

assets. Teece et al. (1997) further suggested that the absence of an association between

technology and performance could be because technology (e.g. IS resources) is easily

copied, making it a fragile source of competitive advantage.

Although technology is not always linked directly to organizational performance, research

shows that when combined with other resources IT can enhance performance and lead to

sustained advantage (Clemons and Row, 1991; Powell and Dent-Micallef, 1997). So

although the technology infrastructure may not contribute directly to organizational

performance, it is an essential enabler of other knowledge resources such as knowledge

acquisition and knowledge application processes, which may themselves enhance

organizational performance (Seleim and Khalil, 2007).

Organizational culture. In the context of knowledge management is considered a complex

collection of values, beliefs, behaviors and symbols that influences knowledge management

in organizations (Ho, 2009). Hence, a knowledge-friendly culture is regarded as one of the

most important factors impacting knowledge management and the outcomes from its use

(Alavi et al., 2005-2006; Davenport et al., 1998; Ho, 2009). Sin and Tse (2000) found that

organizational cultural values such as consumer orientation, service quality, informality and

innovation were ‘‘significantly associated with marketing effectiveness’’ (Sin and Tse, 2000,

p. 305). More recently, Aydin and Ceylan (2009) also showed that cultural dimensions were

related to organizational performance.

Changes in corporate culture are also regarded as necessary for implementing knowledge

management programs (Bhatt, 2001): ‘‘the ability of an organization to learn, develop

memory, and share knowledge is [therefore] dependent on its culture’’ (Turban et al., 2005,

p. 496). Thus, positive changes in culture are expected to impact organizational

performance and add momentum to other improvements taking place elsewhere in the

organization (Richert, 1999).

Organizational structure comprises the organizational hierarchy, rules and regulations, and

reporting relationships (Herath, 2007) and is considered a means of co-ordination and

control whereby organizational actors can be directed towards organizational effectiveness.

Knowledge management theorists largely conclude that changes in an organization’s

structure, such as moving from hierarchical to flatter networked forms, are essential for the

effective transfer and creation of knowledge in the organization (Beveren, 2003; Gold et al.,

2001; Grant, 1996; Nonaka and Takeuchi, 1995). Such changes by extension have been

positively associated with improved outputs in both service and financial terms (Richert,

1999). Thus it is expected that:

VOL. 15 NO. 1 2011 jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj PAGE 159

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:2 4

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

H1. Technology is not (directly) related to organizational performance.

H2. Organizational culture is positively related to organizational performance.

H3. Organization structure is positively related to organizational performance.

2.2.2 Knowledge process capability. Gold et al. (2001) suggested that knowledge process

capabilities (required for storing, transforming and transporting of knowledge throughout the

organization) are needed for leveraging the infrastructure capability. Four broad dimensions

are identified – ‘‘acquiring knowledge, converting it into useful form, applying or using it,

and protecting it’’ (Gold et al., 2001, p. 190).

Knowledge acquisition. The term ‘‘acquisition’’ refers to a firm’s capability to identify, acquire

and accumulate knowledge (whether internal or external) that is essential to its operations

(Gold et al., 2001; Zahra and George, 2002). Acquiring knowledge can involve several

aspects including creation, sharing and dissemination. Knowledge acquisition reflects in

part, a subset of a firm’s absorptive capacity – more specifically, it can be viewed as a

‘‘potential capacity’’ that reflects a firm’s ability to use its knowledge to create advantage, but

does not guarantee that knowledge will be used effectively (Cohen and Levinthal, 1990).

Research suggests strong and positive links between knowledge acquisition and

performance measures. For example, Song (2008) showed that knowledge creation

practices were significantly related to organizational improvement. Further, when acquired

knowledge is used appropriately, a significant and positive link is observed between

knowledge acquisition and organizational performance (Lyles and Salk, 1996; Seleim and

Khalil, 2007).

Knowledge conversion. Knowledge that is captured from various sources (both internal and

external to the business) needs to be converted to organizational knowledge for effective

utilization within the business (Lee and Suh, 2003). This conversion process, which takes

place along the supply chain of data, information and knowledge, is transient in nature and

so organizations must speedily convert data into information and information into

organizational knowledge to maximize benefits from the conversion process (Bhatt, 2001).

Thus, it is expected that the knowledge conversion process could influence performance

outcomes.

Knowledge application. Bhatt (2001, pp. 72-73) stated that: ‘‘knowledge application means

making knowledge more active and relevant for the firm in creating value’’. For organizations

to create value they need to apply knowledge to their products and services by various

means such as repackaging available knowledge, training and motivating its people to think

creatively, and utilizing people’s understanding of the company’s processes, products and

services. For example, many organizations encourage organizational learning in which

individuals and teams can apply the knowledge gained to initiatives’ such as new product

development with the ultimate aim of improved performance in areas such as ‘‘speed to

market’’ and innovation (Sarin and McDermott, 2003). Droge et al. (2003, p.544) also argues

that ‘‘in the long run, firms that create new knowledge at a lower cost and more speedily that

competitors, and then apply that knowledge effectively and efficiently, will be successful at

creating competitive advantage’’.

For knowledge to impact organizational performance it has to be used to support the firm’s

processes. Hence, it is through knowledge utilization that acquired knowledge can be

transformed from being a potential capability into a realized and dynamic capability that

impacts organizational performance (Cohen and Levinthal, 1990; Seleim and Khalil, 2007;

Zahra and George, 2002).

Knowledge protection. Knowledge protection is necessary for effective functioning and

control within organizations. This would typically include the use of copyright and patents

along with information technology systems that allow knowledge to be secured by filename,

user name, password and file-sharing protocols that ascribe rights to authorized users (Lee

and Yang, 2000). However, knowledge protection is often challenging in part because the

PAGE 160jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj VOL. 15 NO. 1 2011

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:2 4

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

copyright laws that are intended to protect knowledge are limited in their treatment of the

knowledge environment (Everard, 2001). Notwithstanding such limitations, the knowledge

protection process should not be abandoned or marginalized (Gold et al., 2001) and

protecting knowledge from illegal and inappropriate use is essential for a firm to establish

and maintain a competitive advantage (Liebeskind, 1996). Moreover, since knowledge is

crucial for competitive advantage, storing and protecting knowledge is expected to create

value for the organization (Lee and Sukoco, 2007).

Taken altogether, it is expected that:

H4. Knowledge acquisition is positively related to organizational performance.

H5. Knowledge conversion is positively related to organizational performance.

H6. Knowledge application is positively related to organizational performance.

H7. Knowledge protection is positively related to organizational performance.

2.2.3 A composite model of knowledge management capabilities. There is a general

consensus in the literature that knowledge management is linked to organizational

performance (Gold et al., 2001; Gosh and Scott, 2007; Lee and Sukoco, 2007; Liu et al.,

2005; Zaim et al., 2007). For example, Gold et al. (2001) and Zaim et al. (2007) showed that

both knowledge infrastructure capability and knowledge process capability have a

significant and positive impact on organizational effectiveness. Lee and Sukoco (2007)

found that knowledge management capabilities affect innovation and organizational

effectiveness. Gosh and Scott (2007) also argued that knowledge infrastructural capabilities

such as technology, organizational culture and organizational structure, need to correspond

with knowledge process capabilities (e.g. actual flow and use of knowledge) in order to

achieve considerable improvements in effectiveness. In assessing the relationship between

knowledge management practices and performance outcomes, Zack et al. (2009) found

that knowledge management practices are related to measures of organizational

performance. Thus, it is expected that:

H8. Knowledge infrastructural capability is positively related to organizational

performance.

H9. Knowledge process capability is positively related to organizational

performance.

3. Methodology

Decomposed models are used in research to examine complex structures at lower-levels of

detail. Decomposed models stem from the notion that the constructs under investigation

represent complex concepts that are often best represented as multidimensional in nature.

These multidimensional constructs take different forms when it comes to theorizing the

relationships between the construct and its sub-dimensions. One form is the aggregate

construct, which typically consists of an algebraic composite of its dimensions (Law et al.,

1998). Under these conditions changes in the dimensions lead to changes in the constructs;

this is similar to the relationship between a formative (causal) construct and its indicators

where changes in the indicators lead to changes in the construct (Petter et al., 2007).

The knowledge infrastructure capability and knowledge process capability (Gold et al.,

2001) are examples of aggregate constructs. Since the overall construct is formed from its

underlying dimensions, the dimensions need not be correlated; thus inferences drawn at

higher-levels of analysis may not apply at the dimensional level (Law et al., 1998). For

example, if there are opposing effects or null effects at the lower-level these may be

overlooked if the analysis focuses on the higher-level. Decomposed models address this

problem by removing the causal structures from the aggregate construct and directly

relating the individual dimensions to other constructs in the research model (Petter et al.,

2007).

VOL. 15 NO. 1 2011 jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj PAGE 161

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:2 4

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

Since the aim of this research was to better understand the relationships between the

individual factors that make up the firms’ knowledge management capabilities and

organizational performance, two levels of analysis were conducted. First, a decomposed

model of knowledge management capabilities was examined – this looked at the links

between organizational performance and particular resources (i.e. enablers and processes)

that make up a firm’s knowledge infrastructural capability and knowledge process

capability. The composite model was also evaluated and the results compared with the

findings from the decomposed model.

3.1 The sample

To evaluate the research hypotheses, a survey was developed to capture measures of

knowledge management capabilities and organizational performance. The measures

consisted of multi-item constructs (with four to six items each) adapted from Gold et al.,

2001:

B knowledge infrastructure capability which comprised technology, organizational

structure, and organizational culture;

B knowledge process capability which comprised knowledge acquisition, knowledge

conversion, knowledge application, and knowledge protection; and

B organizational performance.

All items were assessed using seven-point Likert-type scales, anchored with ‘‘Strongly

agree’’ and ‘‘Strongly disagree’’.

Approximately 500 surveys were distributed to students enrolled in graduate MBA and MSc

programs in Jamaica. Like Gold et al. (2001), respondents at a management-level in their

firms were considered the most suitable for this study, as they were more likely to be aware of

the firms’ knowledge management capabilities. Responses were returned by 265 (53

percent) persons, of which 189 (37.8 percent) from management-level staff were usable. Of

these, 164 (86.8 percent) responses were from the service sector and 25 (13.2 percent) from

manufacturing. Of the firms, 80.4 percent employed 50 persons or more; 65.6 percent

employed 100 or more persons.

3.2 Data analysis and results

PLS-Graph 3.0 (Build 1130) and SPSS version 17.0 were used to assess the links between

knowledge management capabilities and organization effectiveness, and bootstrapping

(using PLS-Graph with 200 samples) used to evaluate the significance of the model paths.

First, the measurement model was assessed. Ideally, item loadings should exceed 0.707;

loadings of 0.60 are also acceptable if there are additional indicators (Chin, 1998). The

results showed one item measuring knowledge acquisition returned a loading of 0.40; this

item was therefore excluded. Item loadings for all other constructs ranged from 0.668 to

0.926 exceeding minimum thresholds (Table I).

Descriptive statistics (i.e. mean and standard deviation (SD)) for each construct are shown

in Table II. Table II also shows that composite reliabilities ranged from 0.918 to 0.963 and

average variance extracted (AVE) from 0.635 to 0.789 exceeding recommended cut-offs

(Chin, 1998). Construct AVEs were also greater than the variance shared between the

constructs (Table III) satisfying the criteria for discriminant validity (Chin, 1998).

Decomposed model of KM capabilities. Turning to the structural model, the results showed

the decomposed model accounted for 0.754 of the variance observed for organizational

performance (Figure 1). Of the knowledge infrastructural capabilities, only organizational

structure (b ¼ 0.209; p # 0.05) was significant vis-à-vis organizational performance;

technology infrastructure (b ¼ 2 0.003) was not expected to be significant. Hypotheses H1

and H3 were supported. Contrary to expectation, organizational culture was not significant

(b ¼ 0.055); H2 was therefore not supported.

PAGE 162jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj VOL. 15 NO. 1 2011

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:2 4

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

Table I Item loadings

Constructs Item loadings

Technology (TC)

TC05 0.693 TC06 0.926

TC07 0.919 TC09 0.898

Organizational culture (CU)

CU01 0.781 CU02 0.770

CU04 0.804 CU09 0.841

CU10 0.844 CU13 0.798

Organizational structure (ST)

ST03 0.811 ST04 0.855

ST05 0.782 ST06 0.668

ST07 0.846 ST10 0.736

ST11 0.860

Knowledge acquisition (AQ)

AQ01 0.820 AQ03 0.806

AQ05 0.866 AQ08 0.854 AQ12 0.857

Knowledge conversion (CN) CN03 0.836

CN04 0.881 CN05 0.849

CN08 0.885 CN09 0.905

CN10 0.870

Knowledge application (AP) AP03 0.848

AP04 0.923 AP05 0.895

AP06 0.896 AP07 0.901

AP08 0.907 AP10 0.844

Knowledge protection (PT)

PR01 0.895 PR02 0.876

PR03 0.888 PR04 0.853

PR07 0.860 PR08 0.753

PR10 0.825

Organizational performance (OP) OP01 0.781

OP07 0.898 OP08 0.896

OP12 0.906 OP13 0.865

OP14 0.890

VOL. 15 NO. 1 2011 jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj PAGE 163

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:2 4

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

For knowledge process capability, three processes were significant vis-à-vis organizational

performance: knowledge acquisition (b ¼ 0.146; p # 0.05), knowledge application

(b ¼ 0.412; p # 0.001), and knowledge protection (b ¼ 0.148; p # 0.05); H4, H6 and H7

were supported. Knowledge conversion capability was not significant (b ¼ 0.025); H5 was

not supported.

Assessment of the composite model. Next, latent variable scores representing the

dimensions of knowledge process capability and knowledge infrastructural capability were

extracted and used to assess the composite model. Consistent with recommended

guidelines, indicator weights for all seven dimensions were examined (Table IV); all except

knowledge conversion were significant vis-à-vis their respective constructs at p # 0.05

(Chin, 1998; Petter et al., 2007). However, this does not mean knowledge conversion was

unimportant. Further examination of the item loadings showed the construct demonstrated

‘‘absolute’’ importance when assessed independently of other indicators (Cenfetelli and

Basellier, 2009). The results also showed that, knowledge application was the most

important of the dimensions in terms of relative importance.

The results of the structural model tests showed that the composite (second-order) model

accounted for 0.748 of the variance observed for organizational performance (Table V).

Consistent with expectations, knowledge infrastructural capability (b ¼ 0.251; p # 0.05)

and knowledge process capability (b ¼ 2 0.639; p # 0.001) were both significant vis-à-vis

organizational performance, supporting hypotheses H8 and H9.

Finally, a summary of the results of the model tests for the decomposed model and the

composite model are shown in Table V.

Table II Descriptive statistics, composite reliabilities (CR) and average variance extracted

(AVE)

Constructs Mean SD CR AVE

Knowledge infrastructure capabilities Organizational structure (ST) 4.414 1.446 0.924 0.635 Organizational culture (CU) 5.215 1.378 0.918 0.651 Technology (TC) 4.569 1.646 0.921 0.747

Knowledge process capabilities Knowledge acquisition (AQ) 5.309 1.268 0.923 0.707 Knowledge conversion (CN) 4.929 1.384 0.950 0.759 Knowledge application (AP) 5.140 1.447 0.963 0.789 Knowledge protection (PT) 4.930 1.473 0.948 0.725 Organizational performance (OP) 4.810 1.478 0.951 0.763

Table III Inter-construct correlations and discriminant validity

Constructs ST CU TC AQ CN AP PT OP

Knowledge infrastructure capabilities Organizational structure (ST) 0.797 Organizational culture (CU) 0.745 0.807 Technology (TC) 0.557 0.481 0.864

Knowledge process capabilities Knowledge acquisition (AQ) 0.639 0.666 0.565 0.841 Knowledge conversion (CN) 0.720 0.748 0.636 0.737 0.871 Knowledge application (AP) 0.715 0.754 0.604 0.724 0.813 0.888 Knowledge protection (PT) 0.595 0.591 0.600 0.588 0.641 0.642 0.851 Organizational performance (OP) 0.742 0.723 0.576 0.718 0.752 0.822 0.669 0.873

Note: Italicized items represent the square-root of the variance shared between the constructs and their measures; the off-diagonal elements are the correlations among the constructs

PAGE 164jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj VOL. 15 NO. 1 2011

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:2 4

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

4. Discussion and Implications

Consistent with expectations, the study results provided strong empirical support for the

decomposed model, accounting for 0.754 of the variance observed for organizational

performance. For the composite model (Table V), the amount of variance explained was

0.748, and was similar to the decomposed model. The links between organizational

performance and knowledge process capability and knowledge infrastructure capability

returned path weights of 0.251 and 0.639 respectively. Altogether, these findings are

consistent with prior research that has observed similar orders of magnitude for the path

weights and variance explained in respect of knowledge management and organizational

performance (Gold et al., 2001; Zaim et al., 2007).

The results for the decomposed model (Table V) showed that of the three infrastructural

capabilities, only organizational structure had a significant impact on organizational

Table IV Indicator weights and significance levels

Construct Weight t-statistic Significance

Organizational structure 0.457 3.991 p # 0.001 Organizational culture 0.440 3.966 p # 0.001 Technology 0.252 3.455 p # 0.001 Knowledge acquisition 0.210 2.222 p # 0.05 Knowledge conversion 0.122 1.105 ns Knowledge application 0.572 6.464 p # 0.001 Knowledge protection 0.213 2.792 p # 0.05

Figure 1 The results at the dimensional level

Note: * p ≤ 0.01; ** p ≤ 0.05; *** p ≤ 0.001

0.148**

0.146**

0.412***

R2 = 0.754

0.025

0.209**

-0.003

Organizational Performance

Organizational Structure

Knowledge Acquisition

Knowledge Conversion

Technology Infrastructure

Organizational Culture

Knowledge Protection Knowledge

Application

Knowledge Infrastructure Capability

0.055

Knowledge Process Capability

VOL. 15 NO. 1 2011 jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj PAGE 165

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:2 4

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

performance; neither technology nor organizational culture had a significant impact on

organizational performance. For knowledge process capability, knowledge acquisition,

knowledge application and knowledge protection also impacted organizational

performance, but not knowledge conversion.

Altogether, these results suggest that although the individual resources collectively

determine the knowledge management capabilities construct, not all are directly linked to

organizational performance. This is consistent with the resource-based view which suggests

that only a subset of a firm’s capabilities when leveraged appropriately reflect direct

contributions to performance measures (Grant, 1991). For example, Seleim and Khalil

(2007) found that of five knowledge processes studied (e.g. acquisition, creation,

application) only knowledge application was directly linked to organizational performance.

So although, knowledge management capabilities may contribute directly to organizational

performance and each resource significant in respect of its construct (Zaim et al., 2007), in

some cases the contribution of particular resources may be more indirect through their

impact on other factors linked to organizational performance. For example, while Seleim and

Khalil (2007) did not uncover a positive link between organizational performance, and

knowledge acquisition and knowledge creation, their study showed both processes were

directly related to knowledge application which in turn was related to organizational

performance.

The study results have several implications for knowledge management in firms. For

example, research suggests appropriate investments in knowledge management initiatives

can enhance organizational performance. However, this study shows that not all of the

resources are direct contributors. Although resources such as technology, culture and

knowledge conversion are necessary for effective knowledge management (Gold et al.,

2001) they did not impact organizational performance directly. However, firms can ill afford

to neglect these dimensions as they work in combination with and support other resources,

such as knowledge acquisition and knowledge application that may contribute directly to

organizational success (Van den Bosch et al., 1999; Seleim and Khalil, 2007).

Table V Summary of results for the model tests

Hypotheses Path Significance

Decomposed model Knowledge infrastructural capability

H1. Technology is not (directly) related to organizational performance 0.003 ns H2. Organizational culture is positively related to organizational performance 0.055 ns H3. Organizational structure is positively related to organizational performance 0.209 p # 0.05

Knowledge process capability H4. Knowledge acquisition is positively related to organizational performance 0.146 p # 0.05 H5. Knowledge conversion is positively related to organizational performance 0.025 ns H6. Knowledge application is positively related to organizational performance 0.412 p # 0.001 H7. Knowledge protection is positively related to organizational performance 0.148 p # 0.05

R-Squared (R 2) 0.754 –

Composite model H8. Knowledge infrastructural capability is positively related to organizational performance 0.251 p#0.05 H9. Knowledge process capability is positively related to organizational performance 0.639 p # 0.001 R-Squared (R 2) 0.748 –

PAGE 166jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj VOL. 15 NO. 1 2011

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:2 4

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

Second, this research showed that inferences about an overall capability do not necessarily

apply when it comes to individual resources. For example, the current findings are consistent

with research which suggests that particular knowledge resources (e.g. technology,

organizational structure, knowledge acquisition, etc) are directly related to knowledge

management capabilities (Gold et al., 2001; Zack et al., 2009; Zaim et al., 2007) and are

therefore important in forming a firm’s overall knowledge capability. However, for studies that

use composite models, it is difficult to identify which resources directly impact organizational

performance. Although some studies shed light on this gap (Zack et al., 2009), there remains

a gap in the literature regarding empirical evidence linking particular knowledge resources

to performance. The current study addresses this gap by identifying specific enablers and

processes that are directly related to organizational performance.

The combination of resources that is most effective for an organization is also likely to differ

across firms. Since there are no ‘‘silver-bullet’’ combinations when it comes to enhancing

organizational performance, it is incumbent on managers not only to recognize that all the

resources are important, but also to identify which resources and consequently which

capabilities are most salient to organizational performance. Such insights can help

managers identify appropriate strategies aimed at deploying combinations of knowledge

management resources that better support the firm’s goals. Furthermore, since the

combinations may be unique across firms, this provides an opportunity for competitive

advantage and sustained performance.

Although this study offers insights into the dynamic nature of the knowledge management

resource, there are some constraints. For example, since a firm’s knowledge capability is a

composite of the individual resources that make up the knowledge capability, different firms

and industries may have different combinations that yield similar outcomes. As such, while

the outcomes of this study suggest, for example that organizational structure was linked to

organizational performance and culture was not for the study sample, the same may not

apply to other settings. This can be expected as performance indicators such as

competitive advantage are created and maintained by such differences. It is therefore

important that firms recognize the variableness of knowledge capabilities and the need to

deploy strategies that lead to the acquisition and deployment of those capabilities that are

most relevant to the firm’s goals.

As with other survey-based research, this study is subject to the possibility of response bias

such that managers for reasons such as poor recall or role characteristics may under-report

or over-report the knowledge management activities of their firm. Having two or more

respondents for each firm can help minimize this effect, but may limit how many data can be

collected (Gold et al., 2001).

Finally, this study also does not provide in-depth insight into the capabilities of individual

firms. Such insights would enable a better understanding of the individual capabilities that

make up a firm’s knowledge capability, why differences may occur, and under what

circumstances do some resources impact organizational performance and others do not.

Future research is therefore needed to examine in greater detail the links between the

individual capabilities that make up knowledge resources, and organizational performance.

5. Conclusion

The literature is replete with studies that suggest knowledge management impacts

organizational performance. However, there has been little elaboration of the relationships at

the dimensional level vis-à-vis organizational performance. Yet when it comes to making

decisions about a firm’s knowledge capability, these are often made at the level of the

individual resource. This study addresses this gap by assessing a decomposed model of

knowledge management capabilities. The aim was to provide insights into the relationships

between particular knowledge resources and organizational performance that can help

firms identify appropriate strategies for investing in and effectively deploying the knowledge

resource.

VOL. 15 NO. 1 2011 jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj PAGE 167

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:2 4

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

The results showed that for the current study, organizational structure, knowledge

acquisition, knowledge application and knowledge protection were significantly related to

organizational performance. However, technology, organizational culture and knowledge

conversion did not have a significant impact. Taken altogether, the findings suggest that

although the individual resources collectively determine a firm’s overall knowledge

management capability which, as a composite is related to organizational performance,

each resource is not directly linked to performance. The decomposed model therefore offers

insights into relationships at the dimensional level that are not readily inferred from

composite models.

In the final analysis, this study offers useful insights into the knowledge management –

performance link. First, there has been little research that decomposes the effects of

knowledge management in relation to organizational performance. The results suggest the

decomposed approach is useful for understanding the complex relationships embodied in

the knowledge management – performance link, which cannot be surmised from a

composite model. Such an approach is useful for research aimed at acquiring an in-depth

understanding of knowledge management, as opposed to achieving parsimony or focusing

on main effects.

The findings also suggest a number of avenues for future work. First, the study outcomes

suggest different relationships exist between particular resources, and organizational

performance. At the same time, the literature also shows that for multifaceted concepts such

as knowledge infrastructure capability and knowledge process capability there is no

commonly agreed conceptualization of which components make up these capabilities (Alavi

and Leidner, 2001; Gold et al., 2001; Lee and Yang, 2000). Thus it seems likely that different

compositions of knowledge infrastructure and knowledge process capabilities may lead to

different outcomes. Further research is therefore needed to understand the differences

among the capabilities including firm-level differences and how this relates to organizational

performance.

Finally, the literature calls for further research into the links between knowledge capabilities

and organizational performance, and for large-scale empirical evidence supporting these

links (Zack et al., 2009). This study addresses this call by examining the links between the

individual dimensions of knowledge capabilities and organizational performance. However,

other success factors such as user satisfaction and perceived benefits can also be

explored.

References

Alavi, M. and Leidner, D.E. (2001), ‘‘Review: Knowledge management and knowledge management

systems: conceptual foundations and research issues’’, MIS Quarterly, Vol. 25 No. 1, pp. 107-36.

Alavi, M., Kayworth, T.R. and Leidner, D.E. (2005-2006), ‘‘An empirical examination of the influence of

organizational culture on knowledge management practices’’, Journal of Management Information

Systems, Vol. 22 No. 3, pp. 191-224.

Aydin, B. and Ceylan, A. (2009), ‘‘The role of organizational culture on effectiveness’’, Ekonomie a

Management (E þ M), Vol. 3, pp. 33-49.

Beveren, J.V. (2003), ‘‘Does health care for knowledge management?’’, Journal of Knowledge

Management, Vol. 7 No. 1, pp. 90-5.

Bhatt, G.D. (2001), ‘‘Knowledge management in organizations: examining the interaction between

technologies, techniques, and people’’, Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 5 No. 1, pp. 68-75.

Cenfetelli, R.T. and Basellier, G. (2009), ‘‘Interpretation of formative measurement in information systems

research’’, MIS Quarterly, Vol. 33 No. 4, pp. 689-707.

Chan, I. and Chao, C. (2008), ‘‘Knowledge management in small and medium-sized enterprises’’,

Communications of the ACM, Vol. 51 No. 4, pp. 83-8.

Chin, W.W. (1998), ‘‘The partial least squares approach to structural equation modeling’’,

in Marcoulides, G. (Ed.), Modern Methods for Business Research, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates,

Mahwah, NJ, pp. 295-336.

PAGE 168jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj VOL. 15 NO. 1 2011

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:2 4

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

Christensen, C.M. and Overdorf, M. (2000), ‘‘Meeting the challenges of disruptive change’’, Harvard

Business Review, Vol. 78 No. 2, pp. 67-75.

Clemons, E.K. and Row, M.C. (1991), ‘‘Sustaining IT advantage: the role of structural differences’’, MIS

Quarterly, Vol. 15 No. 3, pp. 275-92.

Cohen, W.M. and Levinthal, D.A. (1990), ‘‘Absorptive capacity: a new perspective on learning and

innovation’’, Administrative Science Quarterly, Vol. 35 No. 1, pp. 128-52.

Davenport, T.H. and Völpel, S.C. (2001), ‘‘The rise of knowledge towards attention management’’,

Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 5 No. 3, pp. 212-21.

Davenport, T., Delong, D. and Beers, M. (1998), ‘‘Successful knowledge management programs’’, Sloan

Management Review, Vol. 39 No. 2, pp. 43-57.

Dröge, C., Claycomb, C. and Germain, R. (2003), ‘‘Does knowledge mediate the effect of context on

performance? Some initial evidence’’, Decision Sciences, Vol. 34 No. 3, pp. 541-68.

Everard, J. (2001), ‘‘We are Plato’s children’’, Library Management, Vol. 22 Nos 6/7, pp. 297-302.

Forrester Research Inc. (2010), ‘‘Forrester: 2010 software spending devoted to existing systems more

than emerging technologies’’, available at: www.businesswire.com/portal/site/home/permalink/

?ndmViewId ¼ news_view&newsId ¼ 20100217005273&newsLang ¼ en (accessed 30 April 2010).

Gold, A.H., Malhotra, A. and Segars, A.H. (2001), ‘‘Knowledge management: an organizational

capabilities perspective’’, Journal of Management Information Systems, Vol. 18 No. 1, pp. 185-214.

Gosh, B. and Scott, J.E. (2007), ‘‘Effective knowledge management systems for a clinical nursing

setting’’, Information Systems Management, Vol. 24 No. 1, pp. 73-84.

Grant, R.M. (1991), ‘‘The resource-based theory of competitive advantage: implication for strategy

formulation’’, California Management Review, Vol. 33 No. 3, pp. 114-35.

Grant, R.M. (1996), ‘‘Toward a knowledge-based theory of the firm’’, Strategic Management Journal,

Vol. 17, Winter Special Issue, pp. 109-22.

Herath, S.K. (2007), ‘‘A framework for management control research’’, Journal of Management

Development, Vol. 26 No. 9, pp. 895-915.

Ho, C. (2009), ‘‘The relationship between knowledge management enablers and performance’’,

Industrial Management & Data Systems, Vol. 109 No. 1, pp. 98-117.

Jennex, M.E. and Olfman, L. (2005), ‘‘Assessing knowledge management success’’, International

Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 1 No. 2, pp. 33-49.

Laframboise, K., Croteau, A., Beaudry, A. and Manovas, M. (2007), ‘‘Interdepartmental knowledge

transfer success during information technology projects’’, International Journal of Knowledge

Management, Vol. 3 No. 2, pp. 47-67.

Law, K.S., Wong, C. and Mobley, W.H. (1998), ‘‘Toward a taxonomy of multidimensional constructs’’,

Academy of Management Review, Vol. 23 No. 4, pp. 741-53.

Lee, C.C. and Yang, J. (2000), ‘‘Knowledge value chain’’, Journal of Management Development, Vol. 19

No. 9, pp. 783-93.

Lee, H. and Choi, B. (2003), ‘‘Knowledge management enablers, processes, and organizational

performance: an integrative view and empirical examination’’, Journal of Management Information

Systems, Vol. 20 No. 1, pp. 179-228.

Lee, H. and Suh, Y. (2003), ‘‘Knowledge conversion with information technology of Korean companies’’,

Business Process Management Journal, Vol. 9 No. 3, pp. 317-36.

Lee, L.T. and Sukoco, B.M. (2007), ‘‘The effects of entrepreneurial orientation and knowledge

management capability on organizational effectiveness in Taiwan: the moderating role of social capital’’,

International Journal of Management, Vol. 24 No. 3, pp. 549-73.

Liebeskind, J. (1996), ‘‘Knowledge, strategy, and the theory of the firm’’, Strategic Management Journal,

Vol. 17, Winter Special Issue, pp. 93-107.

Liu, P.L., Chen, W.C. and Tsai, C.H. (2005), ‘‘An empirical study on the correlation between the

knowledge management method and new product development strategy on product performance in

Taiwan’s industries’’, Technovation, Vol. 25 No. 7, pp. 637-44.

VOL. 15 NO. 1 2011 jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj PAGE 169

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:2 4

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

Lyles, M.A. and Salk, J.E. (1996), ‘‘Knowledge acquisition from foreign parents in international joint

ventures: an empirical examination in the Hungarian context’’, Journal of International Business Studies,

Vol. 27 No. 5, pp. 877-903.

McGreevy, M. (2007), ‘‘AMR research finds spending on knowledge management will hit $73B in 2007’’,

available at: www.amrresearch.com/Content/view.aspx?pmillid ¼ 20768 (accessed 30 April 2010).

Maier, R. and Remus, U. (2002), ‘‘Defining process-oriented knowledge management strategies’’,

Knowledge and Process Management, Vol. 9 No. 2, pp. 103-18.

Nonaka, I. and Takeuchi, H. (1995), The Knowledge Creation Company: How Japanese Companies

Create the Dynamics of Innovation, Oxford University Press, New York, NY.

Paisittanand, A., Digman, L.A. and Lee, S.M. (2007), ‘‘Managing knowledge capabilities for strategy

implementation effectiveness’’, International Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 3 No. 4,

pp. 84-110.

Petter, S., Straub, D. and Rai, A. (2007), ‘‘Specifying formative constructs in information systems

research’’, MIS Quarterly, Vol. 31 No. 4, pp. 623-56.

Powell, T.C. and Dent-Micallef, A. (1997), ‘‘Information technology as competitive advantage: the role of

human, business, and technology resources’’, Strategic Management Journal, Vol. 18 No. 5, pp. 853-77.

Richert, A. (1999), ‘‘Lessons from a major cultural change workshop programme’’, Industrial and

Commercial Training, Vol. 31 No. 7, pp. 267-71.

Sanchez, R., Heene, A. and Thomas, H. (1996), Introduction: Towards the Theory and Practice of

Competence-based Competition, Pergamon Press, Oxford.

Sarin, S. and Mcdermott, C. (2003), ‘‘The effect of team leader characteristics on learning, knowledge

application, and performance of cross-functional new product development teams’’, Decision Sciences,

Vol. 34 No. 4, pp. 707-39.

Seleim, A. and Khalil, O. (2007), ‘‘Knowledge management and organizational performance in the

Egyptian software firms’’, International Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 3 No. 4, pp. 37-66.

Sin, L.Y.M. and Tse, A.C.B. (2000), ‘‘How does marketing effectiveness mediate the effect of

organizational culture on business performance? The case of service firms’’, Journal of Services

Marketing, Vol. 14 No. 4, pp. 295-309.

Song, J.H. (2008), ‘‘The key to organizational performance improvement: a perspective of organizational

knowledge creation’’, Performance Improvement Quarterly, Vol. 21 No. 2, pp. 87-102.

Teece, D.J., Pisano, G. and Shuen, A. (1997), ‘‘Dynamic capabilities and strategic management’’,

Strategic Management Journal, Vol. 18 No. 7, pp. 509-33.

Turban, E., Aronson, J.E. and Liang, T. (2005), Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems,

7th ed., Prentice-Hall, Upper Saddle River, NJ.

Van den Bosch, F.A.J., Henk, W., Volberda, H.W. and de Boer, M. (1999), ‘‘Co-evolution of firm

absorptive capacity and knowledge environment: organizational forms and combinative capabilities’’,

Organization Science, Vol. 10 No. 5, pp. 551-68.

Wade, M. and Hulland, J. (2004), ‘‘Review: the resource-based view and information systems research:

review, extension, and suggestions for future research’’, MIS Quarterly, Vol. 28 No. 1, pp. 107-42.

Webb, B.R. and Schlemmer, F. (2006), ‘‘The impact of strategic assets on financial performance and on

internet performance’’, Electronic Markets, Vol. 16 No. 4, pp. 371-85.

Wernerfelt, B. (1984), ‘‘A resource-based view of the firm’’, Strategic Management Journal, Vol. 5 No. 2,

pp. 171-80.

Zack, M., Mckeen, J. and Singh, S. (2009), ‘‘Knowledge management and organizational performance:

an exploratory analysis’’, Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 13 No. 6, pp. 392-409.

Zahra, S.A. and George, G. (2002), ‘‘Absorptive capacity: a review, reconceptualization, and

extension’’, Academy of Management Review, Vol. 27 No. 2, pp. 185-203.

Zaim, H., Tatoglu, E. and Zaim, S. (2007), ‘‘Performance of knowledge management practices: a causal

analysis’’, Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 13 No. 6, pp. 392-409.

PAGE 170jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj VOL. 15 NO. 1 2011

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:2 4

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

About the authors

Annette Mills is a Senior Lecturer at the University of Canterbury (New Zealand). Annette holds a PhD in Information Systems from the University of Waikato (New Zealand). She has published a number of refereed articles in edited books and journals including Information and Management, and Computers and Education. She currently serves on the editorial boards for the Journal of Cases on Information Technology as an Associate Editor, the Journal of Global Information Management, and the International Journal of e-Collaboration. Her research interests include social computing, technology adoption and diffusion, service expectations, and user sophistication. Annette Mills is the corresponding author and can be contacted at: [email protected]

Trevor Smith is the head of the units of Marketing, International Business, Entrepreneurship and Strategy in the Department of Management Studies at the University of the West Indies, Mona. He lectures in Marketing and Research Methods at both undergraduate and graduate Levels. His research interests include consumer marketing, tourism and hospitality management and business strategy. Another area of interest is knowledge management and its impact on firms’ performance. He is also a consultant in field of marketing research and strategy.

VOL. 15 NO. 1 2011 jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj PAGE 171

To purchase reprints of this article please e-mail: [email protected]

Or visit our web site for further details: www.emeraldinsight.com/reprints

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:2 4

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

This article has been cited by:

1. Juan-Gabriel Cegarra-Navarro, Pedro Soto-Acosta, Anthony K.P. Wensley. 2016. Structured knowledge processes and firm performance: The role of organizational agility. Journal of Business Research 69:5, 1544-1549. [CrossRef]

2. Abu Hassan Abu Bakar Department of Housing, Building and Planning, Universiti Sains Malaysia, Minden, Malaysia Mohamad Nizam Yusof Department of Housing, Building and Planning, Universiti Sains Malaysia, Minden, Malaysia Muhammad Asim Tufail Universiti Utara Malaysia, Sintok, Malaysia Wiwied Virgiyanti Universiti Utara Malaysia, Sintok, Malaysia . 2016. Effect of knowledge management on growth performance in construction industry. Management Decision 54:3, 735-749. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

3. Andrew L. Cooper Operational Sciences Department, Air Force Institute of Technology, Dayton, Ohio, USA Joseph R Huscroft Operational Sciences Department, Air Force Institute of Technology, Dayton, Ohio, USA Robert E. Overstreet Operational Sciences Department, Air Force Institute of Technology, Dayton, Ohio, USA Benjamin T Hazen Marketing and Supply Chain Management Department, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee, USA . 2016. Knowledge management for logistics service providers: the role of learning culture. Industrial Management & Data Systems 116:3, 584-602. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

4. YeungChui Ling Chui Ling Yeung Chui Ling Yeung is based at the Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering of The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong,China. She is a Research Assistant in the Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering of The Hong Kong Polytechnic University. She graduated in the same department with a bachelor’s degree in industrial and systems engineering and a PhD. Her research interests are knowledge management, narrative analysis and generation, intellectual capital, healthcare and waste management. CheungChi Fai Chi Fai Cheung Chi Fai Cheung is a Professor, He is based at Knowledge Management and Innovation Research Centre (KMIRC) in Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering of The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong, China. Benny is a Professor and an Associate Director of Knowledge Management and Innovation Research Centre (KMIRC) in Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering of The Hong Kong Polytechnic University. Moreover, he is an Associate Member of the International Academy for Production Engineering (CIRP). His research in knowledge and technology management encompasses broad-based research of methods, systems and tools built on a basis of information processing and artificial intelligence technologies for supporting the management of knowledge and technology for enterprises from various industries such as manufacturing, public utility, social service, logistics, transportation, etc. WangWai Ming Wai Ming Wang Dr Wai Ming Wang is a research associate, He is based at Knowledge Management and Innovation Research Centre (KMIRC) in Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering of The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong, China. He is a Project Associate of Knowledge Management and Innovation Research Centre in Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering of the Hong Kong Polytechnic University. He received his BE in manufacturing engineering and PhD degree at the same university. His research interests include computational intelligence, computer modeling of social theories, knowledge-based systems, text and knowledge mining, decision-making in organizations and knowledge engineering. TsuiEric Eric Tsui Eric Tsui is a Professor and He is based at Knowledge Management and Innovation Research Centre (KMIRC) in Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering of The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong, China. He had spent 16 years in industry with Computer Sciences Corporation (CSC) in Australia taking on various capacities including Chief Research Officer and Innovation Manager. During this period, he has made significant contributions to the company’s expert systems products, applied research and innovation programs. LeeWing Bun Wing Bun Lee Wing Bun Lee is a Chair Professor, He is based at Knowledge Management and Innovation Research Centre (KMIRC) in Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering of The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong, China. He obtained PhD from the Department of Mechanical Engineering of The University of Hong Kong in 1986. He had been the Head of the Department of Manufacturing Engineering and the first Head of the Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering between 1996 and 2008. In 2007, he established the first Knowledge Management Research Centre and co-found the joint Knowledge Management and Innovation Research Centre with Xian Jilting University in 2009. His research interests include advanced manufacturing technology, materials processing, ultra-precision machining, manufacturing strategy and knowledge- based systems and organizational learning. Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering of The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong, China. Knowledge Management and Innovation Research Centre (KMIRC) in Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering of The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong, China. . 2016. Managing knowledge in the construction industry through computational generation of semi-fiction narratives. Journal of Knowledge Management 20:2, 386-414. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

5. Shu-Mei Tseng Department of Information Management, I-Shou University, Kaohsiung, Taiwan . 2016. The effect of knowledge management capability and customer knowledge gaps on corporate performance. Journal of Enterprise Information Management 29:1, 51-71. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:2 4

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

6. Rohana Ngah, Taufiq Tai, Nick Bontis. 2016. Knowledge Management Capabilities and Organizational Performance in Roads and Transport Authority of Dubai: The mediating role of Learning Organization. Knowledge and Process Management . [CrossRef]

7. Hsiu-Fen Lin Department of Shipping and Transportation Management, National Taiwan Ocean University, Keelung, Taiwan . 2015. Linking knowledge management orientation to balanced scorecard outcomes. Journal of Knowledge Management 19:6, 1224-1249. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

8. Antonio Aragón Sánchez, Gregorio Sánchez Marín, Arleen Mueses Morales. 2015. The mediating effect of strategic human resource practices on knowledge management and firm performance. Revista Europea de Dirección y Economía de la Empresa 24:3, 138-148. [CrossRef]

9. Pooja Kushwaha DoMS, Indian Institute of Technology, Roorkee, India M.K. Rao DoMS, Indian Institute of Technology, Roorkee, India . 2015. Integrative role of KM infrastructure and KM strategy to enhance individual competence. VINE 45:3, 376-396. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

10. Rouhollah Bagheri Faculty of Management and Accounting, Shahid Beheshti University, Tehran, Islamic Republic of Iran Mohhamad Reza Hamidizadeh Faculty of management and accounting, Shahid Beheshti University, Tehran, Islamic Republic of Iran Parisa Sabbagh Mashad Azad University, Mashad, Islamic Republic of Iran . 2015. The mediator role of KM process for creative organizational learning case study. VINE 45:3, 420-445. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

11. Shin-Yuan Hung Department of Information Management, National Chung Cheng University. Min-Hsiung, Taiwan Jacob Chia-An Tsai Department of Information Management, National Chung Cheng University, Chia-yi, Taiwan Wen-Ting Lee Department of Information Management, National Chung Cheng University, Chia-Yi, Taiwan Patrick Y.K. Chau School of Business, The University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Hong Kong . 2015. Knowledge management implementation, business process, and market relationship outcomes. Information Technology & People 28:3, 500-528. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

12. Mehdi Kahouei, Zohreh Molanoroozi, Mina Habibiyan, Sorayya Sedghi. 2015. Health Information Technology in the Knowledge Management of Health Care Organizations. Middle East Journal of Rehabilitation and Health 2:3. . [CrossRef]

13. Naresh Kumar Agarwal Graduate School of Library and Information Science, Simmons College, Boston, Massachusetts, USA Md Anwarul Islam School of Knowledge Science, Japan Advanced Institute of Science and Technology (JAIST), Ishikawa, Japan . 2015. Knowledge retention and transfer: how libraries manage employees leaving and joining. VINE 45:2, 150-171. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

14. Arpad Palfy. 2015. Bridging the Gap between Collection and Analysis: Intelligence Information Processing and Data Governance. International Journal of Intelligence and CounterIntelligence 28:2, 365-376. [CrossRef]

15. Mohammed Tubigi Business School, Brunel University, London, UK Sarmad Alshawi Business School, Brunel University, London, UK . 2015. The impact of knowledge management processes on organisational performance. Journal of Enterprise Information Management 28:2, 167-185. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

16. Y. T. Chen, C. C. LiStudy of service innovation on School Bullying treatment with inviting Knowledge Management features 306-311. [CrossRef]

17. Judith Welschen, Nelly Todorova, Annette M. Mills. 2014. An Investigation of the Impact of Intrinsic Motivation on Organizational Knowledge Sharing. International Journal of Knowledge Management 8:2, 23-42. [CrossRef]

18. I. Martinez-Alcala Claudia, A. Calvo-Manzano Jose, Arcilla-Cobian MagdalenaDesign and evaluation of a web environment for knowledge management software process improvement: User-centered approach 1-8. [CrossRef]

19. Milena M. Parent, Darlene MacDonald, Gabriel Goulet. 2014. The theory and practice of knowledge management and transfer: The case of the Olympic Games. Sport Management Review 17:2, 205-218. [CrossRef]

20. Peter Rex Massingham School of Management, Operations and Marketing, University of Wollongong, Wollongong, Australia Rada K Massingham School of Accounting, University of Western Sydney, Campbelltown, NSW, Australia . 2014. Does knowledge management produce practical outcomes?. Journal of Knowledge Management 18:2, 221-254. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

21. Mahdavi Mazdeh Mohammad Industrial Engineering Department, Iran University of Science & Technology, Tehran, Iran Hesamamiri Roozbeh Industrial Engineering Department, Iran University of Science & Technology, Tehran, Iran . 2014. Knowledge management reliability and its impact on organizational performance. Program 48:2, 102-126. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

22. Peyman Akhavan Department of Industrial Engineering, Iran University of Science and Technology, Tehran, Iran Majid Ramezan Department of Industrial Engineering, Iran University of Science and Technology, Tehran, Iran Jafar Yazdi Moghaddam Department of Industrial Engineering, Iran University of Science and Technology, Tehran, Iran Gholamhossein Mehralian School of Pharmacy, Department of Pharmacoeconomics and Pharmaceutical Management, Shahid Beheshti

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:2 4

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

University of Medical Sciences, Tehran, Iran . 2014. Exploring the relationship between ethics, knowledge creation and organizational performance. VINE 44:1, 42-58. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

23. Peyman Akhavan Department of Management, Malek Ashtar University of Technology,Tehran, Iran Amir Pezeshkan Department of Strategic Management, School of Business, Old Dominion University, Norfolk, Virginia, USA . 2014. Knowledge management critical failure factors: a multi-case study. VINE 44:1, 22-41. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

24. Mohamed A.F. Ragab College of Business, Dublin Institute of Technology, Dublin, Ireland Amr Arisha College of Business, Dublin Institute of Technology, Dublin, Ireland . 2013. Knowledge management and measurement: a critical review. Journal of Knowledge Management 17:6, 873-901. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

25. Terry Kim Taegoo College of Hotel and Tourism Management, Kyung Hee University, Seoul, South Korea Lee Gyehee College of Hotel and Tourism Management, Kyung Hee University, Seoul, South Korea Paek Soyon School of Hotel and Tourism Management, Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong, China Lee Seunggil College of Business & Public Management, Namseoul University, Seoul, South Korea . 2013. Social capital, knowledge sharing and organizational performance. International Journal of Contemporary Hospitality Management 25:5, 683-704. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

26. Tiger Li, Bruce Seaton, John Tsalikis. 2013. Emerging Customers, Market Knowledge Competence, and Investor Transition: The Experience of MNCs in China. Journal of Global Marketing 26:3, 115-136. [CrossRef]

27. Siqing Shan, Qiuhong Zhao, Fan Hua. 2013. Impact of quality management practices on the knowledge creation process: The Chinese aviation firm perspective. Computers & Industrial Engineering 64:1, 211-223. [CrossRef]

28. Nitya Ahilandam Kamalanathan, Alan Eardley, Caroline Chibelushi, Tim Collins. 2013. Improving the Patient Discharge Planning Process through Knowledge Management by Using the Internet of Things. Advances in Internet of Things 03:02, 16-26. [CrossRef]

29. Huiying Gao, Xiuxiu Chen. 2012. Ontology and CBR-based Dynamic Enterprise Knowledge Repository Construction. Journal of Software 7:6. . [CrossRef]

30. Petra AndriesSenior Researcher at the Centre for R&D Monitoring, KU Leuven, Leuven, Belgium Annelies WastynPhD Student at the Department of Managerial Economics, Strategy and Innovation, KU Leuven, Leuven, Belgium. 2012. Disentangling value‐enhancing and cost‐increasing effects of knowledge management. Journal of Knowledge Management 16:3, 387-399. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

31. Harri LaihonenDepartment of Business Information Management and Logistics, Tampere University of Technology, Tampere, Finland Aki JääskeläinenDepartment of Business Information Management and Logistics, Tampere University of Technology, Tampere, Finland Antti LönnqvistDepartment of Business Information Management and Logistics, Tampere University of Technology, Tampere, Finland Jenna RuostelaDepartment of Business Information Management and Logistics, Tampere University of Technology, Tampere, Finland. 2012. Measuring the productivity impacts of new ways of working. Journal of Facilities Management 10:2, 102-113. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

32. Susana Pérez‐LópezDepartment of Business Administration, Faculty of Economics, University of Oviedo, Oviedo, Spain Joaquin AlegreDepartment of Management “Juan José Renau Piqueras”, Faculty of Economics, University of Valencia, Valencia, Spain. 2012. Information technology competency, knowledge processes and firm performance. Industrial Management & Data Systems 112:4, 644-662. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

33. Isabel PinhoUniversidade de Aveiro, Aveiro, Portugal Arménio RegoUniversidade de Aveiro, Aveiro, Portugal and Unide, Instituto Universitário de Lisboa (ISCTE‐IUL), Lisbon, Portugal Miguel Pina e CunhaNova School of Business and Economics, Lisbon, Portugal. 2012. Improving knowledge management processes: a hybrid positive approach. Journal of Knowledge Management 16:2, 215-242. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

34. Rosma Nadianti Risman, Aini Aman, Noradiva HamzahKnowledge management in offshore accounting outsourcing 162-166. [CrossRef]

35. DeYi Kong, XiangQian Zhang. 2012. Research on the Knowledgeable Talents Performance Management Based On Organizational Commitment. IERI Procedia 2, 636-641. [CrossRef]

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:2 4

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

assignments combined/old assignment/Zack M 2009 En Exploratory analysis Knowledge M and O Performance.pdf

Journal of Knowledge Management Knowledge management and organizational performance: an exploratory analysis Michael Zack James McKeen Satyendra Singh

Article information: To cite this document: Michael Zack James McKeen Satyendra Singh, (2009),"Knowledge management and organizational performance: an exploratory analysis", Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 13 Iss 6 pp. 392 - 409 Permanent link to this document: http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/13673270910997088

Downloaded on: 08 June 2016, At: 00:41 (PT) References: this document contains references to 67 other documents. To copy this document: [email protected] The fulltext of this document has been downloaded 11723 times since 2009*

Users who downloaded this article also downloaded: (2001),"Knowledge management in organizations: examining the interaction between technologies, techniques, and people", Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 5 Iss 1 pp. 68-75 http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/13673270110384419 (1997),"Knowledge Management: An Introduction and Perspective", Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 1 Iss 1 pp. 6-14 http:// dx.doi.org/10.1108/13673279710800682 (2007),"The role of knowledge management in innovation", Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 11 Iss 4 pp. 20-29 http:// dx.doi.org/10.1108/13673270710762684

Access to this document was granted through an Emerald subscription provided by emerald-srm:449525 []

For Authors If you would like to write for this, or any other Emerald publication, then please use our Emerald for Authors service information about how to choose which publication to write for and submission guidelines are available for all. Please visit www.emeraldinsight.com/authors for more information.

About Emerald www.emeraldinsight.com Emerald is a global publisher linking research and practice to the benefit of society. The company manages a portfolio of more than 290 journals and over 2,350 books and book series volumes, as well as providing an extensive range of online products and additional customer resources and services.

Emerald is both COUNTER 4 and TRANSFER compliant. The organization is a partner of the Committee on Publication Ethics (COPE) and also works with Portico and the LOCKSS initiative for digital archive preservation.

*Related content and download information correct at time of download.

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:4 1

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

Knowledge management and organizational performance: an exploratory analysis

Michael Zack, James McKeen and Satyendra Singh

Abstract

Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to report the results of an exploratory investigation of the

organizational impact of knowledge management (KM).

Design/methodology/approach – A search of the literature revealed 12 KM practices whose

performance impact was assessed via a survey of business organizations.

Findings – KM practices were found to be directly related to organizational performance which, in turn,

was directly related to financial performance. There was no direct relationship found between KM

practices and financial performance. A different set of KM practices was associated with each value

discipline (i.e. customer intimacy, product development and operational excellence). A gap exists

between the KM practices that firms believe to be important and those that were directly related to

organizational performance.

Research limitations/implications – The majority of the research constructs were formative, thus

improving the measurement of KM practices will prove vital for validating and extending these findings.

The findings were based solely on organizations from North America and Australia and may not reflect

KM practices in other geographic, economic or cultural settings.

Practical implications – This study encourages practitioners to focus their KM initiatives on specific

intermediate performance outcomes.

Originality/value – The paper examines the relationship between KM practices and performance

outcomes. It was expected that a direct relationship between KM practices and organizational

performance would be observed. It was also expected that organizational performance would mediate

the relationship between KM practices and financial performance. These expectations were supported.

KM practices showed a direct relationship with intermediate measures of organizational performance,

and organizational performance showed a significant and direct relationship to financial performance.

There was no significant relationship found between KM practices and financial performance.

Keywords Knowledge management, Organizational performance, Surveys

Paper type Research paper

1. Introduction

Over the past 15 years, knowledge management (KM) has progressed from an emergent

concept to an increasingly common function in business organizations. As evidence of its

maturity as an area of academic study, an increasing number of journals devoted to KM and

intellectual capital management have been created[1]. As might be expected for a still

emerging discipline, little quantitative empirical research has been published (Foss and

Mahnke, 2003). The bulk of the published work in the KM area comprises conceptual

frameworks and theoretical models. Extant empirical research relies primarily on a small

number of descriptive exploratory qualitative case studies (e.g. Davenport and Prusak,

1998; Kalling, 2003; Massey et al., 2002; Nonaka, 1994). Although this body of work contains

valuable and insightful concepts and frameworks that have helped to define and shape the

KM discipline, it is time to begin testing and advancing this work using more precise

methods.

PAGE 392 j JOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT j VOL. 13 NO. 6 2009, pp. 392-409, Q Emerald Group Publishing Limited, ISSN 1367-3270 DOI 10.1108/13673270910997088

Michael Zack is based at

Northeastern University,

Boston,MA.JamesMcKeen

is based at Queen’s School

of Business, Kingston,

Ontario, Canada.

Satyendra Singh is an

Independent Consultant,

based in Nepean, Ontario,

Canada.

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:4 1

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

Perhaps the most significant gap in the literature is the lack of large-scale empirical

evidence that KM makes a difference to organizational performance. While survey research

is beginning to appear in KM journals (e.g. Kalling, 2003; McCann and Buckner, 2004;

Tanriverdi, 2005), the bulk is descriptive (Chauvel and Dupres, 2002). Of the few survey

studies that examine relationships between KM and other factors (e.g. Moffett et al., 2003)

only a few articles (discussed below) empirically investigate the relationship between KM

and organizational performance.

The objective for the research reported here was to conduct an exploratory quantitative

study to create a broader set of evidence regarding the relationship between KM and

organizational performance. While performance itself is a useful metric, the ultimate

measure of value is the ability to support an organization’s competitive strategy. This

especially applies to KM, as knowledge has been considered an organization’s most

strategic resource (Zack, 1999). A survey was administered asking respondents to describe

their organization’s involvement in KM practices, the strategic focus of their KM initiatives,

several intermediate performance measures aligned with strategic value disciplines (Treacy

and Wiersema, 1995), financial performance measures, and several contextual factors

addressing characteristics about its competitive environment. Rather than merely describe

the state of practice in the respondents’ organizations, the study investigated the

relationships among KM practices, intermediate and financial outcomes, and the

organization’s competitive environment.

The results indicate that KM practices are positively associated with organizational

performance as generally suggested by the KM literature, both qualitative (Davenport and

Prusak, 1998; Massey et al., 2002; Nonaka, 1994) and quantitative (Choi and Lee, 2003;

Darroch and McNaughton, 2003; Lee and Choi, 2003; Schulz and Jobe, 2001; Simonin,

1997; Tanriverdi, 2005). More specifically it was found that KM practices are directly related

to various intermediate measures of strategic organizational performance (namely,

customer intimacy, product leadership, and operational excellence), and that those

intermediate measures are, in turn, associated with financial performance. Based on this

evidence, it was concluded that as long as KM practices enhance intermediate

organizational performance, positive financial performance will result (Lee and Choi,

2003). The relationship between intermediate organizational performance and financial

performance, while interesting, is an issue that extends significantly beyond the boundaries

of KM. Thus the remainder of the discussion focuses on the relationship between KM

practices and intermediate organizational performance.

2. Research model

The assumption underlying the practice of KM is that by locating and sharing useful

knowledge, organizational performance will improve (Davenport and Prusak, 1998). In

reality, one might expect KM to influence many different aspects of organizational

performance. For example, KM has been linked positively to financial performance

measures (Tanriverdi, 2005) and non-financial performance measures such as quality

(Mukherjee et al., 1998), innovation (Francisco and Guadamillas, 2002), and productivity

(Lapre and Wassenhove, 2001).

Tanriverdi (2005) found a moderately weak (r ¼ 0.15 to 0.17) relationship between a firm’s

financial performance (ROA and Tobin’s Q) and its ability to create, share, integrate, and use

knowledge. Most of the recent surveys examining the performance impacts of KM have

aggregated several different measures of impact or performance. Gold et al. (2001)

examined the contribution of ‘‘knowledge infrastructure’’ (information technology,

organization culture, and organization structure) and knowledge processing capability

(i.e. the ability to acquire, convert, apply and protect knowledge) on several dimensions of

organizational effectiveness. They found a strong and significant relationship between both

knowledge infrastructure and knowledge processing with organizational effectiveness,

measured using a broad set of non-financial outcomes (e.g. innovation, coordination,

responsiveness, ability to identify market opportunities, speed to market, and process

efficiency). They did not examine the relationship to financial performance. Mohrman et al.

VOL. 13 NO. 6 2009 jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj PAGE 393

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:4 1

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

(2003) extended the notion of organizational effectiveness to include financial measures.

They surveyed ten companies and established a weak positive relationship between the

extent to which the organizations created and exploited knowledge and overall

organizational performance, including financial metrics. However, by aggregating a broad

set of financial and non-financial metrics, the strength of the relationship may have been

reduced. Most of the remaining surveys identified by the authors used a similar approach of

aggregating financial and non-financial metrics to measure performance (e.g. Choi and Lee,

2003; Darroch and McNaughton, 2003; Lee and Choi, 2003; Marqués and Simón, 2006;

Sher and Lee, 2004) (refer to Table I for a summary of articles that examine the relationship

between KM and organizational performance).

With regard to the impact of KM, financial and non-financial outcomes are distinct constructs

(Simonin, 1997). Changes to organization practices in general, and KM in particular, do not

necessarily result in changes to financial performance (Kalling, 2003). KM, rather, affects a

set of intermediate capabilities that, in turn, should affect financial performance (Lee and

Choi, 2003) This may account for the weak relationships found in the research described

above that use only financial performance measures or aggregate financial and

non-financial performance measures. In contrast, the research model framing this study

(Figure 1) proposes that KM practices will be positively associated with a set of intermediate

performance outcomes termed ‘‘organizational performance’’, and organizational

performance will be positively associated with financial performance. The primary

research question is:

RQ. Is the extent to which an organization engages in particular KM practices positively

related to organizational performance, and is organizational performance, in turn,

positively related to financial performance?

Should these relationships prove to hold, this study would identify those specific KM

practices having the greatest relationship with organizational performance. The authors

were also were interested in determining if there was a direct relationship between KM

practices and financial performance, contrary to our expectations.

In identifying KM practices as antecedents to organizational performance, the authors

attempted to include factors that are similar to those identified by Gold et al. (2001),

Mohrman et al. (2003) and others (e.g. knowledge processing behaviors, management

practices, and organization culture), yet maintain clarity regarding the research question.

The objective was to address the KM-performance link directly. The research was less

interested in the detailed technological, socio-cultural, or structural mechanisms by which

KM is supported or enhanced, and focused instead on the perceived quality and extent of

KM practices and how they related to outcomes. In doing so, it was hoped to more clearly

show the existence (or lack thereof) of a relationship between KM practices and

performance outcomes.

The following sections describe the constructs of the research model and the survey items

used to operationalize them.

2.1 KM practices

KM practices are defined here as ‘‘observable organizational activities that are related to

knowledge management’’. Four key dimensions of KM practice were identified from the

literature that appear to relate to performance:

1. the ability to locate and share existing knowledge;

2. the ability to experiment and create new knowledge;

3. a culture that encourages knowledge creation and sharing; and

4. a regard for the strategic value of knowledge and learning.

The literature to support these dimensions follows.

PAGE 394jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj VOL. 13 NO. 6 2009

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:4 1

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

Table I Articles linking KM to organizational performance

Article Nature of study Study method Key finding(s)

Allard and Holsapple(2002) Non empirical N/A Taking a KM view, a knowledge chain model is

suggested to gain competitive advantage in

e-commerce Beckett et al. (2000) Non empirical N/A Develops a framework with three KM strategies –

acquisition, retention, exploitation, to gain

competitive advantage Berawi (2004) Non empirical N/A KM affects competitive advantage through its

effect on quality management Bhatt (2001) Non empirical N/A In order to gain competitive advantage from KM,

organization ought to treat KM within the context

of technological and social system Braganza et al. (1999) Non empirical N/A KM affects competitiveness through innovation Chakravarthy et al. (2003) Non empirical N/A Identifies that there are three KM activities –

knowledge protection, knowledge leverage and

knowledge accumulation. No knowledge base

can lead to sustainable advantage unless

organizations continuously create new

knowledge. There is also a paradox associated

with the three KM activities. For instance

aggressive attempts at leveraging knowledge

can inhibit knowledge accumulation because the

later may typically not offer financial returns in the

short run whereas the former often does Choi and Lee (2003) Empirical Survey There are four style of KM – human oriented,

passive, system oriented and dynamic. The

dynamic style of KM leads to better corporate

performance Chuang (2004) Empirical Survey The study builds KM capability from four KM

resources – technical, human, cultural, and

structural. The KM capability is related to

competitive advantage Civi (2000) Non empirical N/A Organizations must build a strategy around their

KM so that it is reflects their competitive strategy Clarke and Turner (2004) Empirical Case study It is argued that the RBV view of KM is limited

because it emphasizes knowledge that must be

protected and unique. But some organizations in

Australia build competitive advantage by

building alliances and relationships. Thus, KM

needs a broader perspective then just RBV Darroch and McNaughton (2003) Empirical Survey, secondary Organizations with KM orientation outperformed

organizations with market orientation DeTienne and Jackson (2001) Non empirical N/A KM will provide performance benefits only if

organizations develop strategies for filtering

knowledge, strengthening corporate philosophy,

and facilitating effective communication Francisco and Guadamillas (2002) Empirical Case study KM allows Irizar (a company in Spain) to

continuously innovate. Firm culture plays a

significant role at the company Gloet and Terziovski (2004) Empirical Survey KM when implemented with human resource

management practices and IT practices lead to

higher innovation within an organization Gold et al. (2001) Empirical Survey A capability model of KM is built and it is shown

that knowledge infrastructure capabilities and

knowledge processes capabilities impact

organizational performance Gupta and Govindrajan (2000) Empirical Case study Organizations must mobilize new knowledge

faster and efficiently to gain advantage

(continued)

VOL. 13 NO. 6 2009 jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj PAGE 395

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:4 1

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

Table I

Article Nature of study Study method Key finding(s)

Holsapple and Jones (2004) Non empirical N/A Develops an idea of KM value chain. The focus of

the paper is on primary activities of the value

chain Holsapple and Jones (2005) Non empirical N/A The idea of KM value chain is extended with a

focus on the secondary activities of the chain Kalling (2003) Empirical Case study The effect of KM on organizational performance

is contingent on various firm level and

organizational level contingencies. KM is divided

into three processes – knowledge development,

knowledge utilization and knowledge

capitalization. Each process has its own

contingencies factors and performance

outcomes Lee and Yang (2000) Non empirical N/A Develops an idea of knowledge value chain

(KVC) and suggests that competitive advantage

comes from the way organization performs each

knowledge activity in the (KVC) Lee and Choi (2003) Empirical Survey The study shows that KM enablers effect KM

processes, which in turn effect organizational

performance through intermediate impacts Liu et al. (2004) Empirical Survey KM is positively correlated to performance Massey et al. (2002) Empirical Case study KM should be applied within a defined context.

At Nortel, KM was applied to new product

development process which led to significant

improvements in product innovation McAdam (2000) Empirical Survey A theoretical model is developed and tested

show that KM allows organizations to innovate Sabeherwal and Becerra-Fernandex (2003) Empirical Survey Using Nonaka and Takeuchi’s SECI model, the

study shows that socialization and combination

effects organizational effectiveness. The study

also shows individual effectiveness affects group

effectiveness, which in turn effects organizational

effectiveness Salazar et al. (2003) Empirical Case study KM has enabled smaller pharmaceutical and

biotechnology firms to compete and gain

competitive advantage Schulz and Jobe (2001) Empirical Survey The paper develops four strategies for KM –

codification, tacitness, focused and unfocused.

The results suggest that focused strategy results

in superior firm performance Sher and Lee (2004) Empirical Survey KM affects dynamic capabilities, which in turn

effects firm’s competitive advantage Tsai and Shih (2004) Empirical Survey The relationship between marketing KM and

business performance is mediated by marketing

capabilities. Turner and Bettis (2002) Empirical Experiment Knowledge integration strategy outperforms

knowledge redundancy strategy

Figure 1 Research model

PAGE 396jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj VOL. 13 NO. 6 2009

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:4 1

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

According to Davenport and Prusak (1998), KM is focused on processes and mechanisms

for locating and sharing what is known by an organization or its external stakeholders. The

ability to share internal best practices is important to overall organizational performance

(Szulanski, 1996), and exploiting external knowledge is crucial in driving new product

innovation (von Hippel, 1994) and to organization performance in general (Sher and Lee,

2004). To this end, items were included to measure the extent to which the organization is

able to identify internal sources of expertise, transfer best practice throughout the

organization, and exploit external knowledge of stakeholders such as customers.

Culture is perhaps the most influential factor in promoting or inhibiting the practice of KM

(Davenport et al., 1998; Lee and Choi, 2003). Specifically, organizations that value their

employees for what they know, and reward employees for sharing that knowledge create a

climate that is more conducive to KM. Items were therefore included to measure these

aspects of organizational culture.

Organizational learning may be the most strategically valuable dynamic capability (Teece

et al., 1997). Learning is the process by which knowledge comes into being and is enhanced

over time, and is therefore intimately associated with KM. Organizational performance

requires not only exploiting what is known, but also exploring new domains of knowledge to

create opportunities for future exploitation (March, 1991). Organizations that enjoy

knowledge superiority today may find themselves at a competitive disadvantage in the

future if their competitors are more capable of learning within similar domains (Zack, 2005).

Therefore items were included to measure the extent to which the organization experimented

and learned about customers, markets, products and services.

Following Barney (1986), a strategic resource should result in strategies that produce

greater value than those of competitors. Taking the knowledge based view, the knowledge

resource should similarly be linked to value-creating strategies (Bierly and Chakrabarti,

1996; Zack, 1999). To that end, knowledge should be considered as a central strategic

resource within the strategic planning process and its creation and use explicitly mapped to

some notion of value (Clare and Detore, 2000). Taking a strategic view also requires

benchmarking knowledge resources against those of competitors (Zack, 1999). To capture

explicitly this link between KM practices and strategic value, items were included to

measure the extent to which knowledge was included in the strategic planning process,

knowledge was benchmarked against competitors, and knowledge was explicitly mapped

to value creation. We also measured the extent to which the organizational unit responsible

for KM was perceived to be creating value for the organization.

In total, 12 KM practices were identified, each having been suggested elsewhere as being

important for effective KM. These are listed in the Appendix. A five-point Likert-type scale

was used to ascertain the extent to which an organization was actively engaged in each of

these KM practices.

2.2 Organizational performance

The potential for KM to create competitive advantage is positively linked to organizational

performance (Schulz and Jobe, 2001). Treacy and Wiersema (1995) proposed three ‘‘value

disciplines’’ or strategic performance capabilities, each offering a path towards competitive

advantage. Product leadership represents competition based primarily on product or

service innovation. Customer intimacy represents competition based on understanding,

satisfying and retaining customers. Operational excellence represents competition based

on efficient internal operations. Organizations often implement KM practices to improve one

or more of these three value disciplines (O’Dell et al., 2003). We chose to link KM practices to

these three indicators of strategic organizational performance. Items were included that

measured the extent of product and service innovation, quality, customer satisfaction and

retention, and operating efficiency, relative to other organizations in the respondent’s

industry (the Appendix). In addition to creating a performance construct for each value

discipline, the organizational performance items were combined to create a measure of

overall organizational performance.

VOL. 13 NO. 6 2009 jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj PAGE 397

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:4 1

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

2.3 Financial performance

To the extent that organizations are able to excel in one or more value disciplines, they

should realize competitive advantage and positive financial performance (Treacy and

Wiersema, 1995). Two items for financial performance were included, one measuring return

on assets or equity and the other profitability, both relative to other organizations in the

respondent’s industry (the Appendix).

2.4 Contextual influences

According to the contingency theory school, an organization’s environment can be a

significant influence on performance (Lawrence and Dyer, 1983; Lawrence and Lorsch,

1967; Thompson, 1967). Environments that are overly complex, uncertain or dynamic may

hinder learning (Lawrence and Dyer, 1983). The more complex, uncertain or ambiguous the

environment, the more organizations must rely on intellectual resources and KM capabilities

(Miller and Shamsie, 1995). To control for environmental differences across industries, items

were included addressing rate of industry growth, competitive change and intensity, and

technology change and predictability. Other contextual factors were controlled for including

age of organization, size of organization, revenue relative to industry, share of market relative

to industry, organization structure, and whether the organization was private or public.

3. Research method

A survey was developed to test the research model. All measures including performance

measures were based on respondents’ perception. Although this is a limitation of this

research, such measures are often used and are acceptable in research (see (Chan et al.,

1997; Gold et al., 2001; Tallon et al., 2000)). The survey was piloted with two groups of

knowledge managers – one based in Canada and one based in the USA. These managers

assessed the survey in terms of its content, terminology, length and clarity. We then

validated the survey with a group of executives attending an executive development

program at a leading North American Business School. The final survey was launched on the

Business School’s web site. An e-newsletter was then sent to 1,500 executives who had

recently attended one of the School’s executive programs. They were notified of our research

project and invited to complete the survey. We received 105 responses. Of these, 17

non-profit firms were removed, as the financial performance indicators did not apply. The

final sample size was 88. The response rate (about 7 percent) was lower than hoped for and

likely due to a number of factors including incorrect email addresses, deletion of unsolicited

email, and/or lack of interest in the topic of KM given that the e-newsletter was untargeted.

Nevertheless, the authors believe that sample is valid. It consists of firms from Canada, USA

and Australia representing ten different industry sectors. Revenues ranged from $2M to

$10B and the age of the firms ranged from two-187 years with employees ranging from 30 to

over 300,000. Respondents were mid-level managers and senior executives.

3.1 Data analysis

The final sample of 88 was checked to see if the data for KM practices, organizational

performance and final performance indicators were missing. Less than 5 percent of the

cases had data missing for one or two of their indicators. In addition, the missing data

appeared random. Thus, those cases were retained with mean value substitution. SPSS was

‘‘ Perhaps the most significant gap in the literature is the lack of large-scale empirical evidence that KM makes a difference to organizational performance. ’’

PAGE 398jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj VOL. 13 NO. 6 2009

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:4 1

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

used to check the normality of the data and to calculate reliability, correlation and other

descriptive statistics.

The partial least squares (PLS)[2] approach was used to test our model as it has several

advantages. PLS has the ability to handle research models with formative constructs,

relatively small sample sizes and does not require multivariate normality distributions for the

underlying data. With PLS, the psychometric properties of the scales used to measure

constructs are tested and the strengths and direction of the pre-specified relationships are

analyzed simultaneously (for an overview of PLS see (Barclay et al., 1995; Chin, 1998a;

Fornell and Bookstein, 1982)) using a combination of principal components analysis, path

analysis, and regression (Wold, 1985). PLS is also ideally suited to the early stages of theory

development and testing (Barclay et al., 1995; Chin, 1998b), as is the case with this

research.

To supplement the structural model, cluster analysis was used to investigate the possible

existence of dominant patterns of KM practices across the sample. The authors were

interested to learn if the strength of the relationship between KM practices and

organizational performance was due to key KM practices or to some patterned clustering

of the set of all 12 KM practices. To examine this possibility, the responses to the 12 KM

practices items for each respondent were treated as a vector, and those vectors entered into

a clustering algorithm. The two-step clustering method (SPSS 14.0 for Windows) was used,

which automatically generates clusters based on the degree of closeness among the cases

using Schwartz’s Bayesian Information Criterion (Schwartz, 1978). This analysis generated

two clusters, one representing high-KM capability organizations and the other low-KM

capability organizations, enabling us to compare organizational performance based on the

pattern of KM practices.

4. Discussion of results

4.1 KM practices

Table II shows the basic statistics of the responses regarding KM practices (listed in

decreasing order of mean response), organizational performance and financial

performance. Table II also reports the reliability of the items used to measure KM

practices. Reliabilities were not measured for the formative measures organizational

performance and financial performance. Reliability for the KM practices was 0.88, well

above the accepted level for exploratory research (i.e. 0.70).

Overall responses were strong regarding the extent to which respondent organizations

made knowledge a part of strategic planning, valued employees for what they know, and

identified internal sources of expertise; thus on average, the respondent firms tended to find

value in employee knowledge. They tended to experiment and learn about customers,

products/services and internal operations and technology by encouraging and rewarding

knowledge sharing. They also tended to look outside their organizations as well, both for

benchmarking their knowledge against competitors, and to exploit external knowledge such

as that held by customers. Firms were less actively engaged in KM practices to transfer best

practices internally and develop strategies for mapping knowledge to value creation.

Overall, the unit responsible for providing KM was rated only slightly better than ‘‘fair’’. For all

KM practices, however, there was sufficient variance to provide interesting findings

regarding the relationship between practice and performance. The average KM practice

‘‘ Not only did KM practices have a direct relationship with intermediate measures of organizational performance, but organizational performance also exhibited a significant and direct relationship to financial performance. ’’

VOL. 13 NO. 6 2009 jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj PAGE 399

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:4 1

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

score ranged from 1.67 to 2.90 out of a total score of 5 (where 1 indicated high and 5

indicated low) indicating that respondents perceived that their firm’s engagement in KM

practices was ‘‘good’’ on average.

4.2. Structural research model

Figure 2 illustrates the primary structural model. The overall extent to which the respondent

organizations engaged in the set of KM practices was significantly ( p , 0.01) and positively

related to overall organizational performance. Organizational performance, in turn, was

significantly ( p , 0.01) and positively related to financial performance. There was no

significant direct relationship between KM practices and financial performance. The data

provided strong support for the overall research model. The non-significant relationship

between KM practices and financial performance suggests that organizational performance

fully mediates the overall relationship; that is, KM practices enable organizational

performance which enables financial performance much as the literature would predict.

To control for any possible effects due to the contextual factors described earlier, each of the

contextual factors was entered individually into the primary research model. Two contextual

Table II Means and standard deviations of key measures

Item Mean SD a

KM practicesa 0.88 KP1: Knowledge is made a part of strategic planning 1.67 0.88 KP5: Employees are valued for what they know 1.71 0.71 KP4: Identifies internal sources of expertise 1.81 0.97 KP6: Experiments/learns regarding customers and markets 1.84 0.92 KP7: Experiments/learns regarding products and services 1.84 0.74 KP8: Experiments/learns regarding operations and technology 1.92 0.86 KP9: Encourages and rewards knowledge sharing 2.35 1.07 KP11: Exploits external knowledge 2.43 1.04 KP2: Benchmarks knowledge versus competitors 2.57 0.99 KP12: KM group provides value 2.80 1.23 KP10: Best practices are transferred within the organization 2.83 1.21 KP3: Knowledge strategy maps knowledge to value creation 2.90 1.13 Organizational performance (OP)b c

Product leadership Innovation 3.11 1.02 Quality 4.13 0.72

Customer intimacy c

Customer satisfaction 3.83 0.80 Customer retention 3.88 0.89

Operational excellence N/A Operating Costs d 3.06 1.03

Financial performance (FP)e c

ROA/ROE 3.64 0.92 Profitability 3.75 0.89

Notes: a 1 = high compliance; 5=low compliance; listed in order of decreasing compliance;

b Organizational performance was formed by combining three constructs – product leadership, customer intimacy and operational excellence. Product leadership was formed by combining innovation and quality. Customer intimacy was formed by combining customer satisfaction and customer retention. Operational excellence was measured by operating costs; c These constructs are formative (as opposed to reflective) therefore alphas were not calculated; d Reverse coded; e Financial performance was formed by combining two constructs – ROA/ROE and profitability

PAGE 400jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj VOL. 13 NO. 6 2009

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:4 1

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

factors were found to be significantly related to organizational performance (namely, market

share and revenue – both measured relative to the industry) but none of the contextual

factors had significant interaction terms, indicating that they did not moderate the

relationship between KM practices and organizational performance. The fact that the

primary research model held across a wide variety of organizational contexts is encouraging

and suggests its robustness.

4.3 Value disciplines

To understand the linkage between KM practices and organizational performance in greater

detail, three sub-models were tested – one for each of the strategic value disciplines

(Figure 3). In each case, the outcome paralleled that of the overall model – that is, KM

practices related significantly and positively to each of the value disciplines and each value

discipline related significantly and positively to financial performance. The fact that the

overall model linking KM practices to organizational performance to financial performance

held over all value disciplines provides further evidence of its robustness.

Overall organizational performance was significantly related to 11 of the 12 KM practices –

the exception being KP6 (experimenting/learning about customers) – which was

significantly correlated with only one of the three components of organizational

performance, namely customer intimacy.

Examining each component of organizational performance for its relationship to KM

practices, operational excellence was associated with a highly focused set of KM practices

(i.e. KP4, KP5 and KP9). High operations excellence firms predominantly focused their KM

Figure 2 Research model results

Figure 3 Main model effects by value discipline

VOL. 13 NO. 6 2009 jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj PAGE 401

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:4 1

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

practices internally by identifying sources of valuable employee knowledge and

encouraging and rewarding the sharing of this knowledge. High performing firms in terms

of product leadership engaged in a broader set of KM practices (i.e. KP1, KP2, KP3, KP4,

KP5, KP7, KP10 and KP12). In addition to the focus on internal knowledge associated with

operations excellence, product leadership firms made knowledge a part of strategic

planning, explicitly mapped knowledge to value creation, benchmarked their knowledge

against competitors, shared best practices, and experimented with products and services,.

Finally, firms achieving high customer intimacy engaged in the widest range of KM

practices. Not only did they leverage and reward the sharing of internal expertise as did

operations-excellence firms and manage their knowledge strategically and share best

practices as did product leadership firms, but they additionally exploited external

knowledge, engaged in a broad program of experimentation to learn about products,

markets, operations, and technologies, and believed that their KM group added significant

value.

Thus the set of KM practices formed a nesting with operations excellence firms at the core

taking a more narrow internal focus on KM, product leadership firms building on those same

capabilities but taking a broader strategic view, and customer-intimate firms employing the

widest range of KM practices.

4.4 KM focus

The research also explored the organizational focus of firms’ KM activities. Respondents

were asked explicitly to rate the extent to which their KM activities were focused on each of

the three value disciplines – customer intimacy, product leadership and operational

excellence. In addition, they were asked to rate the importance of each of the KM practices

in achieving success given their KM focus. The italicised cells in Table III identify KM

practices that respondents rated as important for each value discipline. Table III allows us to

contrast KM practices that were significantly related to achieving value disciplines versus

KM practices that were considered important for achieving value disciplines. In terms of

customer intimacy and product leadership, the sets of KM practices that respondents rated

as important constitute a reduced subset of those that were shown to be strongly related to

success. Respondents were unable to agree which KM practices were important in terms of

operational excellence. The authors are left to conclude that there appears to be a significant

gap between what respondents think is important and what is actually important. The finding

is consistent with that of O’Dell and Grayson (2003), who suggest that it is often very tricky to

identify KM best practices within an organization.

Table III Pairwise correlation between KM practices and organizational performance

Components of organization performance KM practice Organizational performance Customer intimacy Product leadership Operational excellence

KP1 20.300** 20.283** 20.244* NS KP2 20.284** 20.279** 20.218* NS KP3 20.316** 20.306** 2 0.212* NS KP4 20.429** 20.368** 20.262* 20.265* KP5 20.353** NS 20.290** 20.258* KP6 NS 2 0.267* NS NS KP7 20.288** 2 0. 303** 2 0.252* NS KP8 20.231* 20.225* NS NS KP9 20.393** 20.380** NS 20.231* KP10 20.405** 20.372** 20.301** NS KP11 20.298** 2 0.292** NS NS KP12 20.261* 20.215* 20.214* NS

Notes: * p , 0.10; ** p , 0.05; *** p , 0.01; italicised cells represent KM practices rated as important by respondents whose firms had focused their KM initiatives on specific value disciplines

PAGE 402jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj VOL. 13 NO. 6 2009

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:4 1

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

4.5 KM cluster analysis

Using the two-step cluster method (SPSS), two clusters emerged which, on examination,

clearly revealed a ‘‘high capability’’ cluster and a ‘‘low capability’’ cluster. Of the 88 cases,

41 were assigned to the ‘‘high’’ cluster and 47 in the ‘‘low’’ cluster. The mean value for every

KM practice item for the high cluster was significantly greater than for the low cluster

(Table IV).

Cluster assignment was validated using the K-means cluster method (SPSS 14.0 for

Windows), which lets the analyst determine the number of clusters to be generated.

Selecting two clusters, the assignment of cases between clusters showed a 91 percent

agreement. We computed the mean value of intermediate performance for each cluster to

determine if the difference in their mean performance was statistically significant (see

Table V).

The mean overall organizational performance was 3.87 for the high cluster versus 3.32 for

the low cluster, significant at the 0.000 level. Looking at the three value disciplines

Table IV Between-cluster difference in mean value of KM practices

Item Cluster number Mean Diff. In means Std dev. Std error mean Sig. (two-tailed)

KP1 1 1.24 20.799 0.435 0.068 0.000a

2 2.04 0.999 0.146 KP2 1 2.00 21.064 0.671 0.105 0.000a

2 3.06 0.965 0.141 KP3 1 2.17 21.366 0.942 0.147 0.000b

2 3.53 0.856 0.125 KP4 1 1.24 21.054 0.489 0.076 0.000a

2 2.30 1.020 0.149 KP5 1 1.44 2.512 0.502 0.078 0.001b

2 1.95 0.780 0.114 KP6 1 1.37 2.889 0.581 0.091 0.000a

2 2.26 0.966 0.141 KP7 1 1.44 2.753 0.546 0.085 0.000b

2 2.19 0.713 0.104 KP8 1 1.56 2.673 0.550 0.086 0.000a

2 2.23 0.960 0.140 KP9 1 1.66 21.299 0.728 0.114 0.000a

2 2.96 0.955 0.139 KP10 1 2.10 21.371 0.995 0.155 0.000b

2 3.47 0.997 0.145 KP11 1 1.78 21.220 0.690 0.108 0.000b

2 3.00 0.956 0.139 KP12 1 2.14 21.246 1.031 0.161 0.000b

2 3.38 1.095 0.160

Notes: a Levene’s test for equality of variances rejected at ,0.05; unequal variances assumed; b Levene’s test for equality of variances accepted at ,0.05; equal variances assumed

Table V Between-cluster difference in mean value of organizational performance

Item Cluster number Mean Diff. In means Std dev. Std error mean Sig. (two-tailed)a

Organizational performance 1 3.871 0.547 0.487 0.076 0.000 2 3.324 0.518 0.076

Customer intimacy 1 4.281 0.802 0.662 0.103 0.000 2 3.479 0.667 0.097

Product leadership 1 3.848 0.421 0.685 0.107 0.006 2 3.427 0.723 0.106

Operational excellence 1 3.098 0.289 1.158 0.181 0.192 2 2.809 0.900 0.131

Note: a Levene’s test for equality of variances accepted at ,0.05 for all constructs; equal variances assumed

VOL. 13 NO. 6 2009 jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj PAGE 403

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:4 1

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

individually, the mean for customer intimacy was 4.28 for the high cluster versus 3.48 for the

low cluster, significant at the 0.000 level. The mean for product leadership was 3.85 for the

high cluster versus 3.43 for the low cluster, significant at the 0.006 level. The difference in

value for operations excellence was 3.10 versus 2.81, but significant only at the 0.192 level.

Results for the K-means clusters were similar.

Perhaps the most interesting aspect of the cluster analysis is the fact that the data clustered

around the ‘‘level of performance’’ of the KM practices rather than the KM practices

themselves. That is, firms clustered based on performance level (high and low) across all

KM practices, rather than clustering into subsets of particular practices regardless of (or in

addition to) level of performance. Thus, the cluster analysis suggests that how well an

organization executes KM practices may be as important as which subset of KM practices it

focuses on. For practicing knowledge managers, the key point is that to be simply engaged

in various KM practices is not expected to have a significant impact on organizational

performance. Value from the investment in knowledge management will be realized when

the organization achieves high capability in the performance of those KM practices, and the

greatest level of organizational performance is expected from those firms who significantly

engage in all of the KM practices (Chakravarthy et al., 2003).

5. Summary

The purpose in conducting this research was to study the perceived quality and extent of KM

practices in order to more clearly examine the relationship between KM practices and

performance outcomes. The authors expected to find a direct relationship between KM

practices and organizational performance, and for organizational performance to mediate

the relationship between KM practices and financial performance. Each of these

expectations was supported. Not only did KM practices have a direct relationship with

intermediate measures of organizational performance but organizational performance also

exhibited a significant and direct relationship to financial performance. There was no

significant relationship found between KM practices and financial performance. These

findings held for overall performance and for each of the three components of performance

based on the three value disciplines (namely, customer intimacy, product leadership, and

operations excellence) (Treacy and Wiersema, 1995).

These findings are important for both practitioners and academics. Practitioners can use our

results to identify and implement KM practices with a reasonable expectation based on

empirical evidence that these initiatives will be in alignment with their organizational strategy.

This study also encourages practitioners to focus their KM initiatives on specific intermediate

performance outcomes. Practitioners should also be cognizant of the range and variety of

KM practices and the extent to which so many of these are significantly related to

performance. Adopting an overly focused or limited set of KM practices might not result in

the desired outcome. Finally, the existence of a significant gap between what we believe is

important and what has been demonstrated to be important calls for attention.

Academics should be equally encouraged by these results for no greater reason than the

demonstrated impact of KM practices on organizational performance. The study did have

some limitations. While our research model was developed from literature investigating both

Western and Asian firms, our findings were based solely on organizations from North

America and Australian. Culture, financial reporting, and KM processes in general may vary

beyond this limited geographic sample, and future work should investigate the influence of

geography and culture on our findings. This aside, our study was exploratory and, as such,

there remains much work to be done. Given that the majority of our constructs were

‘‘ There was no significant relationship found between KM practices and financial performance. ’’

PAGE 404jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj VOL. 13 NO. 6 2009

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:4 1

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

formative, efforts to improve the measurement of KM practices (and possibly the

identification of additional practices) will prove vital for the validation and extension of our

findings. Research designs which target respondents and industry sectors may yield

greater insight and understanding as well. Finally, we need to understand how organizations

are to develop a ‘‘KM mindset’’ to enable KM practices to get traction within organizations.

Without this mindset, many KM initiatives may fail.

Notes

1. For example, Journal of Knowledge Management, International Journal of Intellectual Capital and

Learning, Journal of Knowledge Management Practice, Electronic Journal of Knowledge

Management, Knowledge Management Research & Practice, Journal of Intellectual Capital,

International Journal of Knowledge Management, Knowledge Management, Knowledge

Management Review, and Knowledge and Process Management.

2. As implemented in PLSSmart v.2.0.

References

Allard, S. and Holsapple, C.W. (2002), ‘‘Knowledge management as a key for e-business

competitiveness: from the knowledge chain to KM Audits’’, The Journal of Computer Information

Systems, Vol. 42 No. 5, pp. 19-25.

Barclay, D., Thompson, R. and Higgins, C.A. (1995), ‘‘The partial least squares approach to causal

modeling: personal computer adoption and use as an illustration’’, Technology Studies: Special Issue on

Research Methodology, Vol. 2 No. 2, pp. 285-324.

Barney, J.B. (1986), ‘‘Strategic factor markets: expectations, luck and business strategy’’, Management

Science, Vol. 32 No. 10, pp. 1231-41.

Beckett, A.J., Wainwright, C.E.R. and Bance, D. (2000), ‘‘Knowledge management: strategy or

software?’’, Management Decision, Vol. 38 No. 9, pp. 601-6.

Berawi, M.A. (2004), ‘‘Quality revolution: Leading the innovation and competitive advantage’’,

International Journal of Quality & Reliability Management, Vol. 21 No. 4, pp. 425-38.

Bhatt, G.D. (2001), ‘‘Knowledge management in organizations: examining the interaction between

technologies, techniques, and people’’, Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 5 No. 1, pp. 68-75.

Bierly, P. and Chakrabarti, A. (1996), ‘‘Generic knowledge strategies in the US pharmaceutical industry’’,

Strategic Management Journal, Vol. 17, Winter Special Edition, pp. 123-35.

Braganza, A., Edwards, C. and Lambert, R. (1999), ‘‘A taxonomy of knowledge projects to underpin

organizational innovation and competitiveness’’, Knowledge and Process Management, Vol. 6 No. 2,

pp. 83-90.

Chakravarthy, B., McEvily, S., Doz, Y. and Rau, D. (2003), ‘‘Knowledge management and competitive

advantage’’, in Easterby-Smith, M. and Lyles, M.A. (Eds), The Blackwell Handbook of Organizational

Learning and Knowledge Management, Blackwell Publishing, Oxford, pp. 305-23.

Chan, Y.E., Huff, S.L., Barclay, D.W. and Copeland, D.G. (1997), ‘‘Business strategic orientation,

information systems strategic orientation, and strategic alignment’’, Information Systems Research,

Vol. 8 No. 2, pp. 125-50.

Chauvel, D. and Dupres, C. (2002), ‘‘A review of survey research in knowledge management:

1997-2001’’, Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 6 No. 3, pp. 207-23.

Chin, W.W. (1998a), ‘‘The partial least squares approach to structural equation modeling’’,

in Marcoulides, G.A. (Ed.), Modern Methods for Business Research, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates,

Mahwah, NJ, pp. 295-336.

Chin, W. (1998b), ‘‘Issues and opinion on structural equations modeling’’, MIS Quarterly, Vol. 22 No. 1,

pp. vii-xvi.

Choi, B. and Lee, B. (2003), ‘‘An empirical investigation of KM styles and their effect on corporate

performance’’, Information and Management, Vol. 40 No. 5, pp. 403-17.

VOL. 13 NO. 6 2009 jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj PAGE 405

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:4 1

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

Chuang, S. (2004), ‘‘A resource based perspective on knowledge management capability and

competitive advantage: An empirical investigation’’, Expert Systems with Application, Vol. 27 No. 3,

pp. 459-65.

Civi, E. (2000), ‘‘Knowledge management as a competitive asset: A review’’, Marketing Intelligence and

Planning, Vol. 18 No. 4, pp. 166-74.

Clare, M.K. and Detore, A.W. (2000), Knowledge Assets: Professionals’ Guide to Valuation and Financial

Management, Aspen Publishers, New York, NY.

Clarke, J. and Turner, P. (2004), ‘‘Global competition and the Australian Biotechnology industry:

developing a model of SMEs knowledge management strategies’’, Knowledge and Process

Management, Vol. 11 No. 1, pp. 38-46.

Darroch, J. and McNaughton, R. (2003), ‘‘Beyond market orientation: Knowledge management and the

innovativeness of New Zealand firms’’, European Journal of Marketing, Vol. 37 Nos 3/4, pp. 572-93.

Davenport, T.H. and Prusak, L. (1998), Working Knowledge: How Organizations Manage what They

Know, Harvard Business School Press, Boston, MA.

Davenport, T.H., De Long, D.W. and Beers, M.C. (1998), ‘‘Successful knowledge management

projects’’, Sloan Management Review, Vol. 39 No. 2, pp. 43-57.

DeTienne, K.B. and Jackson, L.A. (2001), ‘‘Knowledge management; understanding theory and

developing strategy’’, Competitiveness Review, Vol. 11 No. 1, pp. 1-11.

Fornell, C. and Bookstein, F.L. (1982), ‘‘Two structural equation models: LISREL and PLS applied to

consumer exit voice theory’’, Journal of Marketing Research, Vol. 19 No. 4, pp. 440-52.

Foss, N.J. and Mahnke, V. (2003), ‘‘Knowledge management: what can organizational economics

contribute?’’, in Easterby-Smith, M. and Lyles, M.A. (Eds), The Blackwell Handbook of Organizational

Learning and Knowledge Management, Blackwell Publishing, Oxford, pp. 78-103.

Francisco, J.F. and Guadamillas, F. (2002), ‘‘A case study on the implementation of a knowledge

management strategy oriented to innovation’’, Knowledge and Process Management, Vol. 9 No. 3,

pp. 162-71.

Gloet, M. and Terziovski, M. (2004), ‘‘Exploring the relationship between knowledge management

practices and innovation performance’’, Journal of Manufacturing Technology Management, Vol. 15

No. 5, pp. 402-9.

Gold, A.H., Malhotra, A. and Segars, A.H. (2001), ‘‘Knowledge management: an organizational

capabilities perspective’’, Journal of Management Information Systems, Vol. 18 No. 1, pp. 185-214.

Gupta, A.K. and Govindrajan, V. (2000), ‘‘Knowledge management’s social dimension: lessons form

Nucor Steel’’, Sloan Management Review, Vol. 42 No. 1, pp. 71-80.

Holsapple, C.W. and Jones, K. (2004), ‘‘Exploring primary activities of the knowledge chain’’,

Knowledge and Process Management, Vol. 11 No. 3, pp. 155-74.

Holsapple, C.W. and Jones, K. (2005), ‘‘Exploring secondary activities of the knowledge chain’’,

Knowledge and Process Management, Vol. 12 No. 1, pp. 3-31.

Kalling, T. (2003), ‘‘Knowledge management and the occasional links with performance’’, Journal of

Knowledge Management, Vol. 7 No. 3, pp. 67-81.

Lapre, M.A. and Wassenhove, L.N.V. (2001), ‘‘Creating and transferring knowledge for productivity

improvement in factories’’, Management Science, Vol. 47 No. 10, pp. 1311-25.

Lawrence, P. and Dyer, D. (1983), Renewing American Industry, Free Press, New York, NY.

Lawrence, P.R. and Lorsch, J.W. (1967), Organization and Environment, Harvard Business School

Press, Boston, MA.

Lee, C.C. and Yang, J. (2000), ‘‘Knowledge value chain’’, The Journal of Management Development,

Vol. 19 Nos 9/10, pp. 783-93.

Lee, H. and Choi, B. (2003), ‘‘Knowledge management enablers, processes, and organizational

performance: an integrative view and empirical examination’’, Journal of Management Information

Systems, Vol. 20 No. 1, pp. 179-228.

PAGE 406jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj VOL. 13 NO. 6 2009

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:4 1

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

Liu, P., Chen, W. and Tsai, C. (2004), ‘‘An empirical study on the correlation between knowledge

management capability and competitiveness in Taiwan’s industries’’, Technovation, Vol. 24 No. 12,

pp. 971-7.

McAdam, R. (2000), ‘‘Knowledge management as a catalyst for innovation within organizations:

a qualitative study’’, Knowledge and process management, Vol. 7 No. 4, pp. 233-42.

McCann, J.E. and Buckner, M. (2004), ‘‘Strategically integrating knowledge management initiatives’’,

Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 8 No. 1, pp. 47-63.

March, J.G. (1991), ‘‘Exploration and exploitation in organizational learning’’, Organization Science,

Vol. 2 No. 1, pp. 71-87.

Marqués, D.P. and Simón, F.J.G. (2006), ‘‘The effect of knowledge management practices on firm

performance’’, Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 10 No. 3, pp. 143-56.

Massey, A.P., Montoya-Weiss, M.M. and O’Driscoll, T.M. (2002), ‘‘Knowledge management in pursuit of

performance: insights from Nortel Networks’’, MIS Quarterly, Vol. 26 No. 3, pp. 269-89.

Miller, D. and Shamsie, J. (1995), ‘‘A contingent application of the resource-based view of the firm:

the Hollywood film studios from 1936 to 1965’’, Best Paper Proceedings, Academy of Management,

pp. 57-61.

Moffett, S., McAdam, R. and Parkinson, S. (2003), ‘‘An empirical analysis of knowledge management

applications’’, Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 7 No. 3, pp. 6-26.

Mohrman, S.A., Finegold, D. and Mohrman, A.M. (2003), ‘‘An empirical model of the organization

knowledge system in new product development firms’’, Journal of Engineering and Technology

Management, Vol. 20 Nos 1-2, pp. 7-38.

Mukherjee, A.S., Lapre, M.A. and Wassenhove, L.N.V. (1998), ‘‘Knowledge driven quality improvement’’,

Management Science, Vol. 44 No. 11, pp. S35-S49.

Nonaka, I. (1994), ‘‘A dynamic theory of organizational knowledge creation’’, Organization Science,

Vol. 5 No. 1, pp. 14-37.

O’Dell, C. and Grayson, C.J. (2003), ‘‘Identifying and transferring internal best practices’’, in Holsapple,

C.W. (Ed.), Handbook on Knowledge Management, Springer, New York, NY, pp. 601-22.

O’Dell, C., Elliot, S. and Hubert, C. (2003), ‘‘Achieving knowledge management outcomes’’,

in Holsapple, C.W. (Ed.), Handbook on Knowledge Management, Springer, New York, NY, pp. 253-87.

Sabeherwal, R. and Becerra-Fernandex, I. (2003), ‘‘An empirical study of the effect of knowledge

management process at individual, groups, and organizational levels’’, Decision Science, Vol. 34 No. 2,

pp. 225-60.

Salazar, A., Hackney, R. and Howells, J. (2003), ‘‘The strategic impact of internet technology in

biotechnology and pharmaceutical firms: insights from a knowledge management perspective’’,

Information Technology and Management, Vol. 4 Nos 2/3, pp. 289-301.

Schulz, M. and Jobe, L.A. (2001), ‘‘Codification and tacitness as knowledge management strategies:

an empirical exploration’’, Journal of High Technology Management Research, Vol. 12 No. 1, pp. 139-65.

Schwartz, G. (1978), ‘‘Estimating the dimension of a model’’, The Annals of Statistics, Vol. 5 No. 2,

pp. 461-4.

Sher, P.J. and Lee, V.C. (2004), ‘‘Information technology as a facilitator for enhancing dynamic

capabilities through knowledge management’’, Information and Management, Vol. 41 No. 8, pp. 933-45.

Simonin, B.L. (1997), ‘‘The importance of collaborative know-how: an empirical test of the learning

organization’’, Academy of Management Journal, Vol. 40 No. 5, pp. 1150-74.

Szulanski, G. (1996), ‘‘Exploring internal stickiness: impediments to the transfer of best practice within

the firm’’, Strategic Management Journal, Vol. 17, Winter Special Issue, pp. 27-43.

Tallon, P.P., Kraemer, K.L. and Gurbaxani, V. (2000), ‘‘Executives’ perceptions of the business value of

information technology: a process-oriented approach’’, Journal of Management Information Systems,

Vol. 16 No. 4, pp. 145-73.

Tanriverdi, H. (2005), ‘‘Information technology relatedness, knowledge management capability, and

performance of multi-business firms’’, MIS Quarterly, Vol. 29 No. 2, pp. 311-34.

VOL. 13 NO. 6 2009 jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj PAGE 407

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:4 1

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

Teece, D.J., Pisano, G. and Shuen, A. (1997), ‘‘Dynamic capabilities and strategic management’’,

Strategic Management Journal, Vol. 18 No. 7, pp. 509-33.

Thompson, J.D. (1967), Organizations in Action, McGraw Hill, New York, NY.

Treacy, M. and Wiersema, F. (1995), The Discipline of Market Leaders: Choose Your Customers, Narrow

Your Focus, Dominate Your Market, Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA.

Tsai, M. and Shih, C. (2004), ‘‘The impact of marketing knowledge among managers on marketing

capabilities and business performance’’, International Journal of Management, Vol. 21 No. 4, pp. 524-30.

Turner, S.F. and Bettis, R.A. (2002), ‘‘Exploring depth versus breadth in knowledge management

strategies’’, Computational and Mathematical Organization Theory, Vol. 8 No. 1, pp. 49-73.

von Hippel, E. (1994), ‘‘‘Sticky information’ and the locus of problem solving: implications for innovation’’,

Management Science, Vol. 40 No. 4, pp. 429-39.

Wold, H. (1985), ‘‘Systems analysis by partial least squares’’, in Nijkamp, P., Leitner, L. and Wrigley, N.

(Eds), Measuring the Unmeasurable, Marinus Nijhoff, Dordrecht, pp. 221-51.

Zack, M.H. (1999), ‘‘Developing a knowledge strategy’’, California Management Review, Vol. 41 No. 3,

pp. 125-45.

Zack, M.H. (2005), ‘‘The strategic advantage of knowledge and learning’’, International Journal of

Intellectual Capital and Learning, Vol. 2 No. 1, pp. 1-20.

Appendix. Measurement of research constructs

KM practices

The extent of engagement in each of the following 12 KM practice was assessed based on a five-point Likert-type scale (excellent, good, fair, poor, and not at all).

KP1 We explicitly recognize knowledge as a key element in our strategic planning

exercises.

KP2 We benchmark our strategic knowledge against that of our competitors.

KP3 We have developed a knowledge strategy that maps knowledge to value creation.

KP4 We are able to identify sources of expertise within our organization.

KP5 Our employees are valued for what they know.

KP6 We look for opportunities to experiment and learn more about customers.

KP7 We look for opportunities to experiment and learn more about products and

services.

KP8 We look for opportunities to experiment and learn more about technologies and

internal operations.

KP9 Our organization encourages and rewards the sharing of knowledge.

KP10 We have effective internal procedures for transferring best practices throughout the

organization.

KP11 We exploit external sources of knowledge effectively including customer

knowledge.

KP12 Our knowledge management group is a recognized source of value creation within

the organization.

Other constructs

Respondents were asked to rank their organization’s performance in terms of profitability, ROA/ROE, quality of service/product, operation costs, innovation and rate of new product development, customer satisfaction and customer retention relative to the other organizations in the industry on a five-point Likert-type scale (one of the lowest, below average, average, above average, one of the highest). Operating costs were reverse coded. These assessments were then used to form the following constructs:

PAGE 408jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj VOL. 13 NO. 6 2009

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:4 1

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

1. Financial performance – formed by combining ROA/ROE and profitability.

2. Organizational performance (overall) – formed by combining innovation, rate of new product development, customer satisfaction, customer retention and operating costs.

3. Organizational performance by value discipline:

4. B: within N: Product leadership – formed by combining innovation and rate of new product development.

5. Customer intimacy – formed by combining customer satisfaction and customer retention.

6. Operational excellence – operating costs.

Corresponding author

Michael Zack can be contacted at: [email protected]

VOL. 13 NO. 6 2009 jJOURNAL OF KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTj PAGE 409

To purchase reprints of this article please e-mail: [email protected]

Or visit our web site for further details: www.emeraldinsight.com/reprints

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:4 1

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

This article has been cited by:

1. Tom Evens, Kristin Van Damme. 2016. Consumers’ Willingness to Share Personal Data: Implications for Newspapers’ Business Models. International Journal on Media Management 1-17. [CrossRef]

2. Suparak Suriyankietkaew, Gayle Avery. 2016. Sustainable Leadership Practices Driving Financial Performance: Empirical Evidence from Thai SMEs. Sustainability 8:4, 327. [CrossRef]

3. Yan Li, Manoj A. Thomas, Kweku-Muata Osei-Bryson. 2016. Ontology-based data mining model management for self- service knowledge discovery. Information Systems Frontiers . [CrossRef]

4. Krishna Venkitachalam Stockholm Business School, Stockholm University, Stockholm, Sweden Hugh Willmott Cass Business School, City University, London, UK . 2016. Determining strategic shifts between codification and personalization in operational environments. Journal of Strategy and Management 9:1, 2-14. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

5. Khuram Shahzad Department of Management, University of Management and Technology, Lahore, Pakistan Sami Ullah Bajwa Department of Management, University of Management and Technology, Lahore, Pakistan Ahmed Faisal Imtiaz Siddiqi Department of Quantitative Methods, University of Management and Technology, Lahore, Pakistan Farhan Ahmid Department of Business Administration, COMSATS Institute of Information Technology, Lahore, Pakistan Ali Raza Sultani Hailey College of Commerce, Punjab University, Lahore, Pakistan . 2016. Integrating knowledge management (KM) strategies and processes to enhance organizational creativity and performance. Journal of Modelling in Management 11:1, 154-179. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

6. Dr Gillian Ragsdell Trevor Downes Independent Business Consultant and Researcher Teresa Marchant Department of Employment Relations and Human Resources, Griffith Universtiy, Gold Coast, Australia . 2016. The extent and effectiveness of knowledge management in Australian community service organisations. Journal of Knowledge Management 20:1, 49-68. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

7. Laith Ali Al-Hakim, Shahizan Hassan. 2016. Core requirements of knowledge management implementation, innovation and organizational performance. Journal of Business Economics and Management 17:1, 109-124. [CrossRef]

8. Theresa C.F. Ho, Noor Hazlina Ahmad, T. Ramayah. 2016. Competitive Capabilities and Business Performance among Manufacturing SMEs: Evidence from an Emerging Economy, Malaysia. Journal of Asia-Pacific Business 17:1, 37-58. [CrossRef]

9. Behrang Samadi, Chong Chin Wei, Wan Fadzilah Wan Yusoff. 2015. The Influence of Trust on Knowledge Sharing Behaviour Among Multigenerational Employees. Journal of Information & Knowledge Management 14:04, 1550034. [CrossRef]

10. Pilar Fidel, Amparo Cervera, Walesska Schlesinger. 2015. Customer’s role in knowledge management and in the innovation process: effects on innovation capacity and marketing results. Knowledge Management Research & Practice . [CrossRef]

11. Hsiu-Fen Lin Department of Shipping and Transportation Management, National Taiwan Ocean University, Keelung, Taiwan . 2015. Linking knowledge management orientation to balanced scorecard outcomes. Journal of Knowledge Management 19:6, 1224-1249. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

12. Shiva Yahyapour Faculty of Management, University of Tehran, Tehran, Iran Mehdi Shamizanjani Faculty of Management, University of Tehran, Tehran, Iran Mohammad Mosakhani Faculty of Management, University of Tehran, Tehran, Iran . 2015. A conceptual breakdown structure for knowledge management benefits using meta-synthesis method. Journal of Knowledge Management 19:6, 1295-1309. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

13. Professor Vesna Bosilj Vukšić and Professor Mirjana Pejić Bach Tatjana Stanovcic University of Montenegro, Kotor, Montenegro Sanja Pekovic University of Montenegro, Kotor, Montenegro and University Paris-Dauphine, France Amira Bouziri Université d’Evry Val d’Essonne, Evry, France . 2015. The effect of knowledge management on environmental innovation. Baltic Journal of Management 10:4, 413-431. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

14. Dimitrios Chatzoudes Department of Production and Management Engineering, Democritus University of Thrace, Xanthi, Greece Prodromos Chatzoglou Department of Production and Management Engineering, Democritus University of Thrace, Xanthi, Greece Eftichia Vraimaki Department of Library Science and Information Systems, TEI of Athens, Athens, Greece . 2015. The central role of knowledge management in business operations. Business Process Management Journal 21:5, 1117-1139. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

15. Rouhollah Bagheri Faculty of Management and Accounting, Shahid Beheshti University, Tehran, Islamic Republic of Iran Mohhamad Reza Hamidizadeh Faculty of management and accounting, Shahid Beheshti University, Tehran, Islamic Republic of Iran Parisa Sabbagh Mashad Azad University, Mashad, Islamic Republic of Iran . 2015. The mediator role of KM process for creative organizational learning case study. VINE 45:3, 420-445. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:4 1

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

16. Pilar Fidel, Walesska Schlesinger, Amparo Cervera. 2015. Collaborating to innovate: Effects on customer knowledge management and performance. Journal of Business Research 68:7, 1426-1428. [CrossRef]

17. Gregor Diehr,, Stefan Wilhelm,. 2015. Wissensmarketing – Der Einsatz von strategischen Kunden im Wissensmarketing von KMU. ZfKE – Zeitschrift für KMU und Entrepreneurship 63:2, 129-147. [CrossRef]

18. Sumant Kumar Bishwas. 2015. Achieving Organization Vitality through Innovation and Flexibility: An Empirical Study. Global Journal of Flexible Systems Management 16:2, 145-156. [CrossRef]

19. Francesco Galati Department of Industrial Engineering, University of Parma, Parma, Italy . 2015. At what level is your organization managing knowledge?. Measuring Business Excellence 19:2, 57-70. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

20. Mario J Donate, Fátima Guadamillas. 2015. An empirical study on the relationships between knowledge management, knowledge-oriented human resource practices and innovation. Knowledge Management Research & Practice 13:2, 134-148. [CrossRef]

21. Alexander Serenko Faculty of Business Administration, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Canada John Dumay Department of Accounting, Macquarie University, Sydney, Australia . 2015. Citation classics published in knowledge management journals. Part I: articles and their characteristics. Journal of Knowledge Management 19:2, 401-431. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

22. Mohammed Tubigi Business School, Brunel University, London, UK Sarmad Alshawi Business School, Brunel University, London, UK . 2015. The impact of knowledge management processes on organisational performance. Journal of Enterprise Information Management 28:2, 167-185. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

23. Changiz Valmohammadi Department of Industrial Management, Faculty of Management and Accounting, South Tehran Branch––Islamic Azad University, Tehran, Iran Mohsen Ahmadi Deparment of Industriral Engineering, Islamic Azad University-Damavand Branch, Tehran, Iran . 2015. The impact of knowledge management practices on organizational performance. Journal of Enterprise Information Management 28:1, 131-159. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

24. Mario J. Donate, Jesús D. Sánchez de Pablo. 2015. The role of knowledge-oriented leadership in knowledge management practices and innovation. Journal of Business Research 68:2, 360-370. [CrossRef]

25. Alan R Dennis, Binny M Samuel, Kelly McNamara. 2014. Design for maintenance: how KMS document linking decisions affect maintenance effort and use. Journal of Information Technology 29:4, 312-326. [CrossRef]

26. Banjo Roxas, Martina Battisti, David Deakins. 2014. Learning, innovation and firm performance: knowledge management in small firms. Knowledge Management Research & Practice 12:4, 443-453. [CrossRef]

27. D. Hine, R. Parker, L. Pregelj, M.-L. Verreynne. 2014. Deconstructing and reconstructing the capability hierarchy. Industrial and Corporate Change 23:5, 1299-1325. [CrossRef]

28. Prof. Manlio Del Giudice Prof. Vincenzo Maggioni Zhenzhong Ma based at Odette School of Business, University of Windsor, Windsor, Canada. Yufang Huang based at School of Business, Jiangnan University, Wuxi, China. Jie Wu based at Faculty of Business, University of Leeds, Leeds, UK. Weiwei Dong based at School of Economics and Management, Shanghai Institute of Technology, Shanghai, China. Liyun Qi based at Faculty of Management and Economics, Dalian University of Technology, Dalian, China. . 2014. What matters for knowledge sharing in collectivistic cultures? Empirical evidence from China. Journal of Knowledge Management 18:5, 1004-1019. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

29. Maria Crema, Chiara Verbano. 2014. Managing Intellectual Capital in Italian Manufacturing SMEs. Creativity and Innovation Management n/a-n/a. [CrossRef]

30. Man Yin Rebecca Yiu Department of Mechanical & Manufacturing Engineering, Faculty of Engineering, The University of the West Indies, St Augustine, Trinidad and Tobago, West Indies Kit Fai Pun Department of Mechanical & Manufacturing Engineering, Faculty of Engineering, The University of the West Indies, St Augustine, Trinidad and Tobago, West Indies . 2014. Measuring knowledge management performance in industrial enterprises. The Learning Organization 21:5, 310-332. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

31. Dr Antonio Lerro, Dr Roberto Linzalone and Professor Giovanni Schiuma Aino Kianto School of Business, Lappeenranta University of Technology, Lappeenranta, Finland Paavo Ritala School of Business, Lappeenranta University of Technology, Lappeenranta, Finland John-Christopher Spender Department of Business, Kozminski Univeristy, Warsaw, Poland; ESADE Business School, Universidad Ramon Llull, Barcelona, Spain and School of Management, Cranfield University, Cranfield, UK Mika Vanhala School of Business, Lappeenranta University of Technology, Lappeenranta, Finland . 2014. The interaction of intellectual capital assets and knowledge management practices in organizational value creation. Journal of Intellectual Capital 15:3, 362-375. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:4 1

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

32. Vinayak Kalluri Department of Mechanical Engineering, Birla Institute of Technology and Science (BITS), Pilani, India Rambabu Kodali National Institute of Technology, Jamshedpur, India . 2014. Analysis of new product development research: 1998-2009. Benchmarking: An International Journal 21:4, 527-618. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

33. Himanshu Joshi International Management Institute, New Delhi, India Deepak Chawla International Management Institute, New Delhi, India Jamal A. Farooquie Department of Business Administration, Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh, India . 2014. Segmenting knowledge management (KM) practitioners and its relationship to performance variation – some empirical evidence. Journal of Knowledge Management 18:3, 469-493. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

34. Peter Rex Massingham School of Management, Operations and Marketing, University of Wollongong, Wollongong, Australia Rada K Massingham School of Accounting, University of Western Sydney, Campbelltown, NSW, Australia . 2014. Does knowledge management produce practical outcomes?. Journal of Knowledge Management 18:2, 221-254. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

35. Abd Rahman Said, Haslinda Abdullah, Jegak Uli, Zainal Abidin Mohamed. 2014. Relationship between Organizational Characteristics and Information Security Knowledge Management Implementation. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences 123, 433-443. [CrossRef]

36. Peyman Akhavan Department of Industrial Engineering, Iran University of Science and Technology, Tehran, Iran Majid Ramezan Department of Industrial Engineering, Iran University of Science and Technology, Tehran, Iran Jafar Yazdi Moghaddam Department of Industrial Engineering, Iran University of Science and Technology, Tehran, Iran Gholamhossein Mehralian School of Pharmacy, Department of Pharmacoeconomics and Pharmaceutical Management, Shahid Beheshti University of Medical Sciences, Tehran, Iran . 2014. Exploring the relationship between ethics, knowledge creation and organizational performance. VINE 44:1, 42-58. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

37. Hsiu-Fen Lin Department of Shipping and Transportation Management, National Taiwan Ocean University, Keelung, Taiwan, Republic of China . 2014. A multi-stage analysis of antecedents and consequences of knowledge management evolution. Journal of Knowledge Management 18:1, 52-74. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

38. Kurshad Ozlen, Meliha Handzic. 2014. An empirical test of a contingency model of KMS effectiveness. Knowledge Management Research & Practice 12:1, 1-11. [CrossRef]

39. Mohammed Ali Berawi, Bambang Susantono, Perdana Miraj, Abdur Rohim Boy Berawi, Herawati Zetha Rahman, Gunawan, Albert Husin. 2014. Enhancing Value for Money of Mega Infrastructure Projects Development Using Value Engineering Method. Procedia Technology 16, 1037-1046. [CrossRef]

40. R. Amir, J. Parvar. 2014. Harnessing Knowledge Management to Improve Organisational Performance. International Journal of Trade, Economics and Finance 31-38. [CrossRef]

41. Sachin K. Patil, R. Kant. 2014. Methodological literature review of knowledge management research. Tékhne 12:1-2, 3-14. [CrossRef]

42. Mohamed A.F. Ragab College of Business, Dublin Institute of Technology, Dublin, Ireland Amr Arisha College of Business, Dublin Institute of Technology, Dublin, Ireland . 2013. Knowledge management and measurement: a critical review. Journal of Knowledge Management 17:6, 873-901. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

43. Stefan Wilhelm Institute of Entrepreneurship, University of Liechtenstein, Vaduz, Liechtenstein Stefan Gueldenberg Institute of Entrepreneurship, University of Liechtenstein, Vaduz, Liechtenstein Wolfgang Güttel Institute of Human Resource and Change Management, Johannes Kepler University Linz, Linz, Austria . 2013. Do you know your valuable customers?. Journal of Knowledge Management 17:5, 661-676. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

44. Sharmila Jayasingam, Mahfooz A Ansari, T Ramayah, Muhamad Jantan. 2013. Knowledge management practices and performance: are they truly linked?†. Knowledge Management Research & Practice 11:3, 255-264. [CrossRef]

45. Maria João Santos, Raky WaneKnowledge Management Fostering Innovation: Balancing Practices and Enabling Contexts 155-178. [CrossRef]

46. Peyman AkhavanDepartment of Industrial Engineering, Iran University of Science and Technology, Tehran, Iran Majid RamezanDepartment of Industrial Engineering, Iran University of Science and Technology, Tehran, Iran Jafar Yazdi MoghaddamDepartment of Industrial Engineering, Iran University of Science and Technology, Tehran, Iran. 2013. Examining the role of ethics in knowledge management process. Journal of Knowledge-based Innovation in China 5:2, 129-145. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

47. Ian E. Wilson, Yacine Rezgui. 2013. Barriers to construction industry stakeholders’ engagement with sustainability: toward a shared knowledge experience. Technological and Economic Development of Economy 19:2, 289-309. [CrossRef]

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:4 1

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

48. Billy T.W. Yu, W.M. To. 2013. The effect of internal information generation and dissemination on casino employee work related behaviors. International Journal of Hospitality Management 33, 475-483. [CrossRef]

49. Wu HeDepartment of Information Systems, Old Dominion University, Norfolk, Virginia, USA M'Hammed AbdousCenter for Learning and Teaching, Old Dominion University, Norfolk, Virginia, USA. 2013. An online knowledge‐centred framework for faculty support and service innovation. VINE 43:1, 96-110. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

50. Dursun Delen, Halil Zaim, Cemil Kuzey, Selim Zaim. 2013. A comparative analysis of machine learning systems for measuring the impact of knowledge management practices. Decision Support Systems 54:2, 1150-1160. [CrossRef]

51. Mohamad Nizam Yusof, Abu Hassan Abu Bakar. 2012. Knowledge Management and Growth Performance in Construction Companies: A Framework. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences 62, 128-134. [CrossRef]

52. Siew-Phaik Loke, Alan G. Downe, Murali Sambasivan, Khalizani Khalid. 2012. A structural approach to integrating total quality management and knowledge management with supply chain learning. Journal of Business Economics and Management 13:4, 776-800. [CrossRef]

53. Giovanni SchiumaTatiana AndreevaAssociate Professor in the Department of Organizational Behavior and Human Resource, St Petersburg University Graduate School of Management, St Petersburg, Russia Aino KiantoProfessor in the School of Business, Lappeenranta University of Technology, Lappeenranta, Finland. 2012. Does knowledge management really matter? Linking knowledge management practices, competitiveness and economic performance. Journal of Knowledge Management 16:4, 617-636. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

54. Ahmad Shabudin Ariffin, Hendrik Lamsali, Shahimi MohtarLinkages between supplier, customer involvement and business performance: A green supply chain investigation in the poultry industry 41-44. [CrossRef]

55. Jun-Seok Seo, Sang-Chul Jung. 2012. Building a framework of successful knowledge management for value creation. Journal of the Korea Academia-Industrial cooperation Society 13:6, 2528-2539. [CrossRef]

56. Mitchell RossGriffith University, South Brisbane, Australia Debra GraceGriffith University, South Brisbane, Australia. 2012. An exploration and extension of the Value Discipline Strategy (VDS) typology in educational institutions. Marketing Intelligence & Planning 30:4, 402-417. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

57. Petra AndriesSenior Researcher at the Centre for R&D Monitoring, KU Leuven, Leuven, Belgium Annelies WastynPhD Student at the Department of Managerial Economics, Strategy and Innovation, KU Leuven, Leuven, Belgium. 2012. Disentangling value‐enhancing and cost‐increasing effects of knowledge management. Journal of Knowledge Management 16:3, 387-399. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

58. Roman KmieciakFaculty of Organisation and Management, Silesian University of Technology, Zabrze, Poland Anna MichnaFaculty of Organisation and Management, Silesian University of Technology, Zabrze, Poland Anna MeczynskaFaculty of Organisation and Management, Silesian University of Technology, Zabrze, Poland. 2012. Innovativeness, empowerment and IT capability: evidence from SMEs. Industrial Management & Data Systems 112:5, 707-728. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

59. Susana Pérez‐LópezDepartment of Business Administration, Faculty of Economics, University of Oviedo, Oviedo, Spain Joaquin AlegreDepartment of Management “Juan José Renau Piqueras”, Faculty of Economics, University of Valencia, Valencia, Spain. 2012. Information technology competency, knowledge processes and firm performance. Industrial Management & Data Systems 112:4, 644-662. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

60. Harald Pechlaner, Timothy Lee, and John CrottsMarco ValeriBased in the Department of Business Management, University of Rome “Tor Vergata”, Rome, Italy Silvia BaioccoBased in the Department of Business Management, University of Rome “Tor Vergata”, Rome, Italy. 2012. The integration of a Swedish minority in the hotel business culture: the case of Riva del Sole. Tourism Review 67:1, 51-60. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

61. Rosma Nadianti Risman, Aini Aman, Noradiva HamzahKnowledge management in offshore accounting outsourcing 162-166. [CrossRef]

62. Davood GharakhaniFaculty of Management and Accounting, Islamic Azad University (IAU), Qazvin, Iran Morteza MousakhaniFaculty of Management and Accounting, Islamic Azad University (IAU), Qazvin, Iran. 2012. Knowledge management capabilities and SMEs' organizational performance. Journal of Chinese Entrepreneurship 4:1, 35-49. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

63. Samuel MafabiMakerere University Business School, Kampala, Uganda John MuneneMakerere University Business School, Kampala, Uganda Joseph NtayiMakerere University Business School, Kampala, Uganda. 2012. Knowledge management and organisational resilience. Journal of Strategy and Management 5:1, 57-80. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

64. Ellen Caroline MartinsDirector at Organisational Diagnostics cc, Johannesburg, South Africa Hester W.J. MeyerAssociate Professor in the Department of Information Science, University of South Africa, Tshwane, South Africa. 2012. Organizational

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:4 1

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

and behavioral factors that influence knowledge retention. Journal of Knowledge Management 16:1, 77-96. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

65. Mario J. DonateAssociate Professor in the Faculty of Law and Social Sciences, University of Castilla‐La Mancha, Ciudad Real, Spain J. Ignacio CanalesSenior Lecturer in Strategy at the Business School, University of Glasgow, Glasgow, UK. 2012. A new approach to the concept of knowledge strategy. Journal of Knowledge Management 16:1, 22-44. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

66. Herbert A. Nold IIIMeLange Global Solutions, LLC, Lakeland, Florida, USA, and Polk State College, Winter Haven, Florida, USA. 2012. Linking knowledge processes with firm performance: organizational culture. Journal of Intellectual Capital 13:1, 16-38. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

67. Clyde W. Holsapple, Jiming Wu. 2011. An elusive antecedent of superior firm performance: The knowledge management factor. Decision Support Systems 52:1, 271-283. [CrossRef]

68. A. Akhavan, M. S. Owlia, M. Jafari, Y. ZareA model for linking knowledge management strategies, critical success factors, knowledge management practices and organizational performance; the case of Iranian universities 1591-1595. [CrossRef]

69. Carolina López-Nicolás, Ángel L. Meroño-Cerdán. 2011. Strategic knowledge management, innovation and performance. International Journal of Information Management 31:6, 502-509. [CrossRef]

70. Yujong Hwang. 2011. Predicting Attitudes Toward Knowledge Sharing by E-Mail: An Empirical Study. International Journal of Human-Computer Interaction 27:12, 1161-1176. [CrossRef]

71. Gregorio Martín‐de Castro, Pedro López‐Sáez and Miriam Delgado‐VerdeTatiana AndreevaAssociate Professor at the Graduate School of Management, St Petersburg State University, St Petersburg, Russia Aino KiantoProfessor of Knowledge Management at the School of Business, Lappeenranta University of Technology, Lappeenranta, Finland. 2011. Knowledge processes, knowledge‐intensity and innovation: a moderated mediation analysis. Journal of Knowledge Management 15:6, 1016-1034. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

72. Gregorio Martín‐de Castro, Pedro López‐Sáez and Miriam Delgado‐Verde2011Mario Javier DonateAssociate Professor of Business Administration at the Department of Business Administration, Faculty of Law and Social Sciences, University of Castilla‐La Mancha, Ronda de Toledo, Spain Fátima GuadamillasProfessor of Business Administration at the Department of Business Administration, Faculty of Law and Social Sciences, University of Castilla‐La Mancha, Toledo, Spain. 2011. Organizational factors to support knowledge management and innovation. Journal of Knowledge Management 15:6, 890-914. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

73. Oluwafemi S. OgunseyeDepartment of Computer Science, University of Agriculture Abeokuta, Abeokuta, Nigeria Philip K. AdetiloyeDepartment of Computer Science, University of Agriculture Abeokuta, Abeokuta, Nigeria Samuel O. IdowuDepartment of Computer Science and Electrical Engineering, Luleå University of Technology, Luleå, Sweden Olusegun FolorunsoDepartment of Computer Science, University of Agriculture Abeokuta, Abeokuta, Nigeria Adio T. AkinwaleDepartment of Computer Science, University of Agriculture Abeokuta, Abeokuta, Nigeria. 2011. Harvesting knowledge from computer mediated social networks. VINE 41:3, 252-264. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

74. Saadia SaadiResearch Laboratory in Industrial Prevention at the Institute of Health and Safety, University of Batna, Batna, Algeria Mébarek DjebabraResearch Laboratory in Industrial Prevention at the Institute of Health and Safety, University of Batna, Batna, Algeria Leila BoubakerResearch Laboratory in Industrial Prevention at the Institute of Health and Safety, University of Batna, Batna, Algeria. 2011. Proposal for a new allocation method of environmental goals applied to an Algerian cement factory. Management of Environmental Quality: An International Journal 22:5, 581-594. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

75. Meliha HandzicProfessor of Information Systems at International Burch University, Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina. 2011. Integrated socio‐technical knowledge management model: an empirical evaluation. Journal of Knowledge Management 15:2, 198-211. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

76. Annette M. MillsSenior Lecturer in the Department of Accounting and Information Systems, at the University of Canterbury, Christchurch, New Zealand Trevor A. SmithLecturer in the Department of Management Studies at the University of the West Indies, Jamaica, West Indies. 2011. Knowledge management and organizational performance: a decomposed view. Journal of Knowledge Management 15:1, 156-171. [Abstract] [Full Text] [PDF]

77. Eugenia Y Huang, Travis K HuangAntecedents and Outcomes of Boundary Objects in Knowledge Interaction in the Context of Software Systems Analysis 1-9. [CrossRef]

78. M. R. Cabrita, V.C. Machado, A. GriloLeveraging Knowledge Management with the Balanced Scorecard 1066-1071. [CrossRef]

79. Ferhan Cebi, Onur Feray Aydin, Sitki Gozlu. 2010. Benefits of Knowledge Management in Banking. Journal of Transnational Management 15:4, 308-321. [CrossRef]

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:4 1

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )

80. Chen Tao, Wang Tie-nan, He Ming-mingThe theoretical framework of knowledge sharing in wireless organizational memory systems 996-1001. [CrossRef]

81. KRISTEN DOELLING, SUSAN FERREIRA. 2010. ADVANCING THE INTEGRATION OF SYSTEMS ENGINEERING AND KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT. Systems Research Forum 04:01, 33-44. [CrossRef]

82. Eduardo Rodriguez, John S. EdwardsKnowledge Management in Support of Enterprise Risk Management 108-127. [CrossRef]

83. Mohammad Fateh Ali Khan PanniCKM and Its Influence on Organizational Marketing Performance: 1442-1463. [CrossRef] 84. Kijpokin KasemsapStrategic Innovation Management 102-116. [CrossRef] 85. Mohammad Fateh Ali Khan PanniBasic Model of CKM in Terms of Marketing Performance and Some Important Antecedents

and Dimensions 119-148. [CrossRef] 86. Kijpokin KasemsapDeveloping a Framework of Human Resource Management, Organizational Learning, Knowledge

Management Capability, and Organizational Performance 164-193. [CrossRef] 87. Mohammad Fateh Ali Khan PanniCKM and Its Influence on Organizational Marketing Performance 103-125. [CrossRef] 88. Hesham Magd, Mark McCoyKnowledge Management 127-156. [CrossRef] 89. Mark E. NissenHarnessing Knowledge Power for Competitive Advantage 20-34. [CrossRef] 90. Ciara Heavin, Frederic AdamOptimising Customers as Knowledge Resources and Recipients 1-18. [CrossRef] 91. Anna-Maija NisulaDeveloping Organizational Renewal Capability in the Municipal (City) Organization 151-172. [CrossRef] 92. Knowledge Power 1-13. [CrossRef] 93. Juha Kettunen, Manodip Ray ChaudhuriKnowledge Management to Promote Organizational Change in India 308-324.

[CrossRef] 94. Anna-Maija NisulaDeveloping Organizational Renewal Capability in the Municipal (City) Organization 159-179. [CrossRef] 95. Kijpokin KasemsapThe Roles of Information Technology and Knowledge Management in Project Management Metrics

332-361. [CrossRef] 96. Vili Podgorelec, Boštjan GrašičSemantic Web Services-Based Knowledge Management Framework 610-619. [CrossRef] 97. Ben TranThe Human Element of the Knowledge Worker 281-303. [CrossRef] 98. Ciara Heavin, Frederic AdamCustomer Knowledge Management (CKM): 533-551. [CrossRef] 99. Sebastian Marius Rosu, George Dragoi, Bujorel Ionel PavaloiuKnowledge, Knowledge Management, and Business

Partnerships in SME Business Intelligence 202-226. [CrossRef] 100. Vili Podgorelec, Boštjan GrašičSemantic Web Services-Based Knowledge Management Framework 429-438. [CrossRef] 101. Innovation 200-229. [CrossRef] 102. Grzegorz Majewski, Abel Usoro, Peiran SuSimulation of Knowledge Intensive Processes 265-275. [CrossRef] 103. Fakhraddin MaroofiStrategic Knowledge Management, Innovation, and Performance 4709-4719. [CrossRef] 104. Vili Podgorelec, Boštjan GrašičSemantic Web Services-Based Knowledge Management Framework 121-130. [CrossRef]

D ow

nl oa

de d

by T

U R

K U

U N

IV E

R S

IT Y

O F

A P

P L

IE D

S C

IE N

C E

S A

t 00

:4 1

08 J

un e

20 16

( P

T )